UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________ 
FORM 10-Q
 ____________________________________
(Mark One)
ýQUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 20162017
or
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________ to ______________
Commission file number 001-13958
____________________________________ 
staglogoa03a01a02.jpg
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware 13-3317783
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06155
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(860) 547-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark:Yes No
    
•     whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.ý ¨
    
•     whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).ý ¨
    
•     whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” andfiler,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   
Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  ¨
Smaller reporting company  ¨
Emerging growth company  ¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ¨
•     whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)¨ ý
As of April 27, 201625, 2017, there were outstanding 393,384,892367,360,904 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant.


THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 20162017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ItemDescriptionPageDescriptionPage
  
1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2016
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) - FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2016
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets — As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - AS OF MARCH 31, 2017 AND DECEMBER 31, 2016
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2016
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2015
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2016
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
  
1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
1A. RISK FACTORS
2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
 
6. EXHIBITS
  
SIGNATURE
EXHIBITS INDEX



Forward-Looking Statements
Certain of the statements contained herein are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” and similar references to future periods.
Forward-looking statements are based on ourmanagement's current expectations and assumptions regarding future economic, competitive, legislative and other developments.developments and their potential effect upon The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company" or "The Hartford"). Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. They have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “The Hartford”). Future developments may not be in line with management’s expectations or may have unanticipated effects. Actual results could differ materially from expectations, depending on the evolution of various factors, including the risks and uncertainties identified below, as well as factors described in such forward lookingforward-looking statements or in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in The Hartford’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report, and those identified from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.Commission ("SEC").
Risks Related to Economic, MarketPolitical and PoliticalGlobal Market Conditions:
challenges related to the Company’s current operating environment, including global political, economic and market conditions, and the effect of financial market disruptions, economic downturns or other potentially adverse macroeconomic developments on the attractiveness ofdemand for our products, the returns in our investment portfolios and the hedging costs associated with our runoffrun-off annuity block;
financial risk related to the continued reinvestment of our investment portfolios and performance of our hedge program for our runoffrun-off annuity block;
market risks associated with our business, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, inflation rate, market volatility and foreign exchange rates, commodities prices and implied volatility levels;rates;
the impact on our investment portfolio if our investment portfolio is concentrated in any particular segment of the economy;
Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations;
risk associated with the use of analytical models in making decisions in key areas such as underwriting, capital management, hedging, reserving, and catastrophe risk management;
the potential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that could result in changes to investment valuations;
the subjective determinations that underlie the Company’s evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities;
the potential for further acceleration of deferred policy acquisition cost amortization;
the potential for further impairments of our goodwill or the potential for changes in valuation allowances against deferred tax assets;
the significant uncertainties that limit our ability to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for asbestos and environmental claims;
Financial Strength, Credit and Counterparty Risks:
the impact on our statutory capital of various factors, including many that are outside the Company’s control, which can in turn affect our credit and financial strength ratings, cost of capital, regulatory compliance and other aspects of our business and results;
risks to our business, financial position, prospects and results associated with negative rating actions or downgrades in the Company’s financial strength and credit ratings or negative rating actions or downgrades relating to our investments;
losses due to nonperformance or defaults by others, including sourcing partners, derivative counterparties and other third parties;
the potential for losses due to our reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to meet their obligations under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance to protect the Company against losses;
Insurance Industry and Product-Related Risks:
the possibility of unfavorable loss development, including with respect to long-tailed exposures;


the possibility of a pandemic, earthquake, or other natural or man-made disaster that may adversely affect our businesses;
weather and other natural physical events, including the severity and frequency of storms, hail, winter storms, hurricanes and tropical storms, as well as climate change and its potential impact on weather patterns;
the possible occurrence of terrorist attacks and the Company’s abilityinability to contain its exposure as a result of, among other factors, the inability to exclude coverage for terrorist attacks from workers' compensation policies and limitations on reinsurance coverage from the federal government under applicable laws;
the uncertain effectsCompany’s ability to effectively price its property and casualty policies, including its ability to obtain regulatory consents to pricing actions or to non-renewal or withdrawal of emerging claim and coverage issues;certain product lines;
actions by our competitors many of which arethat may be larger or have greater financial resources than we do;
technology changes, such as usage-based methods of determining premiums, advancement in automotive safety features, the development of autonomous vehicles, and platforms that facilitate ride sharing, which may alter demand for the Company's products, impact the frequency or severity of losses, and/or impact the way the Company markets, distributes and underwrites its products;
the Company’s ability to market, distribute and provide insurance products and investment advisory services through current and future distribution channels and advisory firms;
the Company’s ability to effectively price its propertyuncertain effects of emerging claim and casualty policies, including its ability to obtain regulatory consents to pricing actions or to non-renewal or withdrawal of certain product lines;coverage issues;
volatility in our statutory and United States ("U.S.") GAAPGenerally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") earnings and potential material changes to our results resulting from our adjustment of our risk management program to emphasize protection of economic value;
RegulatoryFinancial Strength, Credit and LegalCounterparty Risks:
the costrisks to our business, financial position, prospects and other effects of increased regulation as a result of the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and the potential effect of other domestic and foreign regulatory developments, including those that could adversely impact the demand forresults associated with negative rating actions or downgrades in the Company’s products, operating costsfinancial strength and required capital levels;
unfavorable judicialcredit ratings or legislative developments;
regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiariesnegative rating actions or downgrades relating to declare and pay dividends;our investments;
the impact on our statutory capital of changesvarious factors, including many that are outside the Company’s control, which can in federal or state tax laws;turn affect our credit and financial strength ratings, cost of capital, regulatory compliance and other aspects of our business and results;
regulatory requirements that could delay, deterlosses due to nonperformance or prevent a takeover attempt that shareholders might considerdefaults by others, including sourcing partners, derivative counterparties and other third parties;


the potential for losses due to our reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to meet their obligations under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance to protect the Company against losses;
Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations;
risk associated with the use of analytical models in their best interests;making decisions in key areas such as underwriting, capital management, hedging, reserving, and catastrophe risk management;
the impactpotential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie Company’s fair value estimates for its investments and the evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities;
the potential for further acceleration of deferred policy acquisition cost amortization and an increase in reserve for certain guaranteed benefits in our variable annuities;
the potential for further impairments of our goodwill or the potential for changes in accounting principlesvaluation allowances against deferred tax assets;
the significant uncertainties that limit our ability to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for asbestos and related financial reporting requirements;environmental claims;
Other Strategic and Operational Risks:
risks associated with the runoffrun off of our Talcott Resolution business;
the risks, challenges and uncertainties associated with our capital management plan, including as a result of changes in our financial position and earnings, share price, capital position, legal restrictions, other investment opportunities, and other factors;
the risks, challenges and uncertainties associated with our expense reduction initiatives and other actions, which may include acquisitions, divestitures or restructurings;
the Company’s ability to maintain the availability of its systems and safeguard the security of its data in the event of a disaster, cyber or other information security incident or other unanticipated event;
the risk thatrisks, challenges and uncertainties associated with our framework for managing operational riskscapital management plan, expense reduction initiatives and other actions, which may not be effective in mitigating material risk and loss to the Company;include acquisitions, divestitures or restructurings;
the potential for difficulties arising from outsourcing and similar third-party relationships; and
the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement;infringement.
Regulatory and Legal Risks:
the cost and other potential effects of increased regulatory and legislative developments, including those that could adversely impact the demand for the Company’s products, operating costs and required capital levels;
unfavorable judicial or legislative developments;
the impact of changes in federal or state tax laws;
regulatory requirements that could delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that shareholders might consider in their best interests; and
the impact of potential changes in accounting principles and related financial reporting requirements.
Any forward-looking statement made by the Company in this document speaks only as of the date of the filing of this Form 10-Q. Factors or events that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict all of them. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

4




Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATIONI - Item 1. Financial Statements


Item 1.Financial Statements
Item 1. Financial Statements
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
Hartford, Connecticut

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 31, 20162017, and the related condensed consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 20162017 and 2015.2016. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 20152016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated February 26, 2016,24, 2017, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 20152016 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
April 28, 201627, 2017



5

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except for per share data)2016201520172016
(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Revenues  
Earned premiums$3,404
$3,322
$3,473
$3,404
Fee income426
459
455
445
Net investment income696
809
728
696
Net realized capital gains (losses): 
Total other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses(27)(12)(3)(27)
OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”)4

OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”)2
4
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings(23)(12)(1)(23)
Other net realized capital gains (losses)(132)17
Total net realized capital gains (losses)(155)5
Other net realized capital losses(19)(132)
Total net realized capital losses(20)(155)
Other revenues20
22
19
20
Total revenues4,391
4,617
4,655
4,410
Benefits, losses and expenses 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses2,641
2,563
2,757
2,641
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC")374
387
363
374
Insurance operating costs and other expenses909
948
965
928
Interest expense86
94
83
86
Total benefits, losses and expenses4,010
3,992
4,168
4,029
Income before income taxes381
625
487
381
Income tax expense58
158
109
58
Net income$323
$467
$378
$323
Net income per common share 


Basic$0.81
$1.11
$1.02
$0.81
Diluted$0.79
$1.08
$1.00
$0.79
Cash dividends declared per common share$0.21
$0.18
$0.23
$0.21
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)


Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)2016201520172016
(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Net income$323
$467
$378
$323
Other comprehensive income (loss):  
Changes in net unrealized gain on securities522
208
137
522
Changes in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income(8)(3)(1)(8)
Changes in net gain on cash flow hedging instruments54
27
(18)54
Changes in foreign currency translation adjustments6
(20)2
6
Changes in pension and other postretirement plan adjustments9
10
10
9
OCI, net of tax583
222
130
583
Comprehensive income$906
$689
$508
$906
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

7

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except for share and per share data)March 31,
2016
December 31, 2015March 31,
2017
December 31, 2016
(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Assets  
Investments:  
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $57,378 and $56,965)$60,693
$59,196
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option (includes variable interest entity assets of $0 and $150)486
503
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $767 and $1,135) (includes equity securities, at fair value using the fair value option, of $0 and $282, and variable interest entity assets of $0 and $1)798
1,121
Mortgage loans (net of allowances for loan losses of $22 and $23)5,637
5,624
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $53,908 and $53,805)$56,326
$56,003
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option160
293
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $1,135 and $1,020) (includes equity securities, at fair value using the fair value option, of $123 and $0)1,223
1,097
Mortgage loans (net of allowances for loan losses of $19 and $19)5,685
5,697
Policy loans, at outstanding balance1,444
1,447
1,442
1,444
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments (includes variable interest entity assets of $394 and $2)2,654
2,874
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments2,418
2,456
Other investments280
120
340
403
Short-term investments (includes variable interest entity assets, at fair value, of $60 and $3)1,918
1,843
Short-term investments4,595
3,244
Total investments73,910
72,728
72,189
70,637
Cash (includes variable interest entity assets, at fair value, of $5 and $10)479
448
Cash (includes variable interest entity assets, at fair value, of $5 and $5)337
882
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances, net3,605
3,537
3,764
3,731
Reinsurance recoverables, net23,125
23,189
23,405
23,311
Deferred policy acquisition costs1,694
1,816
1,693
1,711
Deferred income taxes, net2,868
3,206
3,105
3,281
Goodwill498
498
567
567
Property and equipment, net995
974
984
991
Other assets (includes variable interest entity assets of $4 and $0)1,958
1,829
Other assets1,839
1,786
Assets held for sale923
870
Separate account assets118,361
120,123
116,582
115,665
Total assets$227,493
$228,348
$225,388
$223,432
Liabilities 
Reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses$41,842
$41,572
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses$27,687
$27,605
Reserve for future policy benefits14,051
13,929
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable31,525
31,670
30,863
31,176
Unearned premiums5,497
5,385
5,609
5,499
Short-term debt690
275
320
416
Long-term debt4,633
5,084
4,817
4,636
Other liabilities (includes variable interest entity liabilities of $5 and $12)6,833
6,597
Other liabilities (includes variable interest entity liabilities of $5 and $5)7,789
6,992
Liabilities held for sale661
611
Separate account liabilities118,361
120,123
116,582
115,665
Total liabilities$209,381
$210,706
$208,379
$206,529
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8) 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12) 
Stockholders’ Equity  
Common stock, $0.01 par value — 1,500,000,000 shares authorized, 490,923,222 and 490,923,222 shares issued5
5
Common stock, $0.01 par value — 1,500,000,000 shares authorized, 402,923,222 and 402,923,222 shares issued4
4
Additional paid-in capital8,885
8,973
5,177
5,247
Retained earnings12,789
12,550
13,406
13,114
Treasury stock, at cost — 95,319,786 and 89,102,038 shares(3,821)(3,557)
Treasury stock, at cost — 33,726,771 and 28,974,069 shares(1,371)(1,125)
Accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"), net of tax254
(329)(207)(337)
Total stockholders’ equity$18,112
$17,642
$17,009
$16,903
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$227,493
$228,348
$225,388
$223,432
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’Stockholders' Equity


Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except for share data)2016201520172016
(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Common Stock$5
$5
$4
$5
Additional Paid-in Capital, beginning of period8,973
9,123
5,247
8,973
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans(124)(150)(66)(124)
Stock-based compensation plans expense19
16
36
19
Tax benefit on employee stock options and share-based awards24
26

24
Issuance of shares for warrant exercise(7)(19)(40)(7)
Additional Paid-in Capital, end of period8,885
8,996
5,177
8,885
Retained Earnings, beginning of period12,550
11,191
13,114
12,550
Net income323
467
378
323
Dividends declared on common stock(84)(75)(86)(84)
Retained Earnings, end of period12,789
11,583
13,406
12,789
Treasury Stock, at cost, beginning of period(3,557)(2,527)(1,125)(3,557)
Treasury stock acquired(350)(250)(325)(350)
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans125
154
72
125
Net shares acquired related to employee incentive and stock compensation plans(46)(53)(33)(46)
Issuance of shares for warrant exercise7
19
40
7
Treasury Stock, at cost, end of period(3,821)(2,657)(1,371)(3,821)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, beginning of period(329)928
(337)(329)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)583
222
130
583
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, end of period254
1,150
(207)254
Total Stockholders’ Equity$18,112
$19,077
$17,009
$18,112
Common Shares Outstanding, beginning of period (in thousands)401,821
424,416
373,949
401,821
Treasury stock acquired(8,394)(6,128)(6,709)(8,394)
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans3,069
3,923
1,690
3,069
Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans to treasury stock(1,066)(1,299)(674)(1,066)
Issuance of shares for warrant exercise173
477
940
173
Common Shares Outstanding, at end of period395,603
421,389
369,196
395,603
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

9

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)2016201520172016
Operating Activities(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Net income$323
$467
$378
$323
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:  
Net realized capital (gains) losses155
(5)
Net realized capital losses20
155
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs374
387
363
374
Additions to deferred policy acquisition costs(354)(354)(352)(354)
Depreciation and amortization95
101
96
95
Other operating activities, net81
22
111
81
Change in assets and liabilities:  
Decrease in reinsurance recoverables53
37
(Increase) decrease in reinsurance recoverables(7)53
Increase (decrease) in deferred and accrued income taxes(14)168
256
(14)
Increase in reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and unearned premiums158
120
293
158
Net change in other assets and other liabilities(473)(496)(933)(473)
Net cash provided by operating activities398
447
225
398
Investing Activities  
Proceeds from the sale/maturity/prepayment of:  
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale5,460
6,584
8,020
5,460
Fixed maturities, fair value option19
36
62
19
Equity securities, available-for-sale414
363
216
414
Mortgage loans114
104
213
114
Partnerships235
179
83
235
Payments for the purchase of:  
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale(5,752)(7,375)(7,809)(5,752)
Fixed maturities, fair value option(38)(59)
(38)
Equity securities, available-for-sale(130)(566)(278)(130)
Mortgage loans(128)(154)(199)(128)
Partnerships(88)(106)(86)(88)
Net proceeds from derivatives189
45
Net increase (decrease) in policy loans2
(24)
Net (payments for) proceeds from derivatives(56)189
Net increase in policy loans2
2
Net additions to property and equipment(84)(58)(41)(84)
Net proceeds from (payments for) short-term investments(29)1,325
Net payments for short-term investments(1,317)(29)
Other investing activities, net10
1
(18)10
Net cash provided by investing activities194
295
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities(1,208)194
Financing Activities  
Deposits and other additions to investment and universal life-type contracts1,165
1,209
1,398
1,165
Withdrawals and other deductions from investment and universal life-type contracts(4,174)(4,682)(3,773)(4,174)
Net transfers from separate accounts related to investment and universal life-type contracts2,810
3,175
2,057
2,810
Repayments at maturity or settlement of consumer notes(5)(2)(7)(5)
Net increase in securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase64
323
1,115
64
Repayment of debt
(289)(416)
Net issuance (return) of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and excess tax benefit10
(25)
Proceeds from the issuance of debt500

Net (return) issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans(26)10
Treasury stock acquired(350)(250)(325)(350)
Dividends paid on common stock(85)(78)(87)(85)
Net cash used for financing activities(565)(619)
Net cash provided (used) for financing activities436
(565)
Foreign exchange rate effect on cash4
(22)2
4
Net increase in cash31
101
Net (decrease) increase in cash(545)31
Cash – beginning of period448
399
882
448
Cash – end of period$479
$500
$337
$479
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information  
Income tax refunds received$
$47
$132
$
Interest paid$71
$77
$71
$71
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

10

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)
(Unaudited)



1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies



Basis of Presentation
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. is a holding company for insurance and financial services subsidiaries that provide property and casualty insurance, group life and disability products and mutual funds and exchange-traded products to individual and business customers in the United States (collectively, “The Hartford”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”). Also, the Company continues to runoffrun off life and annuity products previously sold.
On March 16,July 26, 2016, the Company announced it had entered intothe signing of a definitive agreement forto sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, Hartford Fire Insurance Company,United Kingdom ("U.K.") property and casualty run-off subsidiaries. For discussion of this transaction, see Note 2 - Business Disposition of Notes to purchase Northern Homelands Company, the holding company of Maxum Specialty Insurance Group headquartered in Alpharetta, Georgia for $170, subject to post closing adjustments. Maxum will maintain its brand and limited wholesale distribution model and will be managed as a separate unit within The Hartford's Small Commercial line of business. The transaction, which will not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cashflows, is expected to close in the third quarter of 2016, subject to regulatory approvals.Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information, which differ materially from the accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory authorities. These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in the Company's 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.
The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes are unaudited. These financial statements reflect all adjustments (generally consisting only of normal accruals) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods. The Company's significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company's 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.
Consolidation
The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., and entities in which the Company directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest. Entities in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions but does not control are reported using the equity method. All intercompany transactions and balances between The Hartford and its subsidiaries and affiliates have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The most significant estimates include those used in determining property and casualty and group long-term disability (LTD) insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance; estimated gross
profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts; evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on investments; living benefits required to be fair valued; evaluation of goodwill for impairment; valuation of investments and derivative instruments;instruments, including evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on mortgage loans; valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters. Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periodyear financial information to conform to the current periodyear presentation. In particular, billing installment fees that were previously reflected as an offset to insurance operating costs and other expenses are now classified as revenues.
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
Stock Compensation
On January 1, 20162017 the Company adopted new consolidationstock compensation guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”("FASB"). The updates revise when to consolidate variable interest entities ("VIEs") and general partners’ investments in limited partnerships, end the deferral granted for applying the VIE guidance to certain investment companies, and reduce the number of circumstances where a decision maker’s or service provider’s fee arrangement is deemed to be a variable interest in an entity. The updates also modify guidance for determining whether limited partnerships are VIEs or voting interest entities. The new guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements though one investment in a hedge fund of funds that was previously consolidated as a voting interest entity is now consolidated as a VIE. For further discussion, see Note 5 - Investments and Derivative Instruments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


Future Adoption of New Accounting Standards
Leases
In February 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance on lease accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees with operating leases will be required to recognize a liability for the present value of future minimum lease payments with a corresponding asset for the right of use of the property. Under existing guidance, future minimum lease payments on operating leases are commitments that are not recognized as liabilities on the balance sheet. The updated guidance is to be adopted effective January 1, 2019 through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings for the earliest period presented, with early application permitted. Leases will be classified as financing or operating leases similar to capital and operating leases, respectively, under current accounting guidance. Where the lease is economically similar to a purchase because The Hartford obtains control of the underlying asset, the lease will be a financing lease and the Company will recognize amortization of the right of use asset and interest expense on the liability. Where the lease provides The Hartford with only the right to control the use of the underlying asset over the lease term and the lease term is greater than one year, the lease will be an operating lease and the amortization and interest cost will be recognized as rental expense over the lease term on a straight-lineprospective basis. Leases with a term of one year or less will also be expensed over the lease term but will not be recognized on the balance sheet. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the new guidance to the consolidated financial statements, including the timing of adoption. We do not expect a material impact to the consolidated financial statements; however, it is expected that assets and liabilities will increase based on the present value of remaining lease payments for leases in place at the adoption date.
Stock Compensation
In March 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance on accounting for share-based payments to employees. The updated guidance requires the excess tax benefit or tax deficiency on vesting or settlement of stock-based awards to be recognized in earnings as an income tax benefit or expense, respectively. This recognitionrespectively, instead of excess tax benefits and deficiencies will result in earnings volatility as current accounting guidance recognizes these amounts as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. The excess tax benefit was $27 and $6 fornew guidance also requires the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which would have increased net income in each of those years. The excess tax benefits or deficiencies are discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur, and so will not be considered in determining the annual estimated effective tax rate. The excess tax benefits or deficiencies willrelated cash flows to be presented as a cash flow withinin operating activities instead of withinin financing activities as is the case under current accounting.activities. The Hartford will adopt the updated guidance January 1, 2017 and will recognizeamount of excess tax benefitsbenefit or deficiencies in net income, as well as the related cash flows in operating activities, on a prospective basis. The impact of the adoption will depend on the excess tax benefits or deficienciesdeficiency realized on vesting or settlement of awards resulting fromdepends upon the difference between the market value of awards at vesting or settlement and the grant date fair value recognized through compensation expense. The excess tax benefit or tax deficiency is a discrete item in the reporting period in which it occurs and is not considered in determining the annual estimated effective tax rate for interim reporting. The excess tax benefit recognized in earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2017 was $7 and the excess tax benefit recognized in additional paid in capital for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $24.

11

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Business Disposition

Sale of U.K. business
On July 26, 2016, the Company announced it had entered into an agreement to sell its U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries, Hartford Financial Products International Limited and Downlands Liability Management Limited, in a cash transaction to Catalina Holdings U.K. Limited ("buyer"), for approximately $262, net of transaction costs. The Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries are included in the P&C Other Operations reporting segment. Revenues and earnings are not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.
The pending sale resulted in a total estimated after-tax capital loss from the transaction of $5 in the year ended December 31, 2016. The accrual for the estimated before tax loss is included as a reduction of the carrying value of assets held for sale in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2017, subject to customary closing conditions.
Carrying Values of the Assets and Liabilities to be Transferred by the Company to the Buyer in Connection with the Sale
 Carrying Value as of
 March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
Assets  
Cash and investments$657$657
Reinsurance recoverables and other [1]266213
Total assets held for sale$923$870
Liabilities
 
Reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses$646$600
Other liabilities1511
Total liabilities held for sale$661$611
[1]
Includes intercompany reinsurance recoverables of $69 and $71 to be settled in cash or securities prior to closing as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.


12

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2.3. Earnings Per Common Share



The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share.
Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common ShareComputation of Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except for per share data)2016201520172016
Earnings  
Net income$323
$467
$378
$323
Shares  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic398.5
422.6
371.4
398.5
Dilutive effect of stock compensation plans4.2
5.5
4.2
4.2
Dilutive effect of warrants3.6
5.6
3.0
3.6
Weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares406.3
433.7
378.6
406.3
Net income per common share  
Basic$0.81
$1.11
$1.02
$0.81
Diluted$0.79
$1.08
$1.00
$0.79


13


Table of Contents
3.THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Segment Information

The Company currently conducts business principally in six reporting segments including Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Property & Casualty Other Operations, Group Benefits, Mutual Funds and Talcott Resolution, as well as a Corporate category. The Company's revenues are generated primarily in the United States ("U.S."). Any foreign sourced revenue is immaterial.
The following table presents net income (loss) for each reporting segment, as well as the Corporate category.Net Income (Loss)
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Net Income (Loss)2016201520172016
Commercial Lines$228
$240
Personal Lines20
76
Commercial Lines [1]$231
$225
Personal Lines [1]33
23
Property & Casualty Other Operations17
23
24
17
Group Benefits50
52
45
50
Mutual Funds20
22
23
20
Talcott Resolution17
111
68
17
Corporate(29)(57)(46)(29)
Net income$323
$467
$378
$323
[1]
For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 there was a segment change which resulted in a movement from Commercial Lines to Personal Lines of $3 of net servicing revenues associated with our participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.

13Revenues

Table of Contents
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Revenues20172016
Earned premiums and fee income  
Commercial Lines  
Workers’ compensation$813
$759
Liability148
143
Package business314
308
Automobile161
158
Professional liability60
53
Bond55
53
Property147
159
Total Commercial Lines [1]1,698
1,633
Personal Lines



Automobile662
685
Homeowners283
299
Total Personal Lines [1] [2]945
984
Group Benefits  
Group disability381
369
Group life399
375
Other55
51
Total Group Benefits835
795
Mutual Funds  
Mutual Fund167
142
Talcott24
25
Total Mutual Funds191
167
Talcott Resolution258
269
Corporate1
1
Total earned premiums and fee income3,928
3,849
Net investment income728
696
Net realized capital losses(20)(155)
Other revenues19
20
Total revenues$4,655
$4,410
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3. Segment Information (continued)
[1]
Commercial Lines and Personal Lines includes installment fees of $10 and $11, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Commercial Lines and Personal Lines includes installment fees of $10 and $9, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2016.
[2]
For the three months endedMarch 31, 2017 and 2016, AARP members accounted for earned premiums of $800 and $807, respectively.


The following table presents revenues by product line for each reporting segment, as well as the Corporate category.
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Revenues20162015
Earned premiums and fee income  
Commercial Lines  
Workers’ compensation$755
$744
Property159
156
Automobile157
148
Package business303
292
Liability143
135
Bond53
53
Professional liability53
55
Total Commercial Lines1,623
1,583
Personal Lines  
Automobile678
655
Homeowners297
297
Total Personal Lines [1]975
952
Group Benefits  
Group disability369
371
Group life375
365
Other51
44
Total Group Benefits795
780
Mutual Funds  
Mutual Fund142
149
Talcott25
30
Total Mutual Funds167
179
Talcott Resolution269
285
Corporate1
2
Total earned premiums and fee income3,830
3,781
Net investment income696
809
Net realized capital gains (losses)(155)5
Other revenues20
22
Total revenues$4,391
$4,617
[1] For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, AARP members accounted for earned premiums of $807 and $766, respectively.

14

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements


The Company carries certain financial assets and liabilities at estimated fair value. Fair value is determined based on the "exit price" notion which is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Financial instruments carried atOur fair value in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include fixed maturity and equity securities, available-for-sale ("AFS"); fixed maturities and equity securities at fair value using the fair value option ("FVO"); short-term investments; freestanding and embedded derivatives; certain limited partnerships and other alternative investments; separate account assets and certain other liabilities.
The Company's estimates of fair value for financial assets and financial liabilities are based on the framework established in the fair value accounting guidance. The framework is based on the inputs used in valuation,includes a hierarchy that gives the highest priority to the use of quoted prices in active markets, and requires thatfollowed by the use of market observable inputs, be used infollowed by the valuations when available. The Company categorizes its assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value based on whether the significant inputs into the valuation are observable.use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy categorizes the inputs in the valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad Levels (Level 1, 2 or 3).levels are as follows:
Level 1UnadjustedFair values based primarily on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities, in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2ObservableFair values primarily based on observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability, orbased on prices for similar assets and liabilities.
Level 3Valuations that areFair values derived from techniques in whichwhen one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable (including assumptions about risk). Because Level 3 fair values, by their nature, contain one or more significant unobservable inputs, as there isWith little or no observable market, for these assets and liabilities,the determination of fair values uses considerable judgment is used to determine the Level 3 fair values. Level 3 fair values representand represents the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a current market exchange absent actual market exchanges.for the asset or liability. Also included are securities that are traded within illiquid markets and/or priced by independent brokers.
In many situations, inputs used to measureThe Company will classify the fair value of anfinancial asset or liability position may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these situations, the Company will determine theby level in which the fair value falls based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. In most cases, both observable inputs (e.g., changes in interest rates) and unobservable inputs (e.g., changes in risk assumptions) inputs are used in the determination ofto determine fair values that the Company has classified within Level 3. Consequently, these values and the related gains and losses are based upon both observable and unobservable inputs. The Company’s fixed maturities included in Level 3 are classified as such because these securities are primarily within illiquid markets and/or priced by independent brokers.

15

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


The following tables present assets and (liabilities) carried at fair value by hierarchy level. Upon implementation of the new disclosure guidance effective in 2016 certain NAV-based fair values are no longer included in the fair value level disclosures; however, these amounts are included in the total fair value disclosed. As a result, prior period values for limited partnerships and other alternative investments and separate account assets have been removed from Level 2 and Level 3.
March 31, 2016
Assets and (Liabilities) Carried at Fair Value by Hierarchy Level as of March 31, 2017Assets and (Liabilities) Carried at Fair Value by Hierarchy Level as of March 31, 2017
Total
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
TotalQuoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis  
Fixed maturities, AFS  
Asset-backed-securities ("ABS")$2,665
$
$2,633
$32
$2,265
$
$2,140
$125
Collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs")3,107

2,565
542
2,311

1,992
319
Commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS")5,224

5,090
134
5,099

4,982
117
Corporate27,297

26,463
834
25,730

24,652
1,078
Foreign government/government agencies1,189

1,113
76
1,187

1,121
66
Municipal12,303

12,253
50
Bonds of municipalities and political subdivisions ("municipal bonds")11,780

11,663
117
Residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS")4,338

2,452
1,886
3,921

1,873
2,048
U.S. Treasuries4,570
67
4,503

4,033
688
3,345

Total fixed maturities60,693
67
57,072
3,554
56,326
688
51,768
3,870
Fixed maturities, FVO486

472
14
160

160

Equity securities, trading [1]11
11


11
11


Equity securities, AFS798
548
158
92
1,223
936
188
99
Derivative assets  
Credit derivatives16

16

2

2

Equity derivatives2


2
4


4
Foreign exchange derivatives5

5

3

3

Interest rate derivatives(138)
(138)
48

43
5
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit ("GMWB") hedging instruments146

61
85
GMWB hedging instruments80

36
44
Macro hedge program64


64
113

9
104
Other derivative contracts5


5
Total derivative assets [2]100

(56)156
250

93
157
Short-term investments1,918
447
1,471

4,595
2,077
2,518

Limited partnerships and other alternative investments [3]394



Reinsurance recoverable for GMWB99


99
60


60
Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts57

57

66

66

Separate account assets [4]115,959
74,486
40,156
155
Separate account assets [3]113,585
73,539
38,882
277
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis$180,515
$75,559
$99,330
$4,070
$176,276
$77,251
$93,675
$4,463
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis  
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable  
GMWB$(361)$
$
$(361)
GMWB embedded derivative$(157)$
$
$(157)
Equity linked notes(25)

(25)(36)

(36)
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable(386)

(386)(193)

(193)
Derivative liabilities  
Credit derivatives(39)
(39)
(2)
(2)
Equity derivatives28

25
3
37

37

Foreign exchange derivatives(338)
(338)
(262)
(262)
Interest rate derivatives(665)
(637)(28)(517)
(488)(29)
GMWB hedging instruments46

(13)59
3

1
2
Macro hedge program81


81
58

3
55
Total derivative liabilities [5](887)
(1,002)115
Total derivative liabilities [4](683)
(711)28
Contingent consideration [5](26)

(26)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis$(1,273)$
$(1,002)$(271)$(902)$
$(711)$(191)

16

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


 December 31, 2015
 Total
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis    
Fixed maturities, AFS    
ABS$2,499
$
$2,462
$37
CDOs3,038

2,497
541
CMBS4,717

4,567
150
Corporate26,802

25,948
854
Foreign government/government agencies1,308

1,248
60
Municipal12,121

12,072
49
RMBS4,046

2,424
1,622
U.S. Treasuries4,665
740
3,925

Total fixed maturities59,196
740
55,143
3,313
Fixed maturities, FVO503
2
485
16
Equity securities, trading [1]11
11




Equity securities, AFS1,121
874
154
93
Derivative assets    
Credit derivatives21

21

Foreign exchange derivatives15

15

Interest rate derivatives(227)
(227)
GMWB hedging instruments111

27
84
Macro hedge program74


74
Other derivative contracts7


7
Total derivative assets [2]1

(164)165
Short-term investments1,843
333
1,510

Limited partnerships and other alternative investments [3]622



Reinsurance recoverable for GMWB83


83
Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts79

79

Separate account assets [4]118,174
78,110
38,700
140
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis$181,633
$80,070
$95,907
$3,810
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis    
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable    
GMWB$(262)$
$
$(262)
Equity linked notes(26)

(26)
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable(288)

(288)
Derivative liabilities    
Credit derivatives(16)
(16)
Equity derivatives41

41

Foreign exchange derivatives(374)
(374)
Interest rate derivatives(569)
(547)(22)
GMWB hedging instruments47

(4)51
Macro hedge program73


73
Total derivative liabilities [5](798)
(900)102
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis$(1,086)$
$(900)$(186)

17

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Assets and (Liabilities) Carried at Fair Value by Hierarchy Level as of December 31, 2016
 Total
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis    
Fixed maturities, AFS    
ABS$2,382
$
$2,300
$82
CDOs1,916

1,502
414
CMBS4,936

4,856
80
Corporate25,666

24,586
1,080
Foreign government/government agencies1,171

1,107
64
Municipal bonds11,486

11,368
118
RMBS4,767

2,795
1,972
U.S. Treasuries3,679
620
3,059

Total fixed maturities56,003
620
51,573
3,810
Fixed maturities, FVO293
1
281
11
Equity securities, trading [1]11
11


Equity securities, AFS1,097
821
177
99
Derivative assets    
Credit derivatives17

17

Foreign exchange derivatives27

27

Interest rate derivatives(427)
(427)
GMWB hedging instruments74

14
60
Macro hedge program128

8
120
Other derivative contracts1


1
Total derivative assets [2](180)
(361)181
Short-term investments3,244
878
2,366

Reinsurance recoverable for GMWB73


73
Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts68

68

Separate account assets [3]111,634
71,606
38,856
201
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis$172,243
$73,937
$92,960
$4,375
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis    
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable    
GMWB embedded derivative$(241)$
$
$(241)
Equity linked notes(33)

(33)
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable(274)

(274)
Derivative liabilities    
Credit derivatives(13)
(13)
Equity derivatives33

33

Foreign exchange derivatives(237)
(237)
Interest rate derivatives(542)
(521)(21)
GMWB hedging instruments20

(1)21
Macro hedge program50

3
47
Total derivative liabilities [4](689)
(736)47
Contingent consideration [5](25)

(25)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis$(988)$
$(736)$(252)
[1]Included in other investments on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
[2]Includes over-the-counter ("OTC")OTC and OTC-cleared derivative instruments in a net positive fair value position after consideration of the accrued interest and impact of collateral posting requirements which may be imposed by agreements, clearing house rules and applicable law. See the following footnote 54 to this table for derivative liabilities.

17

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


[3]Represents hedge funds where investment company accounting has been applied to a wholly-owned fund of funds measured at fair value. The fair value is estimated using the net asset value per unit as a practical expedient
Approximately $3.0 billion and is excluded from the disclosure requirement to classify amounts in the fair value hierarchy.
[4]Approximately $2.4$4.0 billion and $1.8 billion of investment sales receivable, as of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, respectively, are excluded from this disclosure requirement because they are trade receivables in the ordinary course of business where the carrying amount approximates fair value. Included in the total fair value amount are $1.2$887 and $1.0 billion of investments, as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, for which the fair value is estimated using the net asset value per unit as a practical expedient which are excluded from the disclosure requirement to classify amounts in the fair value hierarchy.
[5]4]Includes OTC and OTC-cleared derivative instruments in a net negative fair value position (derivative liability) after consideration of the accrued interest and impact of collateral posting requirements, which may be imposed by agreements, clearing house rules and applicable law. In
[5]For additional information see the following Level 3 roll-forward table in this Note 4, the derivative assets and liabilities are referred to as “freestanding derivatives” and are presented on a net basis.Contingent Consideration section below.
Valuation Techniques, Procedures and Controls
The Company determines the fair values of certain financial assets and liabilities based on quoted market prices where available, and where prices represent a reasonable estimate of fair value. The Company also determines fair value based on future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. Fair values reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, the Company’s default spreads, liquidity, and where appropriate, risk margins on unobservable parameters.
The fair value process is monitored by the Valuation Committee, which is a cross-functional group of senior management within the Company that meets at least quarterly. The Valuation Committee is co-chaired by the Heads of Investment Operations and Accounting, and has representation from various investment sector professionals, accounting, operations, legal, compliance, and risk management. The purpose of the committee is to oversee the pricing policy and procedures by ensuring objective and reliable valuation practices and pricing of financial instruments as well as addressing valuation issues and approving changes to valuation methodologies and pricing sources. There are also two working groups under the Valuation Committee, a Securities Fair Value Working Group (“Securities Working Group”) and a Derivatives Fair Value Working Group ("Derivatives Working Group"), which include various investment, operations, accounting and risk management professionals that meet monthly to review market data trends, pricing and trading statistics and results, and any proposed pricing methodology changes.
The Company also has an enterprise-wide Operational Risk Management function, led by the Chief Operational Risk Officer, which is responsible for establishing, maintaining and communicating the framework, principles and guidelines of the Company's operational risk management program. This includes model risk management which provides an independent review of the suitability, characteristics and reliability of model inputs as well as an analysis of significant changes to current models.
Fixed Maturities, Equity Securities, and Short-term Investments, and Free-standing Derivatives
Valuation Techniques
The Company generally determines fair valuevalues using valuation techniques that use prices, rates, and other relevant information evident from market transactions involving identical or similar instruments. Valuation techniques also include, where appropriate, estimates of fixed maturities, equity securities, and short-term investments in an active and orderlyfuture cash flows that are converted into a single discounted amount using current market (e.g., not distressed or forced liquidation) are determined by management usingexpectations. The Company uses a "waterfall" approach after consideringcomprised of the following pricing sources: quotedsources and techniques, which are listed in priority order:
Quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities pricesin active markets, which are classified as Level 1.
Prices from third-party pricing services, independent broker quotations, or internal matrix pricing processes. Typical inputs used by these pricing sources include, but are not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and/or estimated cash flows, prepayment speeds, and default rates. Most fixed maturities do not trade daily. Based on the typical trading volumes and the lackwhich primarily utilize a combination of quoted market prices for fixed maturities, third-party pricing services utilize matrix pricing to derive security prices. Matrix pricing relies on securities' relationships to other benchmark quoted securities, which trade more frequently. Pricingtechniques. These services utilize recently reported trades of identical, similar, or similarbenchmark securities making adjustments for market observable inputs available through the reporting date based on the preceding outlined available market observable information.date. If there are no recently reported trades, the third-party pricing servicesthey may use a discounted cash flow technique to develop a security price using expected future cash flows based upon collateralthe anticipated future performance andof the underlying collateral discounted at an estimated market rate. Both matrix pricing and discounted cash flow techniques develop prices by factoring inthat consider the time value forof future cash flows and provide a margin for risk, including liquidity and credit.
Prices fromcredit risk. Most prices provided by third-party pricing services may be unavailable forare classified as Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are observable. However, some securities that are rarely tradedless liquid or trade less actively are traded onlyclassified as Level 3. Additionally, certain long-dated securities, including certain municipal securities, foreign government/government agency securities, and bank loans, include benchmark interest rate or credit spread assumptions that are not observable in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securitiesthe marketplace and are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.thus classified as Level 3.

18

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

The Company utilizes an internally developedInternal matrix pricing, which is a valuation process internally developed for private placement securities for which the Company is unable to obtain a price from a third-party pricing service. The Company's process is similarInternal pricing matrices determine credit spreads that, when combined with risk-free rates, are applied to the third-party pricing services.contractual cash flows to develop a price. The Company develops credit spreads each month using market based data for public securities adjusted for credit spread differentials between public and private securities, which are obtained from a survey of multiple private placement brokers. The market-based reference credit spreads determined through this survey approach are based uponspread considers the issuer’s financial strength and term to maturity, utilizing using an
independent public security index and trade information, and adjusting forwhile the credit spread differential considers the non-public nature of the security. Securities priced using internal matrix pricing are classified as Level 2 because the inputs are observable or can be corroborated with observable data.
Independent broker quotes, which are typically non-binding and use inputs that can be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Brokers may use present value techniques using assumptions specific to the security types, or they may use recent transactions of similar securities. Credit spreads combined with risk-free rates are appliedDue to contractual cash flowsthe lack of transparency in the process that brokers use to develop prices, valuations that are based on independent broker quotes are classified as Level 3.
The fair value of free-standing derivative instruments are determined primarily using a price.discounted cash flow model or option model technique and incorporate counterparty credit risk. In some cases, quoted market prices for exchange-traded and OTC-cleared derivatives may be used and in other cases independent broker quotes may be used. The pricing valuation models primarily use inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data. The valuation of certain derivatives may include significant inputs that are unobservable, such as volatility levels, and reflect the Company’s view of what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments. Unobservable market data is used in the valuation of customized derivatives that are used to hedge certain GMWB variable annuity riders. See the section “GMWB Embedded, Customized, and Reinsurance Derivatives” below for further discussion of the valuation model used to value these customized derivatives.
Valuation Controls
The fair value process for investments is monitored by the Valuation Committee, which is a cross-functional group of senior management within the Company that meets at least quarterly. The purpose of the committee is to oversee the pricing policy and procedures, as well as approving changes to valuation methodologies and pricing sources. Controls and procedures used to assess third-party pricing services are reviewed by the Valuation Committee, including the results of annual due-diligence reviews.
There are also two working groups under the Valuation Committee: a Securities Fair Value Working Group (“Securities Working Group”) and a Derivatives Fair Value Working Group ("Derivatives Working Group"). The working groups, which include various investment, operations, accounting and risk management professionals, meet monthly to review market data trends, pricing and trading statistics and results, and any proposed pricing methodology changes.
The Securities Working Group performs ongoing analyses of thereviews prices and credit spreads received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. As a part of these analyses, the CompanyThe group considers trading volume, new

18

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


issuance activity, market trends, new regulatory rulings and other factors to determine whether the market activity is significantly different than normal activity in an active market, and if so, whether transactions may not be orderly considering the weight of available evidence. If the available evidence indicates that pricing is based upon transactions that are stale or not orderly, the Company places little, if any, weight on the transaction price and will estimate fair value utilizing an internal pricing model. In addition, the Company ensures that prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of internal and external cash flow models utilizing spreads, and when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines that there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly and approved by the Valuation Committee.
The Company conducts other specific monitoring controls around pricing. Daily analyses identify price changes over 3% for fixed maturities and 5% for equity securities and trade prices for both debt and equity securities that differ over 3% to the current day's price. Weekly analyses identify prices that differ more than 5% from published bond prices of a corporate bond index. Monthly analyses identify price changes over 3%, prices that have not changed, and missing prices. Also on a monthly basis, a second source validation is performed on most sectors. Analyses are conducted by amarket. A dedicated pricing unit that follows up with trading and investment sector professionals and challenges prices with vendorsof third-party pricing services when the estimated assumptions used differ from what the Company feelsunit believes a market participant would use. Examples of other procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third-partyIf the available evidence indicates that pricing services’ methodologies, review of pricing statistics and trends, and back testing recent trades.
The Company has analyzed the third-party pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs, and has also evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs. Most prices provided byfrom third-party pricing services are classified into Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are observable. Due to the lack of transparency in the process that brokers use to develop prices, most valuationsor broker quotes is based upon transactions that are basedstale or not from trades made in an orderly market, the Company places little, if any, weight on brokers’ prices are classifiedthe third party service’s transaction price and will estimate fair value using an internal process, such as Level 3. Some valuations may be classified as Level 2 if the price can be corroborated with observable market data.
Derivative Instruments, including Embedded Derivatives within Investments
Derivative instruments are fair valued usinga pricing valuation models for OTC derivatives that utilize independent market data inputs, quoted market prices for exchange-traded and OTC-cleared derivatives, or independent broker quotations. Excluding embedded and reinsurance related derivatives, as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, 96% and 96%, respectively, of derivatives, based upon notional values, were priced by valuation models, including discounted cash flow models and option-pricing models that utilize present value techniques, or quoted market prices. The remaining derivatives were priced by broker quotations.matrix.
The Derivatives Working Group performs ongoing analyses ofreviews the valuations,inputs, assumptions and methodologies used to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The Company performs various controls on derivative valuations which include both quantitative and qualitative analyses. Analyses are conducted by aA dedicated derivative pricing team that works directly with investment sector professionals to analyzeinvestigate the impacts of changes in the market environment on prices or valuations of derivatives. New models and investigate variances. On a daily basis, market valuationsany changes to current models are comparedrequired to counterparty valuations for OTC derivatives. There are monthly analyses to identify market value changes greater than pre-defined thresholds, stale prices, missing prices, and zero prices. Also on a monthly basis, a second source validation, typically to broker quotations, is performed for certain of the more complex derivatives and all new deals during the month. A model validation review is performed on any new models, which typically includeshave detailed documentation and validationare validated to a second source. The model validation documentation and results of validation are presented to the Valuation Committee for approval. There is a monthly control to review changes in pricing sources to ensure that new models are not moved to production until formally approved.
The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assetsconducts other monitoring controls around securities and liabilities. However, the derivative instrument may not be classified with the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities. Therefore, the realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives reported in the Level 3 rollforward may be offset by realized and unrealized gains and losses of the associated assets and liabilities in other line items of the financial statements.

19

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments
The portion of limited partnerships and other alternative investments recorded at fair value includes hedge funds for which investment company accounting has been applied to a wholly-owned fund of funds measured at fair value. The hedge funds are comprised of approximately half credit and equity related funds and approximately half global macro with a market neutral focus. Fair value is determined for these funds using the NAV, as a practical expedient, calculated on a monthly basis, and is the amount at which a unit or shareholder may redeem their investment, if redemption is allowed. Certain impediments to redemption include,pricing including, but are not limited to, the following: 1) redemption notice periods vary
Review of daily price changes over specific thresholds and may be as long as 90 days, 2) redemption may be restricted (e.g. only be allowed onnew trade comparison to third-party pricing services.
Daily comparison of OTC derivative market valuations to counterparty valuations.
Review of weekly price changes compared to published bond prices of a quarter-end), 3) a holding period referred to as a lock-up may be imposed whereby an investor must hold their investment for a specified periodcorporate bond index.
Monthly reviews of time before they can make a notice for redemption, 4) gating provisions may limit all redemptions in a given periodprice changes over thresholds, stale prices, missing prices, and zero prices.
Monthly validation of prices to a percentagesecond source for securities in most sectors and for certain derivatives.
In addition, the Company’s enterprise-wide Operational Risk Management function, led by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for model risk management and provides an independent review of the entities' equity interests, or may only allowsuitability and reliability of model inputs, as well as an investoranalysis of significant changes to redeem a portion of their investment at one time, 5) early redemption penalties may be imposed that are expressed as a percentage of the amount redeemed and 6) redemptions not allowed. The Company regularly assesses impediments to redemption and current market conditions that will restrict the redemption at the end of the notice period. Funds that were subject to significant liquidity restrictions due to lock-up or gating provisions consisted of 8% and 9%, respectively, of the value of the investments as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The remaining restriction period for these investments is approximately one year as of both March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Funds where redemptions are not allowed consisted of 4% and 3%, respectively, of the value of the investments as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.models.
Valuation Inputs
Quoted prices for Investments
Foridentical assets in active markets are considered Level 1 investments, which are comprisedand consist of on-the-run U.S. Treasuries, money market funds, exchange-traded equity securities, open-ended mutual funds, short-term investments, and exchange traded futures and option contracts, valuations are based on quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.contracts.
For the Company’s Level 2 and 3 debt securities, typical inputs used by pricing techniques include, but are not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and/or estimated cash flows, prepayment speeds, and default rates. Derivative instruments are valued using mid-market inputs that are predominantly observable in the market.
A description of additional inputs used in the Company’s Level 2 and Level 3 measurements is included in the following discussion:
Level 2
The fair values of most of the Company’s Level 2 investments are determined by management after considering prices received from third party pricing services. These investments include most fixed maturities and preferred stocks, including those reported in separate account assets as well as certain derivative instruments.
ABS, CDOs, CMBS and RMBS – Primary inputs also include monthly payment information, collateral performance, which varies by vintage year and includes delinquency rates, collateral valuation loss severity rates, collateral refinancing assumptions, and credit default swap indices. ABS and RMBS prices also include estimates of the rate of future principal prepayments over the remaining life of the securities. These estimates are derived based on the characteristics of the underlying structure and prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the underlying collateral.
Corporates, including investment grade private placements – Primary inputs also include observations of credit default swap curves related to the issuer.
Foreign government/government agencies — Primary inputs also include observations of credit default swap curves related to the issuer and political events in emerging market economies.
Municipals – Primary inputs also include Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board reported trades and material event notices, and issuer financial statements.
Short-term investments – Primary inputs also include material event notices and new issue money market rates.
Credit derivatives – Primary inputs include the swap yield curve and credit default swap curves.
Equity derivatives – Primary inputs include equity index levels.
Foreign exchange derivatives – Primary inputs include the swap yield curve, currency spot and forward rates, and cross currency basis curves.
Interest rate derivatives – Primary input is the swap yield curve.

2019

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Valuation Inputs Used in Levels 2 and 3 Measurements for Securities and Freestanding Derivatives
Level 2
Primary Observable Inputs
Level 3
Primary Unobservable Inputs
Fixed Maturity Investments
Structured securities (includes ABS, CDOs CMBS and RMBS)
Most
• Benchmark yields and spreads
• Monthly payment information
• Collateral performance, which varies by vintage year and includes delinquency rates, loss severity rates and refinancing assumptions
• Credit default swap indices

Other inputs for ABS and RMBS:
• Estimate of future principal prepayments, derived based on the characteristics of the Company's securities classified as Level 3 includeunderlying structure
• Prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the collateral
• Independent broker quotes
• Credit spreads beyond observable curve
• Interest rates beyond observable curve

Other inputs for less liquid securities such as lower quality ABS, CMBS, commercial real estate ("CRE") CDOsor those that trade less actively, including subprime RMBS:
• Estimated cash flows
• Credit spreads, which include illiquidity premium
• Constant prepayment rates
• Constant default rates
• Loss severity
Corporates
• Benchmark yields and RMBS primarily backed by sub-prime loans. Also included in Level 3 arespreads
• Reported trades, bids, offers of the same or similar securities valued based on broker prices or broker
• Issuer spreads without adjustments. Primaryand credit default swap curves

Other inputs for non-broker priced investments, including structuredinvestment grade privately placed securities are consistent with the typical inputs used in the preceding noted Level 2 measurements, but are Level 3 due to their less liquid markets. Additionally, certain long-datedthat utilize internal matrix pricing :
• Credit spreads for public securities are priced based on third party pricing services, including certain municipal securities, foreign government/government agency securities,of similar quality, maturity, and bank loans, which are included with corporate fixed maturities. Primarysector, adjusted for non-public nature
• Independent broker quotes
• Credit spreads beyond observable curve
• Interest rates beyond observable curve

Other inputs for these long-datedbelow investment grade privately placed securities:
• Independent broker quotes
• Credit spreads for public securities of similar quality, maturity, and sector, adjusted for non-public nature
U.S Treasuries, Municipals, and Foreign government/government agencies
• Benchmark yields and spreads
• Issuer credit default swap curves
• Political events in emerging market economies
• Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board reported trades and material event notices
• Issuer financial statements
• Independent broker quotes
• Credit spreads beyond observable curve
• Interest rates beyond observable curve
Equity Securities
• Quoted prices in markets that are consistent with the typical inputs used in the preceding noted Level 1 and Level 2 measurements, but include benchmark interest ratenot active• For privately traded equity securities, internal discounted cash flow models utilizing earnings multiples or credit spreadother cash flow assumptions that are not observable in the marketplace. Significant inputs for Level 3 derivative contracts primarily include the typical inputs used in the preceding noted Level 1observable; or they may be held at cost
Short Term Investments
• Benchmark yields and Level 2 measurements; but also include equityspreads
• Reported trades, bids, offers
• Issuer spreads and interest rate volatilitycredit default swap curves
• Material event notices and new issue money market rates
Not applicable
Derivatives
Credit derivatives
• Swap yield curve
• Credit default swap yieldcurves
• Independent broker quotes
• Yield curves beyond observable limits.limits
Equity derivatives
• Equity index levels
• Swap yield curve
• Independent broker quotes
• Equity volatility
Foreign exchange derivatives
• Swap yield curve
• Currency spot and forward rates
• Cross currency basis curves
• Independent broker quotes
Interest rate derivatives
• Swap yield curve
• Independent broker quotes
• Interest rate volatility
Transfers between Levels
Transfers of securities among the levels occur at the beginning of the reporting period. The amount of transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 was $741 and $106, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which represented previously on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities that are now off-the-run. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1. See the fair value roll-forward tables for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, for the transfers into and out of Level 3.
Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 Assets Measured at Fair Value
The following tables present information about significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 assets measured at fair value. The tables exclude ABS, CRE CDOs, index options and certain corporate securities and CMBS for which fair values are based on broker quotations.
SecuritiesUnobservable Inputs

As of March 31, 2016
Assets Accounted for at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Fair
Value
Predominant
Valuation
Technique
Significant
Unobservable Input
MinimumMaximumWeighted Average [1]
Impact of
Increase in Input
on Fair Value [2]
CMBS [3]$115
Discounted cash flowsSpread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity)31 bps1,035 bps409 bpsDecrease
Corporate [3]320
Discounted cash flowsSpread62 bps725 bps298 bpsDecrease
Municipal [3]32
Discounted cash flowsSpread219 bps219 bps219 bpsDecrease
RMBS1,886
Discounted cash flowsSpread34 bps1,281 bps217 bpsDecrease
   Constant prepayment rate—%20%3% Decrease [4]
   Constant default rate1%10%6%Decrease
   Loss severity40%100%80%Decrease
 As of December 31, 2015
CMBS [3]$122
Discounted cash flowsSpread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity)31 bps1,505 bps266 bpsDecrease
Corporate [3]339
Discounted cash flowsSpread63 bps800 bps306 bpsDecrease
Municipal [3]31
Discounted cash flowsSpread193 bps193 bps193 bpsDecrease
RMBS1,622
Discounted cash flowsSpread30 bps1,696 bps178 bpsDecrease
   Constant prepayment rate—%20%2%Decrease [4]
   Constant default rate1%10%6%Decrease
   Loss severity—%100%78%Decrease

2120

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 - Securities
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basisFair
Value
Predominant
Valuation
Technique
Significant
Unobservable Input
MinimumMaximumWeighted Average [1]Impact of
Increase in Input
on Fair Value [2]
As of March 31, 2017
CMBS [3]$76
Discounted cash flowsSpread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity)9 bps1,272 bps463 bpsDecrease
Corporate [4]438
Discounted cash flowsSpread107 bps963 bps328 bpsDecrease
Municipal [3]101
Discounted cash flowsSpread186 bps241 bps208 bpsDecrease
RMBS [3]2,038
Discounted cash flowsSpread34 bps1,371 bps179 bpsDecrease
   Constant prepayment rate—%20%4% Decrease [5]
   Constant default rate1%10%5%Decrease
   Loss severity—%100%73%Decrease
As of December 31, 2016
CMBS [3]$52
Discounted cash flowsSpread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity)10 bps1,273 bps366 bpsDecrease
Corporate [4]510
Discounted cash flowsSpread122 bps1,302 bps359 bpsDecrease
Municipal [3]101
Discounted cash flowsSpread135 bps286 bps221 bpsDecrease
RMBS [3]1,963
Discounted cash flowsSpread16 bps1,830 bps192 bpsDecrease
   Constant prepayment rate—%20%4%Decrease [5]
   Constant default rate—%11%5%Decrease
   Loss severity—%100%75%Decrease
[1]The weighted average is determined based on the fair value of the securities.
[2]Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table.
[3]Level 3 CMBS, corporate and municipalExcludes securities excludes thosefor which the Company based fair value on broker quotations.
[4]Excludes securities for which the Company bases fair value on broker quotations as noted inquotations; however, included are broker priced lower-rated private placement securities for which the following discussion.Company receives spread and yield information to corroborate the fair value.
[4]5]Decrease for above market rate coupons and increase for below market rate coupons.

21

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Freestanding DerivativesUnobservable Inputs
Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 - Freestanding DerivativesSignificant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 - Freestanding Derivatives

As of March 31, 2016Fair
Value
Predominant
Valuation 
Technique
Significant Unobservable InputMinimumMaximumImpact of 
Increase in Input on 
Fair Value [1]
Fair
Value
Predominant
Valuation 
Technique
Significant Unobservable InputMinimumMaximum
Impact of 
Increase in Input on 
Fair Value [1]
Interest rate derivative    
As of March 31, 2017As of March 31, 2017
Interest rate derivatives    
Interest rate swaps$(32)Discounted cash flowsSwap curve beyond 30 years2%2%Decrease$(29)Discounted cash flowsSwap curve beyond 30 years3%3%Decrease
Interest rate swaptions [2]4
Option modelInterest rate volatility2%2%Increase5
Option modelInterest rate volatility2%2%Increase
GMWB hedging instruments        
Equity variance swaps(34)Option modelEquity volatility22%24%Increase(39)Option modelEquity volatility16%20%Increase
Equity options28
Option modelEquity volatility26%29%Increase9
Option modelEquity volatility26%28%Increase
Customized swaps150
Discounted cash flowsEquity volatility12%30%Increase76
Discounted cash flowsEquity volatility9%30%Increase
Macro hedge program [3]        
Equity options178
Option modelEquity volatility12%27%Increase164
Option modelEquity volatility15%32%Increase
As of December 31, 2015
Interest rate derivative    
As of December 31, 2016As of December 31, 2016
Interest rate derivatives    
Interest rate swaps$(30)Discounted cash flowsSwap curve beyond 30 years3%3%Decrease$(29)Discounted cash flowsSwap curve beyond 30 years3%3%Decrease
Interest rate swaptions [2]8
Option modelInterest rate volatility1%2%Increase8
Option modelInterest rate volatility2%2%Increase
GMWB hedging instruments        
Equity variance swaps(31)Option modelEquity volatility19%21%Increase(36)Option modelEquity volatility20%23%Increase
Equity options35
Option modelEquity volatility27%29%Increase17
Option modelEquity volatility27%30%Increase
Customized swaps131
Discounted cash flowsEquity volatility10%40%Increase100
Discounted cash flowsEquity volatility12%30%Increase
Macro hedge program [3]        
Equity options179
Option modelEquity volatility14%28%Increase188
Option modelEquity volatility17%28%Increase
[1]Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table. Changes are based on long positions, unless otherwise noted. Changes in fair value will be inversely impacted for short positions.
[2]The swaptions presented are purchased options that have the right to enter into a pay-fixed swap.
[3]Level 3 macro hedgeExcludes derivatives excludes those for which the Company bases fair value on broker quotations as noted in the following discussion.quotations.
Securities
The tables above exclude the portion of ABS, CRE CDOs, index options and derivativescertain corporate securities for which the Company bases fair valuevalues are predominately based on independent broker quotations include ABS, CDOs, CMBS, corporate, and index options. Due to the lack of transparency in the process brokers use to develop prices for these investments,quotes. While the Company does not have access to the significant unobservable inputs brokers use to price these securities and derivatives. The Company believes however, the types of inputsthat independent brokers may use wouldin their pricing process, the Company believes brokers likely beuse inputs similar to those used to price securities and derivatives for which inputs are available toby the Company and therefore may include but not be limitedthird-party pricing services to price similar instruments. As such, in their pricing models, brokers likely use estimated loss severity rates, constant prepayment rates, constant default rates and credit spreads. Therefore, similar to non brokernon-broker priced securities, and derivatives, generally, increases in these inputs would generally cause fair values to decrease. For the three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, no significant adjustments were made by the Company to broker prices received.
Transfers between Levels
Transfers of securities among the levels occur at the beginning of the reporting period. The amount of transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 was $621 and $741 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016, respectively, which represented previously on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities that are now off-the-run. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1. See the fair value roll-forward tables for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, for the transfers into and out of Level 3.

22

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


ProductGMWB Embedded, Customized and Reinsurance Derivatives
The Company formerly offered certain variable annuity products with GMWB riders. The GMWB provides the policyholder with a guaranteed remaining balance (“GRB”) which is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals.  If the policyholder’s account value is reduced to the specified level through a combination of market declines and withdrawals but the GRB still has value, the Company is obligated to continue to make annuity payments to the policyholder until the GRB is exhausted. Certain contract provisions can increase the GRB at contractholder election or after the passage of time. GMWB payments that are not life-contingent represent
GMWB Embedded DerivativesThe Company formerly offered certain variable annuity products with GMWB riders that provide the policyholder with a guaranteed remaining balance ("GRB") which is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. If the policyholder’s account value is reduced to a specified level through a combination of market declines and withdrawals but the GRB still has value, the Company is obligated to continue to make annuity payments to the policyholder until the GRB is exhausted. When payments of the GRB are not life-contingent, the GMWB represents an embedded derivative carried at fair value reported in other policyholder funds and benefits payable in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value reported in net realized capital gains and losses.
Free-standing Customized DerivativesThe Company holds free-standing customized derivative contracts to provide protection from certain capital markets risks for the remaining term of specified blocks of non-reinsured GMWB riders. These customized derivatives are based on policyholder behavior assumptions specified at the inception of the derivative contracts. The Company retains the risk for differences between assumed and actual policyholder behavior and between the performance of the actively managed funds underlying the separate accounts and their respective indices. These derivatives are reported in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets within other investments or other liabilities, as appropriate, after considering the impact of master netting agreements.
GMWB Reinsurance DerivativeThe Company has reinsurance arrangements in place to transfer a portion of its risk of loss due to GMWB. These arrangements are recognized as derivatives carried at fair value and reported in reinsurance recoverables in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value of the reinsurance agreements are reported in net realized capital gains and losses.
Valuation Techniques
Fair values for GMWB embedded derivatives, free-standing customized derivatives and reinsurance derivatives are classified as Level 3 in the variable annuity contract. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative is carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net realized capital gainshierarchy and losses. The Company’s GMWB liability, excluding life-contingent payments, is carried at fair value and reported in other policyholder funds and benefits payable in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The notional value of the embedded derivative is the GRB.
are calculated using internally developed models that utilize significant unobservable inputs because active, observable markets do not exist for these items. In valuing the GMWB embedded derivative, the Company attributes to the derivative a portion of the expected fees to be collected over the expected life of the contract from the contract holder equal to the present value of future GMWB claims (the “Attributed Fees”) as determined at contract issuance. All changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses.claims. The excess of fees collected from the contract holder in the current period over the Attributed Feesportion of fees attributed to the embedded derivative in the current period are associated with the host variable annuity contract and reported in fee income.
GMWB Reinsurance DerivativeValuation Controls
The Company has reinsurance arrangements in place to transfer a portion of its risk of loss due to GMWB. These arrangements are recognized as derivatives and carried at fair value in reinsurance recoverables. Changes in the fair value of the reinsurance agreements are reported in net realized capital gains and losses.
The fair value of the GMWB reinsurance derivative is calculated as an aggregation of the components described in the following Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued discussion and is modeled using significant unobservable policyholder behavior inputs, identical to those used in calculating the underlying liability, such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization and risk margins.
Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued (in Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable)
Fair values for GMWBs classified as embedded derivatives are calculated using the income approach based upon internally developed models because active, observable markets do not exist for those items. The fair value of these GMWBs and the related reinsurance and customized freestanding derivatives are calculated as an aggregation of the following components: Best Estimate Claim Payments; Credit Standing Adjustment; and Margins. The resulting aggregation is reconciled or calibrated, if necessary, to market information that is, or may be, available to the Company, but may not be observable by other market participants, including reinsurance discussions and transactions. The Company believes the aggregation of these components, as necessary and as reconciled or calibrated to the market information available to the Company, results in an amount that the Company would be required to transfer to or receive from market participants in an active liquid market, if one existed, for those market participants to assume the risks associated with the guaranteed minimum benefits and the related reinsurance and customized derivatives. The fair value is likely to materially diverge from the ultimate settlement of the liability as the Company believes settlement will be based on our best estimate assumptions rather than those best estimate assumptions plus risk margins. In the absence of any transfer of the guaranteed benefit liability to a third party, the release of risk margins is likely to be reflected as realized gains in future periods’ net income. Each component described in the following discussion is unobservable in the marketplace and requires subjectivity by the Company in determining its value. Oversight of the Company's valuation policies and processes for productGMWB embedded, reinsurance, and GMWB reinsurancecustomized derivatives is performed by a multidisciplinary group comprised of finance, actuarial and risk management professionals. This multidisciplinary group reviews and approves changes and enhancements to the Company's valuation model as well as associated controls.
Valuation Inputs
The fair value for each of the non-life contingent GMWBs, the free-standing customized derivatives and the GMWB reinsurance derivative is calculated as an aggregation of the following components: Best Estimate Claim Payments; Credit Standing Adjustment; and Margins. The Company believes the aggregation of these components results in an amount that a market participant in an active liquid market would require, if such a market existed, to assume the risks associated with the guaranteed minimum benefits and the related reinsurance and customized derivatives. Each component described in the following discussion is unobservable in the marketplace and requires subjectivity by the Company in determining its value.
Best Estimate Claim Payments
The Best Estimate Claim Payments are calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows, including the present value of benefits and related contract charges, over the lives of the contracts, incorporating unobservable inputs including expectations concerning policyholder behavior such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization. For the customized derivatives, policyholder behavior is prescribed in the derivative contract. Because of the dynamic and complex nature of these cash flows, best estimatebehavior. These assumptions andare input into a Monte Carlo stochastic process are used in valuation. The Monte Carlo stochastic process involves the generation of thousands of scenarios that assume risk neutral returns consistent with swap ratesscenario process that is used to determine the valuation and a blend of observable implied index volatility levels. Estimating these cash flows involves numerous estimates and subjective judgments regarding a number of variables. These variables include expected market rates of return, market volatility, correlations of market index returns to funds, fund performance, discount rates and assumptions about policyholder behavior which emerge over time.

23

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

At each valuation date, the Company assumes expected returns based on:
risk-free rates as represented by the Eurodollar futures, LIBOR deposits and swap rates to derive forward curve rates;
market implied volatility assumptions for each underlying index based primarily on a blend of observed market “implied volatility” data;
correlations of historical returns across underlying well known market indices based on actual observed returns over the ten years preceding the valuation date; and
three years of history for fund indexes compared to separate account fund regression.
The Company updates capital market assumptions used in the GMWB liability model such as interest rates, equity indices and the blend of implied equity index volatilities on a daily basis. The Company monitors various aspects of policyholder behavior and may modify certain of its assumptions, including living benefit lapses and withdrawal rates, if credible emerging data indicates that changes are warranted. In addition, the Company will continue to evaluate policyholder behavior assumptions asshould we implement initiatives to reduce the size of the variable annuity business. At a minimum, all policyholder behavior assumptions are reviewed and updated at least annually as appropriate, in conjunction with the completionpart of the Company’s annual fourth-quarter comprehensive study to refine its estimate of future gross profits withprofits. In addition, the study performed inCompany recognizes non-market-based updates driven by the fourth quarterrelative outperformance (underperformance) of each year.the underlying actively managed funds as compared to their respective indices.
Credit Standing Adjustment
This assumption makesThe credit standing adjustment is an adjustmentestimate of the additional amount that market participants would make,require in determining fair value to reflect the risk that guaranteedGMWB benefit obligations or the GMWB reinsurance recoverables will not be fulfilled. The Company incorporates a blend of observable Company and reinsurer credit default spreads from capital markets, adjusted for market recoverability. The credit standing adjustment assumption, net of reinsurance, resulted in pre-tax realized gains of $2 and $0, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 the credit standing adjustment was $2 and $0, respectively.
Margins
The behavior risk margin adds a margin that market participants would require, in determining fair value, for the risk that the Company’s assumptions about policyholder behavior could differ from actual experience. The behavior risk margin is calculated by taking the difference between adverse policyholder behavior assumptions and best estimate assumptions.
There were no policyholder assumption updates related to the behavior risk margin for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 the behavior risk margin was $45.
In addition to the non-market-based update described in the preceding discussion, the Company recognized non-market-based updates driven by the relative outperformance (underperformance) of the underlying actively managed funds as compared to their respective indices resulting in pre-tax realized gains (losses) of approximately $(4) and $10, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

2423

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


The following table provides quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs and is applicable to all of the GMWB embedded derivative and the GMWB reinsurance derivative.
Valuation Inputs Used in Levels 2 and 3 Measurements for GMWB Embedded, Customized and Reinsurance Derivatives
Level 2
Primary Observable Inputs
Level 3
Primary Unobservable Inputs
• Risk-free rates as represented by the Eurodollar futures, LIBOR deposits and swap rates to derive forward curve rates
• Correlations of 10 years of observed historical returns across underlying well-known market indices
• Correlations of historical index returns compared to separate account fund returns
• Equity index levels
• Market implied equity volatility assumptions

Assumptions about policyholder behavior, including:
• Withdrawal utilization
• Withdrawal rates
• Lapse rates
• Reset elections
Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 GMWB Embedded Customized and Reinsurance DerivativesSignificant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 GMWB Embedded Customized and Reinsurance Derivatives
As of March 31, 2016As of March 31, 2017
Significant Unobservable InputUnobservable Inputs (Minimum)
Unobservable Inputs (Maximum)
Impact of Increase in Input
on Fair Value Measurement [1]
Unobservable Inputs (Minimum)Unobservable Inputs (Maximum)Impact of Increase in Input
on Fair Value Measurement [1]
Withdrawal Utilization [2]20%100%Increase15%100%Increase
Withdrawal Rates [3]—%8%Increase—%8%Increase
Lapse Rates [4]—%75%Decrease—%40%Decrease
Reset Elections [5]20%75%Increase20%75%Increase
Equity Volatility [6]12%30%Increase9%30%Increase
As of December 31, 2015As of December 31, 2016
Significant Unobservable InputUnobservable Inputs (Minimum)Unobservable Inputs (Maximum)Impact of Increase in Input
on Fair Value Measurement [1]
Unobservable Inputs (Minimum)Unobservable Inputs (Maximum)Impact of Increase in Input
on Fair Value Measurement [1]
Withdrawal Utilization [2]20%100%Increase15%100%Increase
Withdrawal Rates [3]—%8%Increase—%8%Increase
Lapse Rates [4]—%75%Decrease—%40%Decrease
Reset Elections [5]20%75%Increase20%75%Increase
Equity Volatility [6]10%40%Increase12%30%Increase
[1]Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table.
[2]Range represents assumed cumulative percentages of policyholders taking withdrawals.
[3]Range represents assumed cumulative annual amount withdrawn by policyholders.
[4]Range represents assumed annual percentages of full surrender of the underlying variable annuity contracts across all policy durations for in force business.
[5]Range represents assumed cumulative percentages of policyholders that would elect to reset their guaranteed benefit base.
[6]Range represents implied market volatilities for equity indices based on multiple pricing sources.
Generally, a change in withdrawal utilization assumptions would be accompanied by a directionally opposite change in lapse rate assumptions, as the behavior of policyholders that utilize GMWB riders is typically different from policyholders that do not utilize these riders.
Separate Account Assets
Separate account assets are primarily invested in mutual funds. Other separate account assets include fixed maturities, limited partnerships, equity securities, short-term investments and derivatives that are valued in the same manner, and using the same pricing sources and inputs, as those investments held by the Company. For limited partnerships in which fair value represents the separate account's share of the NAV, 29%42% and 28%39% were subject to significant liquidation restrictions due to lock-up or gating provisions as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, respectively. LimitedTotal limited partnerships where redemptions arethat do not allowed consistedallow any form of 5%redemption were 12% and 4%11% as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, respectively. Separate account assets classified as Level 3 primarily include long-dated bank loans, subprime RMBS, and commercial mortgage loans.
Contingent Consideration
The acquisition of Lattice Strategies LLC ("Lattice") in 2016 requires the Company to make payments to former owners of Lattice of up to $60 contingent upon growth in exchange-traded products ("ETP") AUM over a four-year period beginning on the date of acquisition. The contingent consideration is measured at fair value on a quarterly basis by projecting future eligible ETP AUM over the contingency period to estimate the amount of expected payout. The future expected payout is discounted back to the valuation date using a risk-adjusted discount rate of 18.8%. The risk-adjusted discount rate is an internally generated and significant unobservable input to fair value.
Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a

24

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
The Company uses derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the
derivative instrument may not be classified with the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated asset or liability. Therefore, the realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives reported in the Level 3 roll-forward may be offset by realized and unrealized gains and losses of the associated assets and liabilities in other line items of the financial statements.
Fair Value Roll-forwards for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
 Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)      
  Fair value as of January 1, 2017Included in net income [1] [2] [6]Included in OCI [3]Purchases [8]SettlementsSalesTransfers into Level 3 [4]Transfers out of Level 3 [4]Fair value as of March 31, 2017
Assets         
Fixed Maturities, AFS         
 ABS$82
$
$
$45
$(5)$
$26
$(23)$125
 CDOs414

4

(1)

(98)319
 CMBS80
(1)
56
(3)

(15)117
 Corporate1,080
6
16
169
(36)(160)40
(37)1,078
 Foreign Govt./Govt. Agencies64

3

(1)


66
 Municipal118

5


(6)

117
 RMBS1,972

6
173
(96)(7)

2,048
Total Fixed Maturities, AFS3,810
5
34
443
(142)(173)66
(173)3,870
Fixed Maturities, FVO11


4
(2)(13)


Equity Securities, AFS99

(4)4




99
Freestanding Derivatives, net [5]         
 Equity
(1)
5




4
 Interest rate(21)(3)





(24)
 GMWB hedging instruments81
(35)





46
 Macro hedge program167
(8)





159
 Other contracts1
(1)






Total Freestanding Derivatives, net [5]228
(48)
5




185
Reinsurance Recoverable for GMWB73
(17)

4



60
Separate Accounts201

3
97
(4)(8)3
(15)277
Total Assets$4,422
$(60)$33
$553
$(144)$(194)$69
$(188)$4,491
Liabilities         
Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable         
 Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits$(241)$100
$
$
$(16)$
$
$
$(157)
 Equity Linked Notes(33)(3)





(36)
Total Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable(274)97


(16)


(193)
Contingent Consideration [7](25)(1)





(26)
Total Liabilities$(299)$96
$
$
$(16)$
$
$
$(219)

25

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
The following tables provide fair value roll-forwards for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, for the financial instruments classified as Level 3.
For the three months ended March 31, 2016
 Fixed Maturities, AFS 
AssetsABSCDOsCMBSCorporate
Foreign
Govt./Govt.
Agencies
MunicipalRMBS
Total  Fixed
Maturities,
AFS
Fixed
Maturities,
FVO
Fair value as of January 1, 2016$37
$541
$150
$854
$60
$49
$1,622
$3,313
$16
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)         
Included in net income [1] [2] [6]

(1)(13)


(14)(2)
Included in OCI [3]

(8)(7)5
1
(14)(23)
Purchases

40
30
14

333
417
5
Settlements(3)1
(9)(5)(1)
(57)(74)(1)
Sales


(25)(2)

(27)
Transfers into Level 3 [4]5


58


2
65

Transfers out of Level 3 [4](7)
(38)(58)


(103)(4)
Fair value as of March 31, 2016$32
$542
$134
$834
$76
$50
$1,886
$3,554
$14
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2016 [2] [7]$
$
$(1)$(13)$
$
$
$(14)$(1)
  Freestanding Derivatives [5]
Assets (Liabilities)
Equity
Securities,
AFS
Equity
Interest
Rate
GMWB
Hedging
Macro
Hedge
Program
Other
Contracts
Total Free-
Standing
Derivatives [5]
Fair value as of January 1, 2016$93
$
$(22)$135
$147
$7
$267
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)       
Included in net income [1] [2] [6](1)(11)(6)9

(2)(10)
Included in OCI [3]2






Purchases
16




16
Settlements



(2)
(2)
Sales(2)





Transfers into Level 3 [4]






Transfers out of Level 3 [4]






Fair value as of March 31, 2016$92
$5
$(28)$144
$145
$5
$271
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2016 [2] [7]$(1)$(11)$(6)$9
$(1)$(2)$(11)

26

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

AssetsReinsurance Recoverable for GMWBSeparate Accounts
Fair value as of January 1, 2016$83
$139
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)  
Included in net income [1] [2] [6]12

Included in OCI [3]
4
Purchases
38
Settlements4
(5)
Sales
(10)
Transfers into Level 3 [4]
3
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]
(15)
Fair value as of March 31, 2016$99
$154
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2016 [2] [7]$12
$
 Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable
LiabilitiesGuaranteed Withdrawal BenefitsEquity Linked NotesTotal Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable
Fair value as of January 1, 2016$(262)$(26)$(288)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)   
Included in net income [1] [2] [6](82)1
(81)
Settlements(17)
(17)
Fair value as of March 31, 2016$(361)$(25)$(386)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2016 [2] [7]$(82)$1
$(81)

27

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2015
 Fixed Maturities, AFS 
AssetsABSCDOsCMBSCorporateForeign Govt./Govt. AgenciesMunicipalRMBSTotal Fixed Maturities, AFSFixed Maturities, FVO
Fair value as of January 1, 2015$122
$623
$284
$1,040
$59
$66
$1,281
$3,475
$92
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)         
Included in net income [1] [2] [6]
(2)(1)(4)

(1)(8)(5)
Included in OCI [3]
19
(3)(28)1
(2)(1)(14)
Purchases43

21
5
5

310
384
12
Settlements(1)(9)(13)1
(1)
(46)(69)
Sales


(7)(16)
(31)(54)(4)
Transfers into Level 3 [4]1

5
139


4
149

Transfers out of Level 3 [4](4)(47)(25)(34)

(53)(163)(10)
Fair value as of March 31, 2015$161
$584
$268
$1,112
$48
$64
$1,463
$3,700
$85
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2015 [2] [7]$
$(1)$(1)$(2)$
$
$(1)$(5)$(1)
  Freestanding Derivatives [5]
Assets (Liabilities)Equity Securities, AFSCreditEquityInterest RateGMWB HedgingMacro Hedge ProgramOther ContractsTotal Free-Standing Derivatives [5]
Fair value as of January 1, 2015$98
$(9)$6
$(7)$170
$141
$12
$313
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)        
Included in net income [1] [2] [6]1
5
17
(11)9
(1)(1)18
Included in OCI [3](3)






Purchases8
(7)


47

40
Settlements

(15)
(20)

(35)
Sales(2)






Transfers into Level 3 [4]







Transfers out of Level 3 [4]







Fair value as of March 31, 2015$102
$(11)$8
$(18)$159
$187
$11
$336
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2015 [2] [7]$1
$5
$3
$(19)$16
$3
$(1)$7

28

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

AssetsReinsurance Recoverable for GMWBSeparate Accounts
Fair value as of January 1, 2015$56
$112
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)  
Included in net income [1] [2] [6]4
1
Purchases
38
Settlements5
(5)
Sales
(6)
Transfers into Level 3 [4]
1
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]
(4)
Fair value as of March 31, 2015$65
$137
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2015 [2] [7]$4
$1
 Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable 
LiabilitiesGuaranteed Withdrawal BenefitsEquity Linked NotesTotal Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits PayableConsumer Notes
Fair value as of January 1, 2015$(139)$(26)$(165)$(3)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)    
Included in net income [1] [2] [6](19)
(19)
Settlements(18)
(18)
Fair value as of March 31, 2015$(176)$(26)$(202)$(3)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2015 [2] [7]$(19)$
$(19)$
Fair Value Roll-forwards for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
 Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)      
  Fair value as of January 1, 2016Included in net income [1] [2] [6]Included in OCI [3]Purchases [8]SettlementsSalesTransfers into Level 3 [4]Transfers out of Level 3 [4]Fair value as of March 31, 2016
Assets         
Fixed Maturities, AFS         
 ABS$37
$
$
$
$(3)$
$5
$(7)$32
 CDOs541



1



542
 CMBS150
(1)(8)40
(9)

(38)134
 Corporate854
(13)(7)30
(5)(25)58
(58)834
 Foreign Govt./Govt. Agencies60

5
14
(1)(2)

76
 Municipal49

1





50
 RMBS1,622

(14)333
(57)
2

1,886
Total Fixed Maturities, AFS3,313
(14)(23)417
(74)(27)65
(103)3,554
Fixed Maturities, FVO16
(2)
5
(1)

(4)14
Equity Securities, AFS93
(1)2


(2)

92
Freestanding Derivatives, net [5]         
 Equity
(11)
16




5
 Interest rate(22)(6)





(28)
 GMWB hedging instruments135
9






144
 Macro hedge program147



(2)


145
 Other contracts7
(2)





5
Total Freestanding Derivatives, net [5]267
(10)
16
(2)


271
Reinsurance Recoverable for GMWB83
12


4



99
Separate Accounts139

4
38
(5)(10)3
(15)154
Total Assets$3,911
$(15)$(17)$476
$(78)$(39)$68
$(122)$4,184
Liabilities         
Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable         
 Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits$(262)$(82)$
$
$(17)$
$
$
$(361)
 Equity Linked Notes(26)1






(25)
Total Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable(288)(81)

(17)


(386)
Total Liabilities$(288)$(81)$
$
$(17)$
$
$
$(386)
[1]The Company classifies realized and unrealized gains (losses) on GMWB reinsurance derivatives and GMWB embedded derivatives as unrealized gains (losses) for purposes of disclosure in this table because it is impracticable to track on a contract-by-contract basis the realized gains (losses) for these derivatives and embedded derivatives.
[2]All amountsAmounts in these rows are generally reported in net realized capital gains (losses). The realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which results in a net zero impact on net income for the Company. All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.
[3]All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.
[4]Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 are primarily attributable to the availability of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing inputs.
[5]Derivative instruments are reported in this table on a net basis for asset (liability) positions and reported in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets in other investments and other liabilities.
[6]Includes both market and non-market impacts in deriving realized and unrealized gains (losses).
[7]Amounts presented are
For additional information, see the Contingent Consideration section of Note 5 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
[8]
Includes issuance of contingent consideration associated with the Lattice acquisition, see Note 2 - Business Disposition of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for Level 3 only and therefore may not agree to other disclosures included herein.additional discussion.



2926

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 Still Held at:
  March 31, 2017 [1] [2]March 31, 2016 [1] [2]
Assets  
Fixed Maturities, AFS  
 ABS$
$
 CDOs

 CMBS(1)(1)
 Corporate
(13)
 Foreign Govt./Govt. Agencies

 Municipal

 RMBS

Total Fixed Maturities, AFS(1)(14)
Fixed Maturities, FVO
(1)
Equity Securities, AFS
(1)
Freestanding Derivatives, net  
 Equity(1)(11)
 Interest rate(3)(6)
 GMWB hedging instruments(36)9
 Macro hedge program(8)(1)
 Other Contracts
(2)
Total Freestanding Derivatives, net(48)(11)
Reinsurance Recoverable for GMWB(17)12
Separate Accounts

Total Assets$(66)$(15)
Liabilities  
Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable  
 Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits$100
$(82)
 Equity Linked Notes(3)1
Total Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable97
(81)
Contingent Consideration [3](1)
Total Liabilities$96
$(81)
[1]All amounts in these rows are reported in net realized capital gains (losses). The realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which results in a net zero impact on net income for the Company. All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.
[2]Amounts presented are for Level 3 only and therefore may not agree to other disclosures included herein.
[3]
For additional information, see the Contingent Consideration section of Note 5 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Fair Value Option
FVO investments includeThe Company has elected the fair value option for certain securities that contain embedded credit derivatives with underlying credit risk primarily related to residential and commercial real estate, for whichand these securities are included within Fixed Maturities, FVO on the company has elected the fair value option.Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company also classifiespreviously classified the underlying fixed maturities held in certain consolidated investment funds within the Fixed Maturities, FVO line on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.FVO. The Company reportsreported the underlying fixed maturities of these consolidated investment companies at fair value with changes in the fair value of these securities recognized in net realized capital gains and losses, which is consistent with accounting requirements for investment companies. The investment funds hold fixed income securities in multiple sectors and the Company has management and control of the funds as well as a significant ownership interest.
The Company also elected the fair value option for certain equity securities in order to align the accounting with total return swap contracts that hedge the risk associated with the investments. The swaps do not qualify for hedge accounting and the change in value of both the equity securities and the total return swaps are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. These equity securities are classified within equity securities, AFS on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of March 31, 2016, the Company no longer has any of these investments. Income earned from FVO securities is recorded in net investment income and changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses.
The following table presents the changes in fair value of those assets and liabilities accounted for using the fair value option reported in net realized capital gains and losses in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20162015
Assets  
Fixed maturities, FVO  
CDOs$
$1
Foreign government(1)
RMBS1
1
Total fixed maturities, FVO$
$2
Equity, FVO(34)2
Total realized capital gains (losses)$(34)$4
The following table presents the fair value of assets and liabilities accounted for using the fair value option included in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 March 31, 2016December 31, 2015
Assets  
Fixed maturities, FVO  
ABS$9
$13
CDOs4
6
CMBS16
24
Corporate62
87
Foreign government8
2
U.S government3
3
RMBS384
368
Total fixed maturities, FVO$486
$503
Equity, FVO [1]$
$282
[1]Included in equity securities, AFS on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company did not hold any equity securities, FVO as of March 31, 2016.

3027

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4.5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value
Changes in Fair Value of Assets using Fair Value Option
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20172016
Assets  
Fixed maturities, FVO  
Corporate$(1)$
Foreign government
(1)
RMBS1
1
Total fixed maturities, FVO$
$
Equity, FVO(1)(34)
Total realized capital gains (losses)$(1)$(34)
The following table presents carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not carried at fair value.
  March 31, 2016December 31, 2015
 Fair Value Hierarchy LevelCarrying AmountFair ValueCarrying AmountFair Value
Assets     
Policy loansLevel 3$1,444
$1,444
$1,447
$1,447
Mortgage loansLevel 35,637
5,900
5,624
5,736
Liabilities     
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable [1]Level 3$6,636
$6,888
$6,706
$6,898
Senior notes [2]Level 24,240
4,836
4,259
4,811
Junior subordinated debentures [2]Level 21,083
1,283
1,100
1,304
Consumer notes [3]Level 333
33
38
38
Assumed investment contracts [3]Level 3668
730
619
682
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities using the Fair Value Option
 March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
Assets  
Fixed maturities, FVO  
ABS$
$7
CDOs
3
CMBS
8
Corporate
40
U.S government
7
RMBS160
228
Total fixed maturities, FVO$160
$293
Equity, FVO [1]$123
$
[1]Included in equity securities, AFS on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Carried at Fair Value
 Fair Value Hierarchy LevelCarrying AmountFair Value
 March 31, 2017
Assets   
Policy loansLevel 3$1,442
$1,442
Mortgage loansLevel 35,685
5,689
Liabilities   
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable [1]Level 3$6,626
$6,809
Senior notes [2]Level 23,554
4,110
Junior subordinated debentures [2]Level 21,583
1,708
Consumer notes [3] [4]Level 314
14
Assumed investment contracts [3]Level 3514
547
 December 31, 2016
Assets   
Policy loansLevel 3$1,444
$1,444
Mortgage loansLevel 35,697
5,721
Liabilities   
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable [1]Level 3$6,714
$6,906
Senior notes [2]Level 23,969
4,487
Junior subordinated debentures [2]Level 21,083
1,246
Consumer notes [3] [4]Level 320
20
Assumed investment contracts [3]Level 3487
526
[1]Excludes guarantees on variable annuities, group accident and health and universal life insurance contracts, including corporate owned life insurance.
[2]Included in long-term debt in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, except for current maturities, which are included in short-term debt.
[3]Excludes amounts carried at fair value and included in preceding disclosures.
[4]Included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Fair values for policy loans were determined using current loan coupon rates, which reflect the current rates available under the contracts. As a result, the fair value approximates the carrying value of the policy loans.
Fair values for mortgage loans were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on current lending rates for similar type loans. Current lending rates reflect changes in credit spreads and the remaining terms of the loans.
Fair values for other policyholder funds and benefits payable and assumed investment contracts, not carried at fair value, are estimated based on the cash surrender values of the underlying policies or by estimating future cash flows discounted at current interest rates adjusted for credit risk.
Fair values for senior notes and junior subordinated debentures are determined using the market approach based on reported trades, benchmark interest rates and issuer spread for the Company which may consider credit default swaps.

28

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Fair values for consumer notes were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current interest rates adjusted for estimated loan durations.


3129

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5.6. Investments and Derivative Instruments

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
 Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before tax)20172016
Gross gains on sales$112
$90
Gross losses on sales(75)(108)
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings(1)(23)
Results of variable annuity hedge program

GMWB derivatives, net18
(17)
Macro hedge program(86)(14)
Total results of variable annuity hedge program(68)(31)
Transactional foreign currency revaluation(13)(44)
Non-qualifying foreign currency derivatives11
39
Other, net [1]14
(78)
Net realized capital gains (losses)$(20)$(155)
 Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before tax)20162015
Gross gains on sales$90
$197
Gross losses on sales(108)(148)
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings(23)(12)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans
(3)
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives
1
Results of variable annuity hedge program

GMWB derivatives, net(17)1
Macro hedge program(14)(4)
Total results of variable annuity hedge program(31)(3)
Other, net [1](83)(27)
Net realized capital gains (losses)$(155)$5
[1]Primarily consists of changes in the value of
Includes non-qualifying derivatives, transactionalexcluding variable annuity hedge program and foreign currency revaluation gains (losses) on yen denominated fixed payout annuity liabilitiesderivatives, of $10 and gains (losses) on non-qualifying derivatives used to hedge$(37), respectively for the foreign currency exposure of the liabilities. For the three months endedMarch 31, 20162017 and 2015, gains (losses) from transactional foreign currency revaluation of $(50) and $0, respectively, were primarily related to the yen denominated fixed payout annuity liabilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, gains (losses) on instruments used to hedge the foreign currency exposure on the fixed payout annuities were $36 and $(14), respectively..
Net realized capital gains and losses from investment sales are reported as a component of revenues and are determined on a specific identification basis. Before tax, net gains and losses(and losses) on sales and impairments previously reported as unrealized gains (or losses) in AOCI were$41 $36 and $37 $41 for the three months endedMarch 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively. Proceeds from sales of AFS securities totaled $6.7 billion and $4.9 billion and $6.2 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, and 2015, respectively.
Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments
The Company deems bondswill record an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) for fixed maturities and certain equity securities with debt-like characteristics (collectively “debt securities”) to be other-than-temporarily impaired (“impaired”) if a security meets the following conditions: a) the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value, or b) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value, avalue. A corresponding charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and amortized cost basis of the security. For
The Company will also record an OTTI for those impaired debt securities which do not meet the first condition and for which the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis,basis. For these securities, the difference betweenexcess of the security’s amortized cost basis and theover its fair value is separated into the portion representing a credit OTTI, which is recorded in net realized capital losses, and the remaining non-credit impairment,amount, which is recorded in OCI. Generally,The credit OTTI amount is the Company determines a security’s credit impairment as the difference betweenexcess of its amortized cost basis and its best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to impairment. The remaining non-credit impairment is the difference between the security’s fair value andover the Company’s best estimate of discounted expected future cash flowsflows. The non-credit amount is the excess of the best estimate of the discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to the impairment, which typically includes current market liquidity and risk premiums. The previous amortized cost basis less the impairment recognized in net realized capital losses becomes the security’s new cost basis. The Company accretes the new cost basis to the estimatedexpected future cash flows over the fair value. The Company’s best estimate of discounted expected future cash flows becomes the new cost
basis and accretes prospectively into net investment income over the estimated remaining life of the security by prospectively adjusting the security’s yield, if necessary.security.

32

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

The Company’s evaluation of whether a credit impairment exists for debt securities includes but is not limited to, the following factors: (a) changes in the financial condition of the security’s underlying collateral, (b) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (c) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (d) the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost of the security and (e) the payment structure of the security. The Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows used to determine the credit loss amount is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third-party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the security.performance. The Company’s best estimate of future cash flows involves assumptions including,Company considers, but is not limited to (a) changes in the financial condition of the issuer and the underlying collateral, (b) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (c) credit ratings, (d) payment structure of the security and (e) the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost of the security.
For non-structured securities, assumptions include, but are not limited to, economic and industry-specific trends and fundamentals, security-specific developments, industry earnings multiples underlyingand the issuer’s ability to restructure and execute asset valuations andsales.
For structured securities, assumptions include, but are not limited to, various performance indicators such as historical and projected default and recovery rates, credit ratings, current and projected delinquency rates, and loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios. In addition, for structured securities, the Company considers factors including, but not limited to,ratios, average cumulative collateral loss rates that vary by vintage year, commercialprepayment speeds, and residential property value declines that vary by property type and location and commercial real estate delinquency levels.declines. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability of issuer default and estimates regarding timing and amount of expected recoveries which may include estimating the underlying collateral value. In addition, projections of expected future debt security cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the issuer and/or underlying collateral such as changes in the projections of the underlying property value estimates.
ForThe Company will also record an OTTI for equity securities where the decline in the fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, aother-than-temporary. A corresponding charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and cost basis of the security. The previous cost basis less the impairment becomes the security’s new cost basis. The Company asserts its intentCompany’s evaluation and abilityassumptions used to retain those equity securities deemed to be temporarily impaired until the price recovers. Once identified, these securities are systematically restricted from trading unless approved by investment and accounting professionals.
The primary factors considered in evaluating whether an impairment exists fordetermine an equity security mayOTTI include, but areis not limited to:to, (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the cost of the security, (b) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the issuer is current on preferred stock dividends and (d) the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery.
The following table presents For the Company's impairments by impairment type.remaining equity securities which are determined to be temporarily impaired, the Company asserts its intent and ability to retain those equity securities until the price recovers.
Impairments in Earnings by Type
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20172016
Credit impairments$1
$18
Intent-to-sell impairments
2
Impairments on equity securities
3
Total impairments$1
$23
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20162015
Credit impairments$18
$3
Intent-to-sell impairments2
9
Impairments on equity securities3

Total impairments$23
$12
The following table presents a roll-forward of the Company’s cumulative credit impairments on fixed maturities held.
30

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Investments (continued)

 Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before tax)20162015
Balance as of beginning of period$(324)$(424)
Additions for credit impairments recognized on [1]:

Securities not previously impaired(17)(3)
Securities previously impaired(1)
Reductions for credit impairments previously recognized on:

Securities that matured or were sold during the period1
4
Securities the Company made the decision to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell
2
Securities due to an increase in expected cash flows5
9
Balance as of end of period$(336)$(412)

Cumulative Credit Impairments
 Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before tax)20172016
Balance as of beginning of period$(280)$(324)
Additions for credit impairments recognized on [1]:  
Securities not previously impaired(1)(17)
Securities previously impaired
(1)
Reductions for credit impairments previously recognized on:  
Securities that matured or were sold during the period12
1
Securities due to an increase in expected cash flows9
5
Balance as of end of period$(260)$(336)
[1]These additions are included in the net OTTI losses recognized in earnings in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

33

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Available-for-Sale Securities
The following table presents the Company’s AFS securities by type.
AFS Securities by TypeAFS Securities by Type
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Non-Credit
OTTI [1]
 
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Non-Credit
OTTI [1]
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Non-Credit
OTTI [1]
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Non-Credit
OTTI [1]
ABS$2,683
$29
$(47)$2,665
$
 $2,520
$24
$(45)$2,499
$
$2,267
$20
$(22)$2,265
$
$2,396
$17
$(31)$2,382
$
CDOs [2]3,075
68
(37)3,107

 2,989
75
(23)3,038

2,243
71
(3)2,311

1,853
67
(4)1,916

CMBS5,132
155
(63)5,224
(8) 4,668
105
(56)4,717
(8)5,055
102
(58)5,099
(7)4,907
97
(68)4,936
(6)
Corporate25,723
1,818
(244)27,297
(17) 25,876
1,342
(416)26,802
(3)24,371
1,548
(189)25,730

24,380
1,510
(224)25,666

Foreign govt./govt. agencies1,146
57
(14)1,189

 1,321
34
(47)1,308

1,151
48
(12)1,187

1,164
33
(26)1,171

Municipal11,186
1,124
(7)12,303

 11,124
1,008
(11)12,121

11,076
759
(55)11,780

10,825
732
(71)11,486

RMBS4,263
103
(28)4,338

 3,986
82
(22)4,046

3,866
69
(14)3,921

4,738
66
(37)4,767

U.S. Treasuries4,170
403
(3)4,570

 4,481
222
(38)4,665

3,879
189
(35)4,033

3,542
182
(45)3,679

Total fixed maturities, AFS$57,378
$3,757
$(443)$60,693
$(25) $56,965
$2,892
$(658)$59,196
$(11)$53,908
$2,806
$(388)$56,326
$(7)$53,805
$2,704
$(506)$56,003
$(6)
Equity securities, AFS [3]767
56
(25)798

 842
38
(41)839

1,011
107
(18)1,100

1,020
96
(19)1,097

Total AFS securities$58,145
$3,813
$(468)$61,491
$(25) $57,807
$2,930
$(699)$60,035
$(11)$54,919
$2,913
$(406)$57,426
$(7)$54,825
$2,800
$(525)$57,100
$(6)
[1]
Represents the amount of cumulative non-credit OTTI losses recognized in OCI on securities that also had credit impairments. These losses are included in gross unrealized losses as of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015.2016.
[2]Gross unrealized gains (losses) exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives within certain securities. Subsequent changes in value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).
[3]Excluded
Excludes equity securities, FVO, with a cost and fair value of $293$124 and $282$123 as of DecemberMarch 31, 2015.2017. The Company held no equity securities, FVO as of MarchDecember 31, 2016.2016.
The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by contractual maturity year.
31

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Investments (continued)


Fixed maturities, AFS, by Contractual Maturity YearFixed maturities, AFS, by Contractual Maturity Year
March 31, 2016December 31, 2015March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
Contractual MaturityAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair Value

Amortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair Value
One year or less$2,509
$2,527
$2,373
$2,405
$1,693
$1,709
$1,896
$1,912
Over one year through five years10,591
10,986
10,929
11,200
9,145
9,422
9,015
9,289
Over five years through ten years8,816
9,242
9,322
9,497
9,079
9,325
9,038
9,245
Over ten years20,309
22,604
20,178
21,794
20,560
22,274
19,962
21,556
Subtotal42,225
45,359
42,802
44,896
40,477
42,730
39,911
42,002
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities15,153
15,334
14,163
14,300
13,431
13,596
13,894
14,001
Total fixed maturities, AFS$57,378
$60,693
$56,965
$59,196
$53,908
$56,326
$53,805
$56,003
Estimated maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to security call or prepayment provisions. Due to the potential for variability in payment speeds (i.e. prepayments or extensions), mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are not categorized by contractual maturity.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company aims to maintain a diversified investment portfolio including issuer, sector and geographic stratification, where
applicable, and has established certain exposure limits, diversification standards and review procedures to mitigate credit risk. The Company had no investment exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company's stockholders' equity, other than the U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies as of March 31, 20162017, or and December 31, 2015.2016.
Unrealized Losses on AFS Securities
Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities by Type and Length of Time as of March 31, 2017
 Less Than 12 Months12 Months or MoreTotal
 Amortized CostFair ValueUnrealized LossesAmortized CostFair ValueUnrealized LossesAmortized CostFair ValueUnrealized Losses
ABS$544
$542
$(2)$276
$256
$(20)$820
$798
$(22)
CDOs [1]1,253
1,251
(2)284
283
(1)1,537
1,534
(3)
CMBS1,804
1,764
(40)309
291
(18)2,113
2,055
(58)
Corporate4,813
4,671
(142)865
818
(47)5,678
5,489
(189)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies350
341
(9)36
33
(3)386
374
(12)
Municipal1,372
1,318
(54)35
34
(1)1,407
1,352
(55)
RMBS865
856
(9)453
448
(5)1,318
1,304
(14)
U.S. Treasuries1,425
1,390
(35)


1,425
1,390
(35)
Total fixed maturities, AFS$12,426
$12,133
$(293)$2,258
$2,163
$(95)$14,684
$14,296
$(388)
Equity securities, AFS [2]238
223
(15)30
27
(3)268
250
(18)
Total securities in an unrealized loss position$12,664
$12,356
$(308)$2,288
$2,190
$(98)$14,952
$14,546
$(406)

3432

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5.6. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)


Unrealized Losses on AFS Securities
The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities by type and length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position.
 March 31, 2016
 Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 Amortized CostFair ValueUnrealized Losses Amortized CostFair ValueUnrealized Losses Amortized CostFair ValueUnrealized Losses
ABS$1,121
$1,112
$(9) $368
$330
$(38) $1,489
$1,442
$(47)
CDOs [1]1,543
1,523
(21) 1,108
1,092
(16) 2,651
2,615
(37)
CMBS1,370
1,322
(48) 250
235
(15) 1,620
1,557
(63)
Corporate3,810
3,662
(148) 890
794
(96) 4,700
4,456
(244)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies217
210
(7) 78
71
(7) 295
281
(14)
Municipal272
267
(5) 33
31
(2) 305
298
(7)
RMBS919
909
(10) 743
725
(18) 1,662
1,634
(28)
U.S. Treasuries248
246
(2) 25
24
(1) 273
270
(3)
Total fixed maturities, AFS$9,500
$9,251
$(250) $3,495
$3,302
$(193) $12,995
$12,553
$(443)
Equity securities, AFS [2]276
257
(19) 56
50
(6) 332
307
(25)
Total securities in an unrealized loss position$9,776
$9,508
$(269) $3,551
$3,352
$(199) $13,327
$12,860
$(468)
December 31, 2015
Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities by Type and Length of Time as of December 31, 2016Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities by Type and Length of Time as of December 31, 2016
Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or More TotalLess Than 12 Months12 Months or MoreTotal
Amortized CostFair ValueUnrealized Losses Amortized CostFair ValueUnrealized Losses Amortized CostFair ValueUnrealized LossesAmortized CostFair ValueUnrealized LossesAmortized CostFair ValueUnrealized LossesAmortized CostFair ValueUnrealized Losses
ABS$1,619
$1,609
$(10) $357
$322
$(35) $1,976
$1,931
$(45)$582
$579
$(3)$368
$340
$(28)$950
$919
$(31)
CDOs [1]1,164
1,154
(10) 1,243
1,227
(13) 2,407
2,381
(23)641
640
(1)370
367
(3)1,011
1,007
(4)
CMBS1,726
1,681
(45) 189
178
(11) 1,915
1,859
(56)2,076
2,027
(49)293
274
(19)2,369
2,301
(68)
Corporate9,206
8,866
(340) 656
580
(76) 9,862
9,446
(416)5,418
5,248
(170)835
781
(54)6,253
6,029
(224)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies679
646
(33) 124
110
(14) 803
756
(47)573
550
(23)27
24
(3)600
574
(26)
Municipal440
430
(10) 18
17
(1) 458
447
(11)1,567
1,498
(69)43
41
(2)1,610
1,539
(71)
RMBS1,349
1,340
(9) 415
402
(13) 1,764
1,742
(22)1,655
1,624
(31)591
585
(6)2,246
2,209
(37)
U.S. Treasuries2,432
2,394
(38) 8
8

 2,440
2,402
(38)1,432
1,387
(45)


1,432
1,387
(45)
Total fixed maturities, AFS$18,615
$18,120
$(495) $3,010
$2,844
$(163) $21,625
$20,964
$(658)$13,944
$13,553
$(391)$2,527
$2,412
$(115)$16,471
$15,965
$(506)
Equity securities, AFS [2]480
449
(31) 62
52
(10) 542
501
(41)330
315
(15)38
34
(4)368
349
(19)
Total securities in an unrealized loss position$19,095
$18,569
$(526) $3,072
$2,896
$(173) $22,167
$21,465
$(699)$14,274
$13,868
$(406)$2,565
$2,446
$(119)$16,839
$16,314
$(525)
[1]Unrealized losses exclude the change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives within certain securities, for which changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).
[2]
As of March 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015,2017, excludes equity securities, FVO which are included in equity securities, AFS on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company held no equity securities, FVO as of December 31, 2016.
As of March 31, 2016,2017, AFS securities in an unrealized loss position consisted of 3,5313,528 securities, primarily in the corporate sector, which were depressed primarily due to widening of credit spreads and/or an increase in interest rates and/or widening of credit spreads since the securities were purchased. As of March 31, 2016, 92%2017, 94% of these securities were depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. The decrease in unrealized losses during the first quarter of 20162017 was primarily attributable to a decline in long-term interest rates.

35

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

rates as well as tighter credit spreads across most sectors.
Most of the securities depressed for twelve months or more relate to corporate securities concentratedprimarily in the financial services and energyenergy-related sectors, student loan ABS and structured securities with exposure to commercial and residential real estate. Corporate financial services securities and student loan ABS were primarily depressed because the securities have floating-rate coupons and have long-dated maturities, and current credit spreads are wider than when these securities were purchased. Corporate securities within the energy sector wereare in an unrealized loss position primarily depressed due to a decline indepressed oil and gas prices. For certain commercial and residential real estate securities, current market spreads are wider than market spreads at the securities' respective purchase dates. The Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell the securities outlined in the preceding discussion.
Mortgage Loans
Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances
The Company’s security monitoring process reviews mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to identify potential credit losses. Commercial mortgage loans are considered to be impaired when management estimates that, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Criteria usedThe Company reviews mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to determine if an impairment exists include, but are not limited to:identify potential credit losses. Among other factors, management reviews current and projected macroeconomic factors,
trends, such as unemployment rates and property-specific factors such as rental rates, occupancy levels, LTV ratios and debt service coverage ratios (“DSCR”). In addition, the Company considers historic,historical, current and projected delinquency rates and property values. These assumptionsEstimates of collectibility require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability and timing of borrower default and loss severity estimates. In addition, projections of expected future cash flowsflow projections may change based upon new information regardingabout the performanceborrower's ability to pay and/or the value of the borrower and/or underlying collateral such as changes in the projections of the underlyingprojected property value estimates.
For mortgage loans that are deemed impaired, a valuation allowance is established for the difference between the carrying amount and estimated fair value. The mortgage loan's estimated fair value is most frequently the Company's share of the fair value of the collateral but may also be the Company’s share of either (a) the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or (b) the loan’s observable market price or, most frequently, (c) the fair value of the collateral.price. A valuation allowance has been establishedmay be recorded for eitheran individual loan or for a group of loans or as a projected loss contingency for loans withthat have an LTV ratio of 90% or greater, and after consideration ofa low DSCR or have other lower credit quality factors, including DSCR.characteristics. Changes in valuation allowances are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. Interest income on impaired loans is accrued to the extent it is deemed collectible and the loansborrowers continue to performmake payments under the original or restructured loan terms. InterestThe Company stops accruing interest income ceases to accrue foron loans when it is probable that the Company will not receive interest and principal payments according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans may resume accrual statusThe Company resumes accruing interest income when it is determineddetermines that sufficient collateral exists to satisfy the full amount of the loan principal and interest payments as well asand when it is probable cash will be received in the foreseeable future. Interest income on defaulted loans is recognized when received.
 March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Amortized Cost [1]Valuation AllowanceCarrying Value Amortized Cost [1]Valuation AllowanceCarrying Value
Total commercial mortgage loans$5,659
$(22)$5,637
 $5,647
$(23)$5,624

[1]Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.
33

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Investments (continued)


As of March 31, 2016,2017 and December 31, 2015,2016, commercial mortgage loans had an amortized cost of $5.7 billion, with a valuation allowance of $19 and a carrying value of $5.7 billion.
As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the carrying value of mortgage loans associated with thethat had a valuation allowance was $34$57 and $82,$31, respectively. There were no mortgage loans held-for-sale as of March 31, 2016,2017 or December 31, 2015.2016. As of March 31, 2016,2017, the Company had an immaterial amount of mortgage loans within the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio that have had extensions or restructurings other than what is allowable under the original terms of the contract are immaterial.contract.
The following table presents the activity within the Company’s valuation allowance for mortgage loans. These loans have been evaluated both individually and collectively for impairment. Loans evaluated collectively for impairment are immaterial.
 20162015
Balance, as of January 1$(23)$(18)
(Additions)/Reversals
(3)
Deductions1

Balance, as of March 31$(22)$(21)

36

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Valuation Allowance Activity
 20172016
Balance, as of January 1$(19)$(23)
(Additions)/Reversals

Deductions
1
Balance, as of March 31$(19)$(22)
The weighted-average LTV ratio of the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio was 55%51% as of March 31, 2016,2017, while the weighted-average LTV ratio at origination of these loans was 63%62%. LTV ratios compare the loan amount to the value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan. The loan collateral values are updated no less than annually through property level reviews of the portfolio.underlying properties. Factors considered in theestimating property valuationvalues include, but are not limited to,among other things, actual and expected property cash flows, geographic market data and capitalization rates.the ratio of the property's net operating income to its value. DSCR compares a property’s net operating income to the borrower’s principal and interest payments. The weighted average DSCR of the Company’sCompany's commercial mortgage loan portfolio was 2.64x2.67x as of March 31, 2016.2017. As of March 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015,2017, the Company held two delinquent commercial mortgage loansloan past due by 90 days or more. The loans had a total carrying value and valuation allowance of $17$27 and $20,$18, respectively, and wereneither loan was accruing income. As of December 31, 2016, the Company held one delinquent commercial mortgage loans past due by 90 days or more. The loan had a total carrying value and valuation allowance of $15 and $16, respectively, and was not accruing income.
The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s commercial mortgage loans by LTV and DSCR.
Commercial Mortgage Loans Credit Quality
 March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
Loan-to-valueCarrying ValueAvg. Debt-Service Coverage RatioCarrying ValueAvg. Debt-Service Coverage Ratio
Greater than 80%$21
0.59x$20
0.59x
65% - 80%524
2.20x568
2.17x
Less than 65%5,140
2.74x5,109
2.78x
Total commercial mortgage loans$5,685
2.67x$5,697
2.70x
Commercial Mortgage Loans Credit Quality
 March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Loan-to-valueCarrying ValueAvg. Debt-Service Coverage Ratio Carrying ValueAvg. Debt-Service Coverage Ratio
Greater than 80%$17
0.77x $24
0.81x
65% - 80%753
1.94x 623
1.82x
Less than 65%4,867
2.78x 4,977
2.75x
Total commercial mortgage loans$5,637
2.64x $5,624
2.63x
Mortgage Loans by Region
 March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
 Carrying ValuePercent of TotalCarrying ValuePercent of Total
East North Central$293
5.2%$293
5.1%
East South Central14
0.2%14
0.2%
Middle Atlantic557
9.8%534
9.4%
Mountain61
1.1%61
1.1%
New England389
6.8%345
6.1%
Pacific1,604
28.2%1,609
28.3%
South Atlantic1,217
21.4%1,198
21.0%
West North Central40
0.7%40
0.7%
West South Central347
6.1%338
5.9%
Other [1]1,163
20.5%1,265
22.2%
Total mortgage loans$5,685
100.0%$5,697
100.0%
The following tables present the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage loans by region and property type.
Mortgage Loans by Region
 March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Carrying ValuePercent of Total Carrying ValuePercent of Total
East North Central$315
5.6% $289
5.1%
East South Central14
0.2% 14
0.2%
Middle Atlantic383
6.8% 384
6.8%
Mountain35
0.6% 32
0.6%
New England445
7.9% 446
7.9%
Pacific1,636
29.1% 1,669
29.7%
South Atlantic1,175
20.8% 1,174
20.9%
West North Central29
0.5% 29
0.5%
West South Central339
6.0% 318
5.7%
Other [1]1,266
22.5% 1,269
22.6%
Total mortgage loans$5,637
100.0% $5,624
100.0%
[1]Primarily represents loans collateralized by multiple properties in various regions.
Mortgage Loans by Property Type
 March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Carrying ValuePercent of Total Carrying
Value
Percent of Total
Commercial     
Agricultural$19
0.3% $26
0.5%
Industrial1,444
25.6% 1,422
25.3%
Lodging25
0.4% 26
0.5%
Multifamily1,397
24.8% 1,345
23.9%
Office1,509
26.8% 1,547
27.5%
Retail1,093
19.4% 1,109
19.7%
Other150
2.7% 149
2.6%
Total mortgage loans$5,637
100.0% $5,624
100.0%

37

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Mortgage Loans by Property Type
 March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
 Carrying ValuePercent of TotalCarrying
Value
Percent of Total
Commercial    
Agricultural$16
0.3%$16
0.3%
Industrial1,397
24.6%1,468
25.7%
Lodging25
0.4%25
0.4%
Multifamily1,372
24.1%1,365
24.0%
Office1,427
25.1%1,361
23.9%
Retail1,012
17.8%1,036
18.2%
Other436
7.7%426
7.5%
Total mortgage loans$5,685
100.0%$5,697
100.0%
Mortgage Servicing
The Company originates, sells and services commercial mortgage loans on behalf of third parties and recognizes servicing feesfee income over the period that services are performed in fee income.performed. As of March 31, 2016,2017, under this program, the Company serviced commercial mortgage loans under this program with a total outstanding principal of $455,$983, of which $158$266 was serviced on behalf of third parties and $297$717 was retained and reported on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, including $79$143 in separate account assets. As of December 31, 2015,2016, the Company serviced commercial mortgage loans under this program with a total outstanding principal balance of $359,$901, of which $129$251 was serviced on behalf of third parties and $230$650 was retained and reported as assets on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, including $54$124 in separate account assets. Servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and were zero as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, because servicing fees were market-levelmarket-

34

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Investments (continued)


level fees at origination and remain adequate to compensate the Company to administerfor servicing the servicing.loans.
Variable Interest Entities
The Company is involvedengaged with various special purpose entities and other entities that are deemed to be VIEs primarily as a collateral or investment manager and as an investor through normal investment activities but also as wellan investment manager and previously as a means of accessing capital through a contingent capital facility.facility ("facility").
A VIE is an entity that either has investors that lack certain essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as simple majority kick-out rights, or lacks sufficient funds to finance its own activities without financial support provided by other entities. The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of its VIEs to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest when it has both the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Based on the Company’s assessment, if it determines it is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates the VIE in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Consolidated VIEs
The following table presents the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and the maximum exposure to loss relating to the VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Creditors have no recourse against the Company in the event of default by these VIEs nor does the Company have any implied or unfunded commitments to these VIEs. The Company’s financial or other support provided to these VIEs is limited to its collateral or investment management services and original investment.
 March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Total AssetsTotal Liabilities [1]Maximum Exposure to Loss [2] Total AssetsTotal Liabilities [1]Maximum Exposure to Loss [2]
CDO [3]$5
$5
$
 $5
$5
$
Investment funds [4]


 159
7
151
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments [5]458

458
 2

2
Total$463
$5
$458
 $166
$12
$153
[1]Included in other liabilities on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
[2]The maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum loss amount that the Company could recognize as a reduction in net investment income or as a realized capital loss and is the cost basis of the Company’s investment.
[3]Total assets included in cash on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
[4]Total assets included in fixed maturities, FVO, short-term investments, equity, AFS, and cash on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
[5]Total assets included in limited partnerships and other alternative investments, short-term investments, and other assets on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Effective January 1, 2016, the Company adopted new consolidation guidance which resulted in a hedge fund of funds that is part of limited partnerships and other alternative investments and which was previously consolidated as a voting interest entity, to be consolidated instead as a VIE. Accordingly, this investment in this hedge fund of funds has been included in the above table beginning with the March 31, 2016 reporting. This hedge fund of funds limited partnership is considered a VIE under the updated guidance and the Company has determined it is the primary beneficiary and will continue to consolidate the VIE. As of March 31, 2016, this limited partnership has outstanding commitments totaling $55, which may be called by the underlying partnerships during the commitment period to fund the purchase of new investments.For further information on the adoption, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation2017 and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

38

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Also as a result of the adoption,December 31, 2016, the Company determined that two investment funds, that were previously identified as consolidated VIEs andheld one CDO for which it is the Company has management and control of the investments, are voting interest entities under the new consolidation guidance.primarily beneficiary. The Company still owns a majority interest in the investment funds and the funds are still consolidated on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements; however, as of March 31, 2016, these investment funds are not included as VIEs in the table above. CDO represents a structured investment vehicle for which the Company has a controlling financial interest as it provides collateral management services, earns a fee for those servicesinterest. As of March 31, 2017 and also holds investmentsDecember 31, 2016 the Company held total CDO assets of $5 included in cash with an associated liability of $5 included in other liabilities on the security issued byCompany's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company does not have any additional exposure to loss associated with this vehicle.investment.
Non-Consolidated VIEs
The Company, through normal investment activities, makes passive investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments. Upon the adoption of the new consolidation guidance, discussed above, these investments are now considered VIEs. For these non-consolidated VIEs, the Company has determined it is not the primary beneficiary as it has no ability to direct activities that could significantly affect the economic performance of the investments. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016 is limited to the total carrying value of $1.6$1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, which are included in limited partnerships and other alternative investments in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $736$1.1 billion and $692,$1.2 billion, respectively, whichwhereby the Company is committed to fund these investments and may be called by the partnership during the commitment period to fund the purchase of new investments and partnership expenses. These investments are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not take an active role in management. For further discussion of these investments, see Equity Method Investments within Note 6 - Investments and Derivatives of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.
In addition, the Company also makes passive investments in structured securities issued by VIEs for which the Company is not the manager and, therefore, does not consolidate. These investments are included in ABS, CDOs, CMBS and RMBS in the Available-for-Sale Securities table and fixed maturities, FVO, in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has not provided financial or other support with respect to these investments other than its original investment. For these investments, the Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary due to the relative size of the Company’s investment in comparison to the principal amount of the structured securities issued by the VIEs, the level of credit subordination which reduces the Company’s obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits and the Company’s inability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these investments is limited to the amount of the Company’s investment.
TheAs of December 31, 2016, the Company holdsheld a significant variable interest in a VIE for which it is not the primary beneficiary and, therefore, was not consolidated on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.beneficiary. This VIE representsrepresented a contingent capital facility ("facility") that has beenwas held by the Company since February 2007 and for which the Company has no implied or unfunded commitments.2007. Assets and liabilities recorded for the contingent capital facility were $5$1 and $6, respectively, as of March 31, 2016, and $7 and $8,$3, respectively, as of December 31, 2015. Additionally, the Company has2016. as well as a maximum exposure to loss of $3 and $3, respectively, as of March 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, which represents the issuance costs that were incurred to establish the facility.$3. The Company doesdid not have a controlling financial interest and as it doessuch, did not manage the assets of the facility nor does it have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the facility, as the asset manager has significantconsolidate its variable interest in the vehicle. The Company’s financial or other support provided tofacility. As of March 31, 2017, after having exercised its put option under the facility is limited to providing ongoing support to coverissue debt, the facility’s operating expenses.Company no longer held a significant interest in the facility. For further information on the facility, see Note 1110 - Debt of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2015 Form 10-K Annual Report.Statements.
Securities Lending, Repurchase Agreements and Similar Transactions and Other Collateral Transactions
The Company participates inenters into securities financing transactions as a way to earn additional income or manage liquidity, primarily through securities lending programs to generate additional income. Through these programs,and repurchase agreements.
Securities Lending
Under a securities lending program, the Company lends certain fixed maturities within the corporate, foreign government/government agencies, and municipal sectors as well as equity securities are loaned from the Company’s portfolio to qualifying third-party borrowers in return for collateral in the form of cash or securities. Borrowers of theseFor domestic and non-domestic loaned securities, respectively, borrowers provide collateral of 102% and 105% of the fair value of the securities lent at the time of the loan for domestic and non-domestic securities, respectively. The borrowerloan. Borrowers will return the securities to the Company for cash or securities collateral at maturity dates generally of 90 days or less. Security collateral on deposit from counterparties in connection with securities lending transactions may not be sold or re-pledged, except in the event of default by the counterparty, and is not reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the loaned securities is monitored and additionalCondensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additional collateral is obtained if the fair value of the collateral falls below 100% of the fair value of the loaned securities. The agreements provide the counterparty the right to sell or re-pledge the securities transferred.loaned. If cash, rather than securities, is received as collateral, the cash is typically invested in short-term investments or fixed maturities and is reported as an asset on the consolidated balance sheets. Income associated with securities lending transactions is reported as a component of net investment income on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. As of March 31, 2016, the fair value of securities on loan and the associated liability for cash collateral received was $96 and $98, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of securities on loan and the associated liability for cash collateral received was $67 and $68, respectively.

3935

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5.6. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)


and is reported as an asset on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Income associated with securities lending transactions is reported as a component of net investment income in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2017, the fair value of securities on loan and the associated liability for cash collateral received was $1.5 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. The Company also received securities collateral of $59 which was not included on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of securities on loan and the associated liability for cash collateral received was $488 and $461, respectively. The Company also received securities collateral of $39 which was not included on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Repurchase Agreements
From time to time, the Company enters into repurchase agreements and similar transactions to manage liquidity or to earn incremental spread income. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which one party (transferor) agrees to sell securities to another party (transferee) in return for cash (or securities), with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase the same securities at a specified price at a later date. A dollar roll is a type of repurchase agreement where a mortgage backed security is sold with an agreement to repurchase substantially the same security at a specified time in the future. RepurchaseThese transactions generally have a contractual maturity of ninety days or less.
As part ofUnder repurchase agreements, the Company transfers collateral of U.S. government and government agency securities and receives cash. For repurchase agreements, the Company obtains cash in an amount equal to at least 95% of the fair value of the securities transferred. The agreements contain contractual provisions that require additional collateral to be transferred when necessary and provide the counterparty the right to sell or re-pledge the securities transferred. The cash received from the repurchase program is typically invested in short-term investments or fixed maturities.maturities and is reported as an asset on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Repurchase agreements include master netting provisions that provide theboth counterparties the right to offset claims and apply securities held by them with respect to their obligations in the event of a default. Although the Company has the contractual right to offset claims, fixed maturities do not meet the specific conditions for net presentation under U.S. GAAP. The Company accounts for the repurchase agreements as collateralized borrowings. The securities transferred under repurchase agreements are included in fixed maturities, AFS with the obligation to repurchase those securities recorded in other liabilities on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company reported in fixed maturities, AFS on the Condensed Consolidated BalanceBalances Sheets financial collateral pledged relating to repurchase agreements of $458.$318 and $226, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the Company also reported cash collateral pledged relating to repurchase agreements of $22 . The Company reported a corresponding obligation to repurchase the pledged securities of $452$313 and $241 , respectively, as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 in other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Under reverse repurchase agreements, the Company purchases securities and simultaneously agrees to resell the same or substantially the same securities. The agreements require
additional collateral to be transferred to the Company when necessary and the Company has the right to sell or re-pledge the securities received. The Company accounts for reverse repurchase agreements as collateralized financing. As of DecemberMarch 31, 2015,2017, the Company reported financial collateral pledged relating to repurchase agreements $440 in fixed maturities, AFS and $5 in cash. The Company reported a corresponding obligation to repurchase the pledged securities of $445 in other liabilities$96 within short-term investments on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.Sheets representing a receivable for the amount of cash transferred to purchase the securities. The Company had no outstanding dollar roll transactionsdid not hold any reverse repurchase agreements as of March 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.2016.
Other Agreements
The Company is required by law to deposit securities with government agencies in certain states in which it conducts business. As of March 31, 2016,2017 and December 31, 2015,2016, the fair value of securities on deposit was approximately $2.6 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.billion.
As of March 31, 2016,2017 and December 31, 2015,2016, the Company has pledged as collateral $17104 and $35,$102, respectively, of U.S. government securities and government agency securities or cash forprimarily related to certain bank loan participations committed to through a limited partnership agreement. These amounts also include collateral related to letters of credit.
For disclosure of collateral in support of derivative transactions, refer to the Derivative Collateral Arrangements section of this note.Note 7 - Derivative Instruments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

36

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Derivative Instruments



The Company utilizes a variety of OTC, OTC-cleared and exchange traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy as well as to enter into replication transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate risk or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. The Company also may enter into and has previously issued financial instruments and products that either are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, such as certain reinsurance contracts, or may contain features that are deemed to beas embedded derivative instruments, such as the GMWB riderriders included with certain variable annuity products.
Strategies Thatthat Qualify for Hedge Accounting
CertainSome of the Company's derivatives that the Company enters into satisfy the hedge accounting requirements as outlined in Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in The Hartford’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report. Typically, these hedge relationshipshedging instruments include interest rate swaps and, to a lesser extent, foreign currency swaps where the terms or expected cash flows of the hedged item closely match the terms of the swap. The interest rate swaps are typically used to manage interest rate duration of certain fixed maturity securities or liability contracts. The hedge strategies by hedge accounting designation include:
Cash Flow Hedges
Interest rate swaps are predominantly used to manage portfolio duration and better match cash receipts from assets with cash disbursements required to fund liabilities. These derivatives primarily convert interest receipts on floating-rate fixed maturity securities to fixed rates. The Company also enters into forward starting swap agreements to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the future purchase of fixed-rate securities, primarily to hedge interest rate risk inherent in the assumptions used to price certain product liabilities.
Foreign currency swaps are used to convert foreign currency-denominated cash flows related to certain investment receipts and liability payments to U.S. dollars in order to reduce cash flow fluctuations due to changes in currency rates.

40

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Fair Value Hedges
InterestThe Company previously used interest rate swaps are used to hedge the changes in fair value of fixed maturity securities due to fluctuations in interest rates. These swaps arewere typically used to manage interest rate duration.
Non-QualifyingNon-qualifying Strategies
Derivative relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting (“non-qualifying strategies”) primarily include the hedge program for the Company's variable annuity products as well as the hedging and replication strategies that utilize credit default swaps. In addition, hedges of interest rate, foreign currency and equity risk of certain fixed maturities, equities and liabilities do
not qualify for hedge accounting.
The non-qualifying strategies include:
Interest Rate Swaps, Swaptions and Futures
The Company uses interest rate swaps, swaptions, and futures to manage interest rate duration between assets and liabilities in certain investment portfolios. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to terminate existing swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap. As of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, the notional amount of interest rate swaps in offsetting relationships was $12.8$10.2 billion and $12.9$10.6 billion, respectively.
Foreign Currency Swaps and Forwards
The Company enters into foreign currency swaps and forwards to convert the foreign currency exposures of certain foreign currency-denominated fixed maturity investments to U.S. dollars. During 2015,The Company also enters into foreign currency forwards to hedge currency impacts on changes in equity of the U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries that are held for sale. For further information on the disposition, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions, Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in The Hartford’s 2016 Form 10-K Annual Report. The Company had previously entered into foreign currency forwards to hedge non-U.S. dollar denominated cash and equity securities, which matured in January 2016. Foreign currency forwards are also used to hedge currency impacts on changes in equity of a P&C runoff entity in the United Kingdom.securities.
Fixed Payout Annuity Hedge
The Company reinsureshas obligations for certain yen denominated fixed payout annuities.annuities under an assumed reinsurance contract. The Company invests in U.S. dollar denominated assets to support the assumed reinsurance liability. The Company entered intohas in place pay U.S. dollar, receive yen swap contracts to hedge the currency and yen interest rate exposure between the U.S. dollar denominated assets and the yen denominated fixed liability reinsurance payments.
Credit Contracts
Credit default swaps are used to purchase credit protection on an individual entity or referenced index to economically hedge against default risk and credit-related changes in the value of fixed maturity securities. Credit default swaps are also used to assume credit risk related to an individual entity or referenced index as a part of replication transactions. These contracts require the Company to pay or receive a periodic fee in exchange for compensation from the counterparty should the referenced security issuers experience a credit event, as defined in the contract. The Company is also exposed to credit risk related to certain structured fixed maturity securities that have embedded credit derivatives, which reference a standard index of corporate securities. In addition, the Company enters into credit default swaps to terminate existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap going forward.
Equity Index Swaps and Options
The Company enters into total return swaps to hedge equity risk of specific common stock investments which are accounted for

37

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Derivative Instruments (continued)


using fair value option in order to align the accounting treatment within net realized capital gains (losses). The Company also enters into equity index options to hedge the impact of a decline in the equity markets on the investment portfolio. During 2015, the Company entered into a total return swap to hedge equity risk of specific common stock investments which were accounted for using the fair value option in order to align the accounting treatment within net realized capital gains (losses). The swap matured in January 2016 and the specific common stock investments were sold at that time. In addition, the Company formerly offered certain equity indexed products that remain in force, a portion of which contain embedded derivatives that require bifurcation.changes in value to be bifurcated from the host contract. The Company uses equity index swaps to economically hedge the equity volatility risk associated with the equity indexed products.
Commodity Contracts
During 2015, the Company purchased for $11 put option contracts on West Texas Intermediate oil futures with a strike of $35 dollars per barrel in order to partially offset potential losses related to certain fixed maturity securities that could arise if oil prices decline substantially. The Company has since reduced its exposure to the targeted fixed maturity securities and, therefore, these options were terminated at the end of 2015.
GMWB Derivatives, Netnet
The Company formerly offered certain variable annuity products with GMWB riders. The GMWB product is a bifurcated embedded derivative (“GMWB product derivatives”) that has a notional value equal to the GRB. The Company uses reinsurance contracts to transfer a portion of its risk of loss due to GMWB. The reinsurance contracts covering GMWB (“GMWB reinsurance contracts”) are accounted for as free-standing derivatives with a notional amount equal to the GRB amount.

41

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

reinsured.
The Company utilizes derivatives (“GMWB hedging instruments”) as part of an actively manageda dynamic hedging program designed to hedge a portion of the capital market risk exposures of the non-reinsured GMWB riders due toriders. The GMWB hedging instruments hedge changes in interest rates, equity market levels, and equity volatility. These derivatives include customized swaps, interest rate swaps and futures, and equity swaps, options and futures, on certain indices including the S&P 500 index, EAFE index and NASDAQ index. The following table presents notionalCompany retains the risk for differences between assumed and fair value for GMWB hedging instruments.actual policyholder behavior and between the performance of the actively managed funds underlying the separate accounts and their respective indices.
GMWB Hedging InstrumentsGMWB Hedging Instruments
Notional AmountFair ValueNotional AmountFair Value
March 31,
2016
December 31, 2015March 31,
2016
December 31, 2015Mar. 31, 2017Dec. 31, 2016Mar. 31, 2017Dec. 31, 2016
Customized swaps$5,622
$5,877
$150
$131
$5,213
$5,191
$76
$100
Equity swaps, options, and futures1,392
1,362
(6)2
1,374
1,362
(35)(27)
Interest rate swaps and futures3,773
3,740
48
25
3,350
3,703
42
21
Total$10,787
$10,979
$192
$158
$9,937
$10,256
$83
$94
Macro Hedge Program
The Company utilizes equity swaps, options, and futuresforwards to partially hedgeprovide partial protection against a decline in the equity markets and the resulting statutory surplus and capital impact primarilytail scenario risk arising from theGMWB and guaranteed minimum death benefit ("GMDB") and GMWB obligations. The following table presents notional and fair value forliabilities on the macro hedgeCompany's statutory surplus. These derivatives cover some of the residual risks not otherwise covered by the dynamic hedging program.
 Notional AmountFair Value
 March 31,
2016
December 31, 2015March 31,
2016
December 31, 2015
Equity swaps, options, and futures$4,605
$4,548
$145
$147
Total$4,605
$4,548
$145
$147
Contingent Capital Facility Put Option
The Company previously entered into a put option agreement that providesprovided the Company the right to require a third-party trust
to purchase, at any time, The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount of $500. On February 8, 2017, The Hartford exercised the put option resulting in the issuance of $500 in junior subordinated notes with proceeds received on February 15, 2017. Under the put option agreement, The Hartford will payhad been paying premiums on a periodic basis and willhas agreed to reimburse the trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. For further information on the put option agreement, see the Contingent Capital Facility section within Note 13 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in The Hartford's 2016 Form 10-K Annual Report.
Modified Coinsurance Reinsurance Contracts
As of March 31, 20162017, and December 31, 20152016, the Company had approximately $905 and $895, respectively,$875 of invested assets supporting other policyholder funds and benefits payable reinsured under a modified coinsurance arrangement in connection with the sale of the Individual Life business, which was structured as a reinsurance transaction. The assets are primarily held in a trust established by the Company. The Company pays or receives cash quarterly to settle the operating results of the reinsured business, including the investment results. As a result of this modified coinsurance arrangement, the Company has an embedded derivative that transfers to the reinsurer certain unrealized changes in fair value dueof investments subject to interest rate and credit risks of these assets.risk. The notional amount of the embedded derivative reinsurance contracts are the invested assets thatwhich are carried at fair value supportingand support the reinsured reserves.
Derivative Balance Sheet Classification
The following table summarizes the balance sheet classification of the Company’s derivative related net fair value amounts as well as the gross asset and liability fair value amounts. For reporting purposes, the Company has elected to offset within total assets or total liabilities based upon the net of the fair value amounts, income accruals, and related cash collateral receivables and payables of OTC derivative instruments executed in a legal entity and with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement, which provides the Company with the legal right of offset. The Company has also elected to offset within total assets or total liabilities based upon the net of the fair value amounts, income accruals and related cash collateral receivables and payables of OTC-cleared derivative instruments based on clearing house agreements. The following fair value amounts do not include income accruals or related cash collateral receivables and payables, which are netted with derivative fair value amounts to determine balance sheet presentation. Derivative fair value reported as liabilities after taking into account the master netting agreements was $1.3 billion$877 and $1.1 billion, respectively,$963 as of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 20152016., respectively. Derivatives in the Company’s separate accounts, where the associated gains and losses accrue directly to policyholders, are not included in the table below. The Company’s derivative instruments are held for risk management purposes, unless otherwise noted in the following table. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and is presented in the table to quantify the volume of the Company’s derivative activity. Notional amounts are not necessarily reflective of credit risk. The following tables exclude investments that contain an embedded credit derivative for which the Company has elected the fair value option. For further discussion, see the Fair Value Option section in Note 45 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

4238

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and7. Derivative Instruments (continued)


Measurements of Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
 Net Derivatives Asset Derivatives Liability Derivatives
 Notional Amount Fair Value Fair Value Fair Value
Hedge Designation/ Derivative TypeMar. 31, 2016Dec. 31, 2015 Mar. 31, 2016Dec. 31, 2015 Mar. 31, 2016Dec. 31, 2015 Mar. 31, 2016Dec. 31, 2015
Cash flow hedges           
Interest rate swaps$3,478
$3,527
 $89
$17
 $94
$50
 $(5)$(33)
Foreign currency swaps143
143
 (18)(19) 6
7
 (24)(26)
Total cash flow hedges3,621
3,670
 71
(2) 100
57
 (29)(59)
Fair value hedges           
Interest rate swaps23
23
 

 

 

Total fair value hedges23
23
 

 

 

Non-qualifying strategies           
Interest rate contracts           
Interest rate swaps, swaptions, and futures14,545
14,290
 (892)(814) 475
297
 (1,367)(1,111)
Foreign exchange contracts           
Foreign currency swaps and forwards317
653
 6
17
 6
17
 

Fixed payout annuity hedge1,063
1,063
 (321)(357) 

 (321)(357)
Credit contracts           
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection494
423
 (11)18
 2
22
 (13)(4)
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk [1]1,397
2,458
 (9)(13) 8
9
 (17)(22)
Credit derivatives in offsetting positions4,034
4,059
 (2)(2) 43
40
 (45)(42)
Equity contracts           
Equity index swaps and options1,429
419
 5
15
 34
41
 (29)(26)
Variable annuity hedge program           
GMWB product derivatives [2]14,597
15,099
 (361)(262) 

 (361)(262)
GMWB reinsurance contracts3,005
3,106
 99
83
 99
83
 

GMWB hedging instruments10,787
10,979
 192
158
 338
264
 (146)(106)
Macro hedge program4,605
4,548
 145
147
 178
179
 (33)(32)
Other           
Contingent capital facility put option500
500
 5
7
 5
7
 

Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts905
895
 57
79
 57
79
 

Total non-qualifying strategies57,678
58,492
 (1,087)(924) 1,245
1,038
 (2,332)(1,962)
Total cash flow hedges, fair value hedges, and non-qualifying strategies$61,322
$62,185
 $(1,016)$(926) $1,345
$1,095
 $(2,361)$(2,021)
Balance Sheet Location           
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale$426
$425
 $1
$(3) $1
$
 $
$(3)
Other investments23,359
23,253
 100
1
 566
409
 (466)(408)
Other liabilities18,980
19,358
 (887)(798) 622
524
 (1,509)(1,322)
Reinsurance recoverables3,910
4,000
 156
162
 156
162
 

Other policyholder funds and benefits payable14,647
15,149
 (386)(288) 

 (386)(288)
Total derivatives$61,322
$62,185
 $(1,016)$(926) $1,345
$1,095
 $(2,361)$(2,021)
Derivative Balance Sheet Presentation
 Net DerivativesAsset DerivativesLiability Derivatives
 Notional AmountFair ValueFair ValueFair Value
Hedge Designation/ Derivative TypeMar. 31, 2017Dec. 31, 2016Mar. 31, 2017Dec. 31, 2016Mar. 31, 2017Dec. 31, 2016Mar. 31, 2017Dec. 31, 2016
Cash flow hedges        
Interest rate swaps$3,480
$3,440
$5
$(79)$97
$11
$(92)$(90)
Foreign currency swaps239
239
(14)(15)11
11
(25)(26)
Total cash flow hedges3,719
3,679
(9)(94)108
22
(117)(116)
Non-qualifying strategies        
Interest rate contracts        
Interest rate swaps, swaptions, and futures11,080
11,743
(474)(890)648
264
(1,122)(1,154)
Foreign exchange contracts        
Foreign currency swaps and forwards307
1,064
(3)68

70
(3)(2)
Fixed payout annuity hedge804
804
(242)(263)

(242)(263)
Credit contracts        
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection159
209
(4)(4)1

(5)(4)
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk [1]1,904
1,309

10
26
15
(26)(5)
Credit derivatives in offsetting positions3,128
3,317
3
(1)36
39
(33)(40)
Equity contracts        
Equity index swaps and options339
105
5

41
33
(36)(33)
Variable annuity hedge program        
GMWB product derivatives [2]12,631
13,114
(157)(241)

(157)(241)
GMWB reinsurance contracts2,616
2,709
60
73
60
73


GMWB hedging instruments9,937
10,256
83
94
171
190
(88)(96)
Macro hedge program6,722
6,532
171
178
186
201
(15)(23)
Other        
Contingent capital facility put option
500

1

1


Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts875
875
66
68
66
68


Total non-qualifying strategies50,502
52,537
(492)(907)1,235
954
(1,727)(1,861)
Total cash flow hedges, fair value hedges, and non-qualifying strategies$54,221
$56,216
$(501)$(1,001)$1,343
$976
$(1,844)$(1,977)
Balance Sheet Location        
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale$296
$322
$
$1
$
$1
$
$
Other investments23,717
23,620
250
(180)821
377
(571)(557)
Other liabilities14,036
15,526
(683)(689)396
457
(1,079)(1,146)
Reinsurance recoverables3,491
3,584
126
141
126
141


Other policyholder funds and benefits payable12,681
13,164
(194)(274)

(194)(274)
Total derivatives$54,221
$56,216
$(501)$(1,001)$1,343
$976
$(1,844)$(1,977)
[1]The derivative instruments related to this strategy are held for other investment purposes.
[2]These derivatives are embedded within liabilities and are not held for risk management purposes.

43

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Change in Notional Amount
The net decrease in notional amount of derivatives since December 31, 2015, was primarily due to the following:
The decline in notional amount related to credit derivatives that assume credit risk was primarily due to the termination of replication transactions that had been used to earn credit spread while re-balancing within certain fixed maturity sectors.
The decline in notional amount related to currency derivatives was primarily driven by the expiration of yen currency forwards which were used to hedge Japanese yen-denominated cash and equity securities.
The decline in the combined notional amount associated with the GMWB hedging program, which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, was primarily driven by policyholder lapses and partial withdrawals.
The increase in notional amount related to equity derivatives primarily resulted from purchases of equity index options which are hedging the impact of a decline in the equity market on the investment portfolio.
Change in Fair Value
The net decline in the total fair value of derivative instruments since December 31, 2015, was primarily related to the following:
The decrease in fair value related to the combined GMWB hedging program, which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, was primarily driven by a decrease in the value of equity derivatives and liability model fund regression updates.
The decline in fair value of credit default swaps that purchase credit protection was primarily due to terminations.
The decrease in the fair value associated with modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts, which are accounted for as embedded derivatives and transfer to the reinsurer the investment experience related to the assets supporting the reinsured policies, was primarily driven by a decline in interest rates.
The increase in fair value associated with the fixed payout annuity hedges was primarily driven by an appreciation of the Japanese yen in comparison to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by an decline in U.S. interest rates.
The increase in fair value associated with qualifying cash flow interest rate swaps and the decrease in fair value related to non-qualifying interest rate swaps were primarily due to market changes in the quarter.
Offsetting of Derivative Assets/Liabilities
The following tables present the gross fair value amounts, the amounts offset, and net position of derivative instruments eligible for offset in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets. Amounts offset include fair value amounts, income accruals and related cash collateral receivables and payables associated with derivative instruments that are traded under a common master netting agreement, as described in the preceding discussion. Also included in the tables are financial collateral receivables and payables, which are contractually permitted to be offset upon an event of default, although are disallowed for offsetting under U.S. GAAP.

4439

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and7. Derivative Instruments (continued)


As
offset upon an event of March 31, 2016
 (i) (ii) (iii) = (i) - (ii)(iv) (v) = (iii) - (iv)
     Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Collateral Disallowed for Offset in the Statement of Financial Position  
 Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Derivative Assets [1] Accrued Interest and Cash Collateral Received [2] Financial Collateral Received [4] Net Amount
Description           
Other investments$1,188
 $998
 $100
 $90
 $111
 $79
 Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Derivative Liabilities [3] Accrued Interest and Cash Collateral Pledged [3] Financial Collateral Pledged [4] Net Amount
Description           
Other liabilities$(1,975) $(961) $(887) $(127) $(950) $(64)
default, although are disallowed for offsetting under U.S. GAAP.
As of December 31, 2015
 (i) (ii) (iii) = (i) - (ii)(iv) (v) = (iii) - (iv)
     Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Collateral Disallowed for Offset in the Statement of Financial Position  
 Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Derivative Assets [1] Accrued Interest and Cash Collateral Received [2] Financial Collateral Received [4] Net Amount
Description           
Other investments$933
 $756
 $1
 $176
 $100
 $77
Offsetting Derivative Assets and LiabilitiesOffsetting Derivative Assets and Liabilities
(i) (ii) (iii) = (i) - (ii)(iv) (v) = (iii) - (iv)
    Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Collateral Disallowed for Offset in the Statement of Financial Position  
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Derivative Liabilities [3] Accrued Interest and Cash Collateral Pledged [3] Financial Collateral Pledged [4] Net AmountGross Amounts of Recognized Assets (Liabilities) Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Derivative Assets [1] (Liabilities) [2] Accrued Interest and Cash Collateral (Received) [3] Pledged [2] Financial Collateral (Received) Pledged [4] Net Amount
Description           
As of March 31, 2017           
Other investments$1,217
 $1,101
 $250
 $(134) $73
 $43
Other liabilities$(1,730) $(818) $(798) $(114) $(889) $(23)$(1,650) $(820) $(683) $(147) $(811) $(19)
As of December 31, 2016           
Other investments$834
 $670
 $(180) $344
 $103
 $61
Other liabilities$(1,703) $(884) $(689) $(130) $(763) $(56)
[1]Included in other invested assetsinvestments in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
[2]Included in other assetsliabilities in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and amount presented is limited to the net derivative receivablepayable associated with each counterparty.
[3]Included in other liabilitiesinvestments in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and amount presented is limited to the net derivative payablereceivable associated with each counterparty.
[4]Excludes collateral associated with exchange-traded derivative instruments.
Cash Flow Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in current period earnings. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
 Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion)
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2017 2016 
Interest rate swaps$(7) $106 
Foreign currency swaps1  1 
Total$(6) $107 
 Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2017 2016
Interest rate swaps   
Net realized
 capital gain/(loss)
$4  $5 
Net investment income16  15 
Foreign currency swaps   
Net realized
 capital gain/(loss)
1  4 
Total$21  $24 

4540

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and7. Derivative Instruments (continued)


The following tables present
During the components ofthree months ended March 31, 2017, and March 31, 2016, the gain or loss on derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges:
DerivativesCompany had no ineffectiveness recognized in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
 Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion) Net Realized Capital Gains(Losses) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion)
 Three Months Ended March 31, Three Months Ended March 31,
 20162015 20162015
Interest rate swaps$106
$56
 $
$
Foreign currency swaps1
(7) 

Total$107
$49
 $
$
  Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 Location20162015
Interest rate swapsNet realized capital gains (losses)$5
$1
Interest rate swapsNet investment income15
16
Foreign currency swapsNet realized capital gains (losses)4
(10)
Total $24
$7
income within net realized capital gains (losses).
As of March 31, 20162017, the before-tax deferred net gains on derivative instruments recorded in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months are $5646. This expectation is based on the anticipated interest payments on hedged investments in fixed maturity securities that will occur over the next twelve months, at which time the Company will recognize the deferred net gains (losses) as an adjustment to net investment income over the term of the investment cash flows. The maximum term over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows for forecasted transactions, excluding interest payments on existing variable-rate financial instruments, is approximately less than two years.
During the three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, and March 31, 20152016, the Company had no net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring.
Fair Value Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge,hedges, the gain or loss on the derivativederivatives as well as the
offsetting loss or gain on the hedged itemitems attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current period earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the derivative in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company did not hold any fair value hedges. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, and 2015, the Company recognized in income losses of less than $1, respectively, representingimmaterial gains and (losses) for the ineffective portion of fair value hedges forrelated to the derivative instrument and the hedged item.
Non-Qualifying Strategies
For non-qualifying strategies, including embedded derivatives that are required to be bifurcated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings within net realized capital gains (losses). The following table presents the gain or loss recognized in income on non-qualifying strategies:

46

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Derivatives Used in Non-Qualifying Strategies
Gain or (Loss) Recognized within Net Realized Capital Gains and Losses
Non-Qualifying Strategies Recognized within Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)Non-Qualifying Strategies Recognized within Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
2016201520172016
Variable annuity hedge program 
GMWB product derivatives$101
$(79)
GMWB reinsurance contracts(18)12
GMWB hedging instruments(65)50
Macro hedge program(86)(14)
Total variable annuity hedge program(68)(31)
Foreign exchange contracts 
Foreign currency swaps and forwards(10)3
Fixed payout annuity hedge21
36
Total foreign exchange contracts11
39
Other non-qualifying derivatives 
Interest rate contracts  
Interest rate swaps, swaptions, and futures$(24)$(12)7
(24)
Foreign exchange contracts 
Foreign currency swaps and forwards3
7
Fixed payout annuity hedge [1]36
(14)
Credit contracts  
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection(5)(2)(11)(5)
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk(2)9
17
(2)
Equity contracts  
Equity index swaps and options18
(3)
18
Commodity contracts 
Commodity options
(5)
Variable annuity hedge program 
GMWB product derivatives(79)(19)
GMWB reinsurance contracts12
7
GMWB hedging instruments50
13
Macro hedge program(14)(4)
Other  
Contingent capital facility put option(2)(2)(1)(2)
Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts(22)(11)(2)(22)
Total [2]$(29)$(36)
Total other non-qualifying derivatives10
(37)
Total [1]$(47)$(29)
[1]
Not included in this amount is the associated liability adjustment for changes in foreign exchange spot rates through realized capital gains (losses) of $(44) and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
[2]Excludes investments that contain an embedded credit derivative for which the Company has elected the fair value option. For further discussion, see the Fair Value Option section in Note 45 - Fair Value Measurements.Measurements.
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the net realized capital gain (loss) related to derivatives used in non-qualifying strategies was primarily comprised of the following:
The net loss related to interest rate swaps was driven by market changes in the quarter.
The net gain on the fixed payout annuity hedge primarily resulted from an appreciation of the Japanese yen in comparison to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by a decline in U.S. interest rates.
The net gain associated with equity index swaps and options was primarily driven by a total return swap used to hedge equity securities where the value of the swap increased due to a decline in the Japanese equity markets. An offsetting change in value was recorded on the equity securities since the Company elected the fair value option in order to align the accounting with the derivative, resulting in changes in value on both the equity securities and the derivative recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. For further discussion, see the Fair Value Option section in Note 4 - Fair Value Measurements. The loss on equity index options was due to time decay and an increase in the equity market since the inception of the trade.
The net loss related to the combined GMWB hedging program which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, was primarily driven by a decrease in the value of equity derivatives and liability model fund regression updates.
The net loss on the macro hedge program was primarily driven by a decrease in the value of equity derivatives and time decay of options, partially offset by a gain due to a decline in interest rates.
The loss associated with modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts, which are accounted for as embedded derivatives and transfer to the reinsurer the investment experience related to the assets supporting the reinsured policies, was primarily driven by a decline in interest rates. The assets remain on the Company's books and the Company recorded an offsetting gain in OCI as a result of the increase in market value of the bonds.

4741

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and7. Derivative Instruments (continued)


For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the net realized capital gain (loss) related to derivatives used in non-qualifying strategies was primarily comprised of the following:
The net loss related to interest derivatives was primarily due to a decline in U.S. interest rates.
The net loss related to the fixed payout annuity hedge was driven by a decline in U.S. interest rates.
The loss on the GMWB product derivatives was largely driven by a decline in interest rates and changes in volatility levels, offset by an increase in equity markets. These losses were offset by gains on the GMWB reinsurance contracts and GMWB hedging instruments.
The loss associated with modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts, which are accounted for as embedded derivatives and transfer to the reinsurer the investment experience related to the assets supporting the reinsured policies, was primarily driven by a decline in long-term interest rates during the period. The assets remain on the Company's books and the Company recorded an offsetting gain in OCI as a result of the increase in market value of the bonds.
For additional disclosures regarding contingent credit related features in derivative agreements, see Note 8 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Credit Risk Assumed through Credit Derivatives
The Company enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk of a single entity or referenced index in order to synthetically replicate investment transactions that would beare permissible under the Company's investment policies. The Company will receive periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount and will only make a payment if there is a credit event. A credit event payment will typically be equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security
issuer’s debt obligation after the occurrence of the credit event. A credit event is generally defined as a default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity. The credit default swaps in which the Company assumes credit risk primarily reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include standard diversified portfolios of corporate and CMBS issuers. The diversified portfolios of corporate issuers are established within sector concentration limits and may be divided into tranches that possess different credit ratings.
The following tables present the notional amount, fair value, weighted average years to maturity, underlying referenced credit obligation type and average credit ratings, and offsetting notional amounts and fair value for credit derivatives in which the Company is assuming credit risk as of March 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015.
As of March 31, 2016
    
Underlying Referenced Credit
Obligation(s) [1]
  
Credit Derivative Type by Derivative Risk Exposure
Notional
Amount
[2]
Fair
Value
Weighted
Average
Years to
Maturity
Type
Average
Credit
Rating
Offsetting
Notional
Amount [3]
Offsetting
Fair
Value [3]
Single name credit default swaps       
Investment grade risk exposure$102
$
2 yearsCorporate Credit/
Foreign Gov.
A-$88
$
Below investment grade risk exposure153
(1)1 yearCorporate CreditBB-153

Basket credit default swaps [4]       
Investment grade risk exposure2,046
18
3 yearsCorporate CreditBBB+1,417
(12)
Investment grade risk exposure610
(18)5 yearsCMBS CreditAA+206
2
Below investment grade risk exposure153
(30)1 yearCMBS CreditCCC153
29
Embedded credit derivatives       
Investment grade risk exposure350
351
1 yearCorporate CreditA+

Total [5]$3,414
$320
   $2,017
$19

48

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015
Credit Derivatives by TypeCredit Derivatives by Type
  
Underlying Referenced
Credit Obligation(s) [1]
   
Underlying Referenced Credit
Obligation(s) [1]
 
Credit Derivative Type by Derivative Risk Exposure
Notional
Amount [2]
Fair
Value
Weighted
Average
Years to
Maturity
Type
Average
Credit
Rating
Offsetting
Notional
Amount [3]
Offsetting
Fair
Value [3]
Notional
Amount
[2]
Fair
Value
Weighted
Average
Years to
Maturity
Type
Average
Credit
Rating
Offsetting
Notional
Amount [3]
Offsetting
Fair
Value [3]
As of March 31, 2017As of March 31, 2017
Single name credit default swaps      
Investment grade risk exposure$190
$(1)1 yearCorporate Credit/
Foreign Gov.
BBB+$176
$(1)$229
$2
4 yearsCorporate Credit/
Foreign Gov.
A-$40
$
Below investment grade risk exposure77
(2)2 yearsCorporate CreditB77
1
52

1 yearCorporate CreditB-52
(1)
Basket credit default swaps [4]      
Investment grade risk exposure3,036
22
4 yearsCorporate CreditBBB+1,411
(13)2,589
8
3 yearsCorporate CreditBBB+1,204
(7)
Below investment grade risk exposure50
4
4 yearsCorporate CreditB+49

Investment grade risk exposure681
(19)6 yearsCMBS CreditAA+212
1
246
(4)4 yearsCMBS CreditAA116
1
Below investment grade risk exposure153
(25)1 yearCMBS CreditCCC153
25
102
(19)less than 1 yearCMBS CreditCCC103
19
Embedded credit derivatives      
Investment grade risk exposure350
346
1 yearCorporate CreditA+

200
200
less than 1 yearCorporate CreditA+

Total [5]$4,487
$321
 $2,029
$13
$3,468
$191
 $1,564
$12
As of December 31, 2016As of December 31, 2016
Single name credit default swaps   
Investment grade risk exposure$169
$
4 yearsCorporate Credit/
Foreign Gov.
A-$50
$
Below investment grade risk exposure77

1 yearCorporate CreditB+77

Basket credit default swaps [4]   
Investment grade risk exposure2,065
22
3 yearsCorporate CreditBBB+1,204
(10)
Below investment grade risk exposure50
3
4 yearsCorporate CreditB50
(3)
Investment grade risk exposure297
(5)4 yearsCMBS CreditAA167
1
Below investment grade risk exposure110
(26)1 yearCMBS CreditCCC111
26
Embedded credit derivatives   
Investment grade risk exposure200
201
Less than 1 yearCorporate CreditA+

Total [5]$2,968
$195
 $1,659
$14
[1]The average credit ratings are based on availability and are generally the midpoint of the applicableavailable ratings among Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Morningstar. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.
[2]Notional amount is equal to the maximum potential future loss amount. These derivatives are governed by agreements, clearing house rules and applicable law, which include collateral posting requirements. There is no additional specific collateral related to these contracts or recourse provisions included in the contracts to offset losses.
[3]The Company has entered into offsetting credit default swaps to terminate certain existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the future changes in value of, or losses paid related to, the original swap.

42

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Derivative Instruments (continued)


[4]
Includes $2.8$3.0 billion and $3.9$2.5 billion as of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, respectively, of notional amount on swaps of standard market indices of diversified portfolios of corporate and CMBS issuers referenced through credit default swaps. These swaps are subsequently valued based upon the observable standard market index.
[5]
Excludes investments that contain an embedded credit derivative for which the Company has elected the fair value option. For further discussion, see the Fair Value Option section in Note 45 - Fair Value Measurements.Measurements.
Derivative Collateral Arrangements
The Company enters into various collateral arrangements in connection with its derivative instruments, which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral. As of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, the Company pledged cash collateral associated with derivative instruments with a fair value of $447$26 and $488,$623, respectively, for which the collateral receivable has been primarily included within other assetsinvestments on the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. TheAs of March 31, 2017, and December 31, 2016, the Company also pledged securities collateral associated with derivative instruments with a fair value of $1.3 billion$862 and $1.1 billion, respectively, as of March 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, which have been included in fixed maturities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The counterparties have the right to sell or re-pledge these securities.
As of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, the Company accepted cash collateral associated with derivative instruments of $419$386 and $369,$387, respectively, which was invested and recorded in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets in fixed maturities and short-term investments with corresponding amounts recorded in other liabilities. The Company also accepted securities collateral as of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, with a fair value of $116$77 and $100,$109, respectively, of which the Company has the ability to sell or repledge $116$27 and $100,$81, respectively. As of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, the Company had no repledged securities and did not sell any securities. In addition, as of March 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, non-cash collateral accepted was held in separate custodial accounts and was not included in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

4943

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses


Property and Casualty Insurance Products
Roll-forward of Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
 For the three months ended March 31,
 20172016
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$21,833
$21,825
Reinsurance and other recoverables2,776
2,882
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net19,057
18,943
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses 
 
Current accident year1,762
1,636
Prior accident year development12
33
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses1,774
1,669
Less: payments 
 
Current accident year352
358
Prior accident years1,300
1,266
Total payments1,652
1,624
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net19,179
18,988
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]2,772
2,835
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$21,951
$21,823
[1]
Includes reinsurance recoverables of $2,365 and $2,451 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development
 For the three months ended March 31,
 20172016
Workers’ compensation$(20)$(79)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion8
7
General liability10
32
Package business
45
Commercial property1
(2)
Professional liability
(33)
Bond(10)(6)
Automobile liability - Commercial Lines20
9
Automobile liability - Personal Lines
65
Homeowners
(6)
Net asbestos reserves

Net environmental reserves

Catastrophes(3)(7)
Uncollectible reinsurance

Other reserve re-estimates, net6
8
Total prior accident year development$12
$33
Re-estimates of prior accident year reserves for the three months ended March 31, 2017
Workers’ compensation reservesin Small Commercial were reduced given the continued emergence of favorable frequency for accident years 2013 to 2015. Management has placed additional weight on this favorable experience as it becomes more credible.
General liability reserves were increased for the 2013 to 2016 accident years on a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in recent accident year reserves for other Middle Market general liability reserves.
Automobile liability reserves within Commercial Lines were increased in Small Commercial and large national accounts for the 2013 to 2016 accident years, driven by higher frequency of more severe accidents, including litigated claims.
Bond business reservesrelated to recent accident years were reduced as reported losses for commercial and contract surety have emerged favorably.
Re-estimates of prior accident year reserves for thethree months endedMarch 31, 2016
Workers' compensation reservesdecreased for accident years 2013 through 2015 due to favorable frequency

44

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)


and, to a lesser extent, lower medical severity trends. Loss costs for these accident years continued to emerge favorably as evidenced by the reserve review completed in the first quarter and management has been placing additional weight on this favorable experience as it becomes more credible.
General liability reservesincreased for accident years 2012 through 2015 primarily due to higher severity losses incurred on a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors.
Small commercial package business reservesincreased due to higher than expected severity on liability claims, principally for accident years 2013 through 2015. Severity for these accident years has developed unfavorably and management has placed more weight on emerged experience.
Automobile liability reservesincreased in personal lines automobile liability for accident years 2014 and 2015
primarily due to higher emerged bodily injury severity and, for the third and fourth accident quarters of 2015, an increase in bodily injury frequency. Increases in automobile liability loss costs were across both the AARP direct and the independent agency lines of business.
Professional liability reservesdecreased for claims made years 2008 through 2013, primarily for large accounts, including on non-securities class action cases. Claim costs have emerged favorably as these years have matured and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.
Group Life, Disability and Accident Products
Roll-forward of Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
 For the three months ended March 31,
 20172016 [1]
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$5,772
$5,889
Reinsurance recoverables208
218
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net5,564
5,671
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses



Current incurral year678
638
Prior year's discount accretion52
54
Prior incurral year development [2](69)(53)
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses [3]661
639
Less: payments



Current incurral year178
174
Prior incurral years519
509
Total payments697
683
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net5,528
5,627
Reinsurance recoverables208
219
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$5,736
$5,846
[1]Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.
[2]Prior incurral year development represents the change in estimated ultimate incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses for prior incurral years on a discounted basis.
[3]
Includes unallocated loss adjustment expenses of $24, and $24 for for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, that are recorded in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Re-estimates of prior incurral years reserves for the three months ended March 31, 2017
Group Disability-Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $35 largely driven by group long-term disability claim recoveries higher than prior reserve assumptions. This favorability was partially offset by lower Social Security Disability approvals driven by lower approval rates and ongoing backlogs in the Social Security Administration.
Group Life and Accident (including Group Life Premium Waiver)-Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $35 largely driven by lower than previously expected claim incidence. This was partially offset by higher than expected claim severity.
Re-estimates of prior incurral years reserves for the three months ended March 31, 2016
Group Disability-Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $35 largely driven by group long-term disability claim recoveries higher than prior reserve

45

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)


assumptions. This favorability was partially offset by lower Social Security Disability approvals driven by lower approval rates and ongoing backlogs in the Social Security Administration.
Group Life and Accident (including Group Life Premium Waiver)-Prior period reserve estimates decreased by approximately $20 largely driven by lower than previously expected incidence on Group Life Premium Waiver and lower than previously expected severity on Group Accidental Death & Dismemberment.

46

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Separate Accounts, Death9. Reserve for Future Policy Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit FeaturesSeparate Account Liabilities

Changes in the gross U.S. GMDB/GMWB and universal life secondary guarantee benefits are as follows:
Changes in Reserves for Future Policy Benefits
 Universal Life - Type Contracts  
  GMDB/GMWB [1]Universal Life Secondary GuaranteesTraditional Annuity and Other Contracts [2]Total Future Policy Benefits
Liability balance as of January 1, 2017$786
$2,627
$10,516
$13,929
Incurred [3]24
79
225
328
Paid(27)
(197)(224)
Change in unrealized investment gains and losses

18
18
Liability balance as of March 31, 2017$783
$2,706
$10,562
$14,051
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2017$432
$2,627
$1,392
$4,451
Incurred [3]17
79
46
142
Paid(23)
(11)(34)
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2017$426
$2,706
$1,427
$4,559
  GMDB/GMWB [1]Universal Life Secondary Guarantees
Liability balance as of January 1, 2016$863
$2,313
Incurred [2]28
69
Paid(38)
Liability balance as of March 31, 2016$853
$2,382
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2016$523
$2,313
Incurred [2]25
69
Paid(29)
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2016$519
$2,382
  GMDB/GMWB [1]Universal Life Secondary Guarantees
Liability balance as of January 1, 2015$812
$2,041
Incurred [2]17
63
Paid(29)
Liability balance as of March 31, 2015$800
$2,104
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2015$481
$2,041
Incurred [2]18
63
Paid(22)
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2015$477
$2,104
 Universal Life - Type Contracts  
  GMDB/GMWB [1]Universal Life Secondary GuaranteesTraditional Annuity and Other Contracts [2]Total Future Policy Benefits
Liability balance as of January 1, 2016$863
$2,313
$10,683
$13,859
Incurred [3]28
69
227
324
Paid(38)
(196)(234)
Change in unrealized investment gains and losses

224
224
Liability balance as of March 31, 2016$853
$2,382
$10,938
$14,173
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2016$523
$2,313
$1,478
$4,314
Incurred [3]25
69
37
131
Paid(29)
(15)(44)
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2016$519
$2,382
$1,500
$4,401
[1]These liability balances include all GMDB benefits, plus the life-contingent portion of GMWB benefits in excess of the return of the GRB. GMWB benefits that make up toa shortfall between the return ofaccount value and the GRB are embedded derivatives held at fair value and are excluded from these balances.
[2]Represents life-contingent reserves for which the company is subject to insurance and investment risk.
[3]Includes the portion of assessments established as additions to reserves as well as changes in estimates affecting the reserves.
The following table provides details concerning GMDB/GMWB exposure as of March 31, 2016:
Account Value by GMDB/GMWB Type
Maximum anniversary value (“MAV”) [1]Account Value (“AV”) [8]Net Amount at Risk (“NAR”) [9]Retained Net Amount at Risk (“RNAR”) [9]Weighted Average Attained Age of Annuitant
MAV only$13,980
$2,783
$490
71
With 5% rollup [2]1,216
232
79
71
With Earnings Protection Benefit Rider (“EPB”) [3]3,562
471
75
70
With 5% rollup & EPB472
104
23
72
Total MAV19,230
3,590
667
 
Asset Protection Benefit (“APB”) [4]11,162
546
363
69
Lifetime Income Benefit (“LIB”) — Death Benefit [5]495
9
9
69
Reset [6] (5-7 years)2,487
42
41
70
Return of Premium (“ROP”) [7]/Other9,126
75
69
68
Subtotal Variable Annuity with GMDB/GMWB [10]42,500
4,262
1,149
69
Less: General Account Value with GMDB/GMWB3,796
   
Subtotal Separate Account Liabilities with GMDB38,704
   
Separate Account Liabilities without GMDB79,657
   
Total Separate Account Liabilities$118,361
   

5047

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Separate Accounts, Death9. Reserve for Future Policy Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features Separate Account Liabilities (continued)


Account Value by GMDB/GMWB Type as of March 31, 2017
Maximum anniversary value (“MAV”) [1]Account Value (“AV”) [8]Net Amount at Risk (“NAR”) [9]Retained Net Amount at Risk (“RNAR”) [9]Weighted Average Attained Age of Annuitant
MAV only$13,713
$2,166
$326
71
With 5% rollup [2]1,166
166
53
71
With Earnings Protection Benefit Rider (“EPB”) [3]3,484
493
77
71
With 5% rollup & EPB475
104
23
73
Total MAV18,838
2,929
479
 
Asset Protection Benefit (“APB”) [4]10,416
127
83
69
Lifetime Income Benefit (“LIB”) — Death Benefit [5]463
5
5
70
Reset [6] (5-7 years)2,436
7
7
70
Return of Premium (“ROP”) [7]/Other8,795
63
60
69
Subtotal Variable Annuity with GMDB/GMWB [10]40,948
$3,131
$634
70
Less: General Account Value with GMDB/GMWB3,727
   
Subtotal Separate Account Liabilities with GMDB37,221
   
Separate Account Liabilities without GMDB79,361
   
Total Separate Account Liabilities$116,582
   
[1]
MAV GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid and the highest AV on any anniversary before age 80 years (adjusted for withdrawals).
[2]
Rollup GMDB is the greatest of the MAV, current AV, net premium paid and premiums (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at generally 5% simple interest up to the earlier of age 80 years or 100% of adjusted premiums.
[3]
EPB GMDB is the greatest of the MAV, current AV, or contract value plus a percentage of the contract’s growth. The contract’s growth is AV less premiums net of withdrawals, subject to a cap of 200% of premiums net of withdrawals.
[4]
APB GMDB is the greater of current AV or MAV, not to exceed current AV plus 25% times the greater of net premiums and MAV (each adjusted for premiums in the past 12 months).
[5]LIB GMDB is the greatest of current AV; net premiums paid; or, for certain contracts, a benefit amount generally based on market performance that ratchets over time.
[6]
Reset GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid and the most recent five to seven year anniversary AV before age 80 years (adjusted for withdrawals).
[7]ROP GMDB is the greater of current AV or net premiums paid.
[8]AV includes the contract holder’s investment in the separate account and the general account.
[9]NAR is defined as the guaranteed benefit in excess of the current AV. RNAR represents NAR reduced for reinsurance. NAR and RNAR are highly sensitive to equity markets movements and increase when equity markets decline.
[10]Some variable annuity contracts with GMDB also have a life-contingent GMWB that may provide for benefits in excess of the return of the GRB. Such contracts included in this amount have $6.8
[10] Some variable annuity contracts with GMDB also have a life-contingent GMWB that may provide for benefits in excess of the return of the GRB. Such contracts included in this amount have $6.4 billion of total account value and weighted average attained age of 72 years. There is no NAR or retained NAR related to these contracts. Includes $1.5 billion of total account value and weighted average attained age of 71 years. There is no NAR or retained NAR related to these contracts.
Account balances of contracts with guarantees were invested in variable separate accounts as follows:that had a GMDB at issue but no longer have a GMDB due to certain elections made by policyholders or their beneficiaries.
Account Balance Breakdown of Variable Separate Account Investments for Contracts with Guarantees
Asset typeAs of March 31, 2017As of December 31, 2016
Equity securities (including mutual funds)$34,244
$33,880
Cash and cash equivalents2,977
3,045
Total$37,221
$36,925
Asset typeAs of March 31, 2016As of December 31, 2015
Equity securities (including mutual funds)$35,398
$36,970
Cash and cash equivalents3,306
3,453
Total$38,704
$40,423
As of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 20152016, approximately 17%15% and 16%, respectively, of the equity securities (including mutual funds), in the preceding table were funds invested in fixed income securities and approximately 83%85% and 84%, respectively, were funds invested in equity securities.
For further information on guaranteed living benefits that are accounted for at fair value, such as GMWB, see Note 45 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

5148

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7.10. Debt

Senior Notes
On March 15, 2017, the Company repaid its $416, 5.375% senior notes at maturity.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
On February 15, 2017, pursuant to a put option agreement with the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, the Company issued $500 junior subordinated notes with a scheduled maturity of February 12, 2047, and a final maturity of February 12, 2067. The junior subordinated notes bear interest at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.125%, payable quarterly. The Hartford will have the right, on one or more occasions, to defer interest payments due on the junior subordinated notes under specified circumstances.
Upon receipt of the proceeds, the Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (the "RCC"). Under the terms of the RCC, if the Company redeems the notes at any time prior to February 12, 2047 (or such earlier date on which the RCC terminates by its terms) it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities. The RCC also prohibits the Company from redeeming all or any portion of the notes on or prior to February 15, 2022.
In April, 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring February 15, 2027 to effectively convert the variable interest payments into fixed interest payments of approximately 4.39%.


49

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Income Taxes


A reconciliation
Income Tax Rate Reconciliation
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20172016
Tax provision at U.S. federal statutory rate$170
$133
Tax-exempt interest(30)(32)
Dividends-received deduction ("DRD")(19)(22)
Decrease in valuation allowance
(25)
Stock compensation(7)
Other(5)4
Provision for income taxes$109
$58
In addition to the effect of tax-exempt interest and DRD, the Company’s effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017 reflects a $7 federal income tax benefit related to a deduction for stock-based compensation that vested at a fair value per share greater than the fair value on the date of grant.
The Company's effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2016 reflects a $25 benefit from the partial reduction of the deferred tax provision atasset valuation allowance on the U.S. federal statutory ratecapital loss carryover due to taxable gains on sales of investments during the provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:
period.
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20162015
Tax provision at U.S. federal statutory rate$133
$219
Tax-exempt interest(32)(34)
Dividends-received deduction ("DRD")(22)(23)
Decrease in valuation allowance [1](25)(1)
Other4
(3)
Provision for income taxes$58
$158
[1]Income tax benefit from partial reduction of capital loss carryover valuation allowance in the three months ended March 31, 2016 is due to taxable gains on the termination of certain derivatives during the period.
The separate account DRD is estimated for the current year using information from the most recent return, adjusted for current year equity market performance and other appropriate factors, including estimated levels of corporate dividend payments and level of policy owner equity account balances. The actual current year DRD can vary from estimates based on, but not limited to,
changes in eligible dividends received in the mutual funds, amounts of distribution from these mutual funds, amounts of short-term capital gains at the mutual fund level and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD. The Company evaluates its DRD computations on a quarterly basis.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
Roll-forward of Unrecognized Tax BenefitsRoll-forward of Unrecognized Tax Benefits
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
2016201520172016
Balance, beginning of period$12
$48
$12
$12
Gross increases - tax positions in prior period



Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period



Balance, end of period$12
$48
$12
$12
The entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate in the period of the release.
The federal audit of the years 2012 and 2013 began in March 2015 and is expectedwas completed as of March 31, 2017 with no additional adjustments. The Company has received notification from the Internal Revenue Service of its intention to be completed in 2016.audit the recently acquired subsidiary, Maxum, for its 2014 tax year. Management believes that adequate provision has been made in the consolidated financial statements for any potential adjustments that may result from tax examinations and other tax-related matters for all open tax years.
Net deferred income taxes include the future tax benefits associated with the net operating loss carryover, foreign tax credit carryover, capital loss carryover, and alternative minimum tax credit carryover as follows:carryover.
Future Tax BenefitsFuture Tax Benefits
As of As of 
March 31, 2016December 31, 2015ExpirationMarch 31, 2017December 31, 2016Expiration
Carryover amountExpected tax benefit, grossCarryover amountExpected tax benefit, grossDatesAmountCarryover amountExpected tax benefit, grossCarryover amountExpected tax benefit, grossDatesAmount
Net operating loss carryover - U.S.$5,097
$1,784
$5,182
$1,814
2016-2020$4
$5,165
$1,808
$5,412
$1,894
2020
$1
 2023-2033$5,093
 2023-2036$5,164
Net operating loss carryover - foreign$88
$17
$89
$17
No expiration$88
Net operating loss carryover - foreign [1]$51
$10
$48
$9
No expiration$51
Foreign tax credit carryover$146
$146
$154
$154
2019-2024$146
$49
$49
$56
$56
2021-2024$49
Capital loss carryover$151
$53
$222
$78
2019$151
$
$
$
$
0$
Alternative minimum tax credit carryover$639
$639
$639
$639
No expiration$639
$650
$650
$640
$640
No expiration$650
General business credit carryover$90
$90
$99
$99
2031-2036$90
[1]
Related to subsidiaries included in the sale of the U.K. property and casualty run-off business and part of the assets held for sale. For additional information, see Note 2 - Business Disposition of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Net Operating Loss Carryover
Due to limitations on the use of certain losses, a valuation allowance of $1 has been established as of March 31, 2016 and $1 as of December 31, 2015, respectively, in order to recognize only the portion of net operating losses that will more likely than not be realized.

52

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Income Taxes (continued)


Utilization of these loss carryovers is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income. Most of the net operating loss carryover originated from the Company's U.S. and
international annuity business, including from the hedging program. Given the continued runoffrun off of the U.S. fixed and variable annuity business, the exposure to taxable losses from the

50

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Income Taxes (continued)


Talcott Resolution business is significantly lessened. Given the expected earnings of its property and casualty, group benefits and mutual fund businesses, the Company expects to generate sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize its net operating loss carryover net of the recorded valuation allowance.carryover. Although the Company projects there will be sufficient future taxable income to fully recover the remainder of the loss carryover, the Company's estimate of the likely realization may change over time.
Tax Credit Carryovers
Alternative Minimum Tax Credit and Foreign Tax Credit Carryover
Credits-These creditscredit carryovers are available to offset regular federal income taxes from future taxable income and althoughhave no expiration date. Since the Company believes there will be sufficient future regular federal taxable income there canin the future, and these credits have no expiration date, the Company believes it is more likely than not they will be fully utilized and thus no certainty thatvaluation allowance has been provided.
Foreign Tax Credits- As with the alternative minimum tax credits, these credits are available to offset regular federal income taxes from future events will not affect the ability to utilize the credits. Additionally, thetaxable income. The use of the foreign taxthese credits generallyprior to expiration depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income to first utilize all U.S. net operating loss carryover.carryovers. However, the Company has identified and begun to purchase certain investments which allow for utilization of the foreign tax credits without first using the net operating loss carryover. Consequently, the Company believes it is more likely than not the foreign tax credit carryover will be fully realized. Accordingly, no valuation allowance has been provided on either theprovided.
General Business Credits- General business credits are comprised primarily of solar credits acquired in 2016. Solar credits may offset all tax liability including alternative minimum tax carryover or foreign tax credit carryover.
Capital Loss Carryover
Utilization of the capital loss carryover requirestax; thus, the Company to realize sufficient taxable capital gains. The Company concluded thatbelieves it is more likely than not that the remaining capital loss carryovercredits will not be utilized. Accordingly, the associated deferred tax assetfully utilized and, accordingly, no valuation allowance was $53 and $78 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.has been provided.

5351

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8.12. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation
The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties in the following discussion under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.
The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, and in addition to the matters in the following discussion, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, disability, life and inland marine. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims or other allegedly unfair or improper business practices. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
In addition to the inherent difficulty of predicting litigation outcomes, the Mutual Funds Litigation identified below purports to seek substantial damages for unsubstantiated conduct spanning a multi-year period based on novel applications of complex legal theories. The alleged damages are not quantified or factually supported in the complaint, and, in any event, the Company’s experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. The application of the legal standard identified by the court for assessing  the potentially available damages, as described below, is inherently unpredictable, and no legal precedent has been identified that would aid in determining a reasonable estimate of potential loss. Accordingly, management cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any.
Mutual Funds Litigation In February 2011, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services,
LLC (“HIFSCO”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. HIFSCO moved to dismiss and, in September 2011,During the motion was granted in part and denied in part, with leave to amendcourse of the complaint. In November 2011, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on behalf of The Hartford Global Health Fund, The Hartford Conservative Allocation Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund, The Hartford Advisors Fund, and The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund. Plaintiffs seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between HIFSCO and these funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation HIFSCO received, in addition to lost earnings. HIFSCO filed a partial motion to dismiss the amended complaint and, in December 2012, the court dismissed without prejudicelitigation, the claims regarding distribution fees and deniedwere dismissed without prejudice, the motion with respect to the advisory fees claims. In March 2014,lineup of funds as plaintiffs changed several times, and the plaintiffs filed a new complaint that, among other things, added as new plaintiffs The Hartford Floating Rate Fund and The Hartford Small Company Fund and named as a defendant Hartford Funds Management Company LLC (“HFMC”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company whichthat assumed the role asof advisor to the funds as of January 2013.  In June 2015, HFMC and HIFSCO moved for summary judgment, and plaintiffs cross-moved for partial summary judgment with respect to The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund.one fund. In March 2016, the court in large part, denied the plaintiff's motion, and granted summary judgment for all parties. The court granted judgment forHIFSCO and HFMC and HIFSCO with respect to all claims made byone fund, leaving six funds as plaintiffs: The Hartford Small CompanyBalanced Fund, and certain claims made byThe Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund, The Hartford Floating Rate Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Healthcare Fund, and The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund. The court further ruled that the appropriate measure of damages on the surviving claims iswould be the difference, if any, between the actual advisory fees paid through trial and those that could have been paidthe fees permitted under the applicable legal standard. A bench trial on the issue of liability was held in November 2016. In February 2017, the court granted judgment for HIFSCO and HFMC as to all claims.  Plaintiffs have appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.
Asbestos and Environmental Claims As discussed in Item 2, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates - Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance - Property & Casualty Other Operations Claims, The HartfordCompany continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims. Asbestos claims that involve significant uncertainty regarding policy coverage issues. Regardingrelate primarily to bodily injuries asserted by people who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs.
The Company principally relies on exposure-based analysis to estimate the ultimate costs of these claims, both gross and net of reinsurance, and regularly evaluates new account information in assessing its potential asbestos and environmental exposures. The Hartford continually reviews its overall reserve levels and reinsurance coverages, as well as the methodologies it uses to estimate its exposures. BecauseCompany supplements this exposure-based analysis with evaluations of the Company’s historical direct net loss and expense paid and reported experience, and net loss and expense paid and reported experience by calendar and/or report year.
While the Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate, significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses, particularly those related to asbestos, theexpenses.  The ultimate liabilities, maythus, could exceed the currently recorded reserves. Anyreserves, and any such additional liability, cannot bewhile not reasonably estimatedestimable now, but could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results and liquidity.
Under an adverse development cover (“ADC”) reinsurance agreement with National Indemnity Company (“NICO”), a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., the Company paid $650 to reinsure adverse development of net asbestos and environmental loss and allocated loss adjustment expense reserves of up to $1.5 billion above the Company’s net asbestos and environmental reserves as of December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 billion.
Under retroactive reinsurance accounting, net adverse asbestos and environmental reserve development after December 31,

5452

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8.12. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

2016, if any, will result in an offsetting reinsurance recoverable up to the $1.5 billion limit. Cumulative ceded losses up to the $650 reinsurance premium paid would be recognized as a dollar-for-dollar offset to direct losses incurred. Cumulative ceded losses exceeding the $650 reinsurance premium paid would result in a deferred gain. The deferred gain would be recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. Consequently, until periods when the deferred gain is recognized as a benefit to earnings, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims after December 31, 2016 in excess of $650 may result in significant charges against earnings. Furthermore, there is a risk that cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims could ultimately exceed the $1.5 billion treaty limit in which case all adverse development in excess of the treaty limit would be absorbed as a charge to earnings by the Company. In these scenarios, the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results and liquidity.
Derivative Commitments
Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings, as set by nationally recognized statistical agencies, of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances enable the counterparties to terminate the agreements and demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of March 31, 20162017 iswas $1.4 billion826. OfFor this $1.4 billion826, the legal entities have posted collateral of $1.6 billion866 in the normal course of business. In addition, the Company has posted collateral of $3331 associated with a customized GMWB derivative. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 20162017 a downgrade of one or two levelslevel below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P would not require additional assets to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2017, a downgrade of two levels below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody's or S&P would require additional $10 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we would post, ifwhen required, would beis primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and government agency securities.

53

9.
Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
13. Equity

Capital Purchase Program ("CPP") Warrants
As of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, respectively, the Company has 4.33.0 million and 4.44.0 million of CPP warrants outstanding and exercisable. CPP warrant exercises were approximately1.0 million and 0.2 million and 0.6 million duringfor the three months ended March 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively.
The declaration of common stock dividends by the Company in excess of a threshold triggers a provision in the Company's warrant agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon resulting in adjustments to the CPP warrant exercise price. Accordingly, the declaration of a common stock dividend during the three months ended March 31, 20162017 resulted in an adjustment to the
CPP warrant exercise price. The CPP warrant exercise price was $9.230$9.093 as of March 31, 20162017 and $9.264$9.126 as of December 31, 2015.2016.
Equity Repurchase Program
The Company's total authorization for equity repurchases is $4.375$1.3 billion for the period January 1, 2014October 31, 2016 through December 31, 20162017 with $980$975 remaining as of March 31, 2016.2017
During the three months ended March 31, 20162017, the Company repurchased 8.4 million common shares for $350. During the period April 1, 2016 to April 27, 2015, the Company repurchased 2.36.7 million common shares for $105325.During the period April 1, 2017 through April 25, 2017, the Company repurchased approximately 1.9 million common shares for $92.



5554

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
10.14. Changes In and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Changes in AOCI, net of tax, by component consist of the following:
Three months ended March 31, 2016
 Changes in
 Net Unrealized Gain on SecuritiesOTTI Losses in OCINet Gain on Cash Flow Hedging InstrumentsForeign Currency Translation AdjustmentsPension and Other Postretirement Plan AdjustmentsAOCI, net of tax
Beginning balance$1,279
$(7)$130
$(55)$(1,676)$(329)
OCI before reclassifications549
(9)70
6
1
617
Amounts reclassified from AOCI(27)1
(16)
8
(34)
     OCI, net of tax522
(8)54
6
9
583
Ending balance$1,801
$(15)$184
$(49)$(1,667)$254
Reclassifications from AOCI consist of the following:
 Amount Reclassified from AOCI 
AOCIThree Months Ended March 31, 2016
Affected Line Item in the Condensed
Consolidated Statement of Operations
Net Unrealized Gain on Securities  
Available-for-sale securities$41
Net realized capital gains (losses)
 41
Total before tax
 14
Income tax expense
 $27
Net income
OTTI Losses in OCI  
Other than temporary impairments$(1)Net realized capital gains (losses)
 (1)Total before tax
 
Income tax expense
 $(1)Net income
Net Gains on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments  
Interest rate swaps$5
Net realized capital gains (losses)
Interest rate swaps15
Net investment income
Foreign currency swaps4
Net realized capital gains (losses)
 24
Total before tax
 8
Income tax expense
 $16
Net income
Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments  
Amortization of prior service credit$2
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
Amortization of actuarial loss(15)Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 (13)Total before tax
 (5)Income tax expense
 $(8)Net income
Total amounts reclassified from AOCI$34
Net income
Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
 Changes in
 Net Unrealized Gain on SecuritiesOTTI Losses in OCINet Gain on Cash Flow Hedging InstrumentsForeign Currency Translation AdjustmentsPension and Other Postretirement Plan AdjustmentsAOCI, net of tax
Beginning balance$1,276
$(3)$76
$6
$(1,692)$(337)
OCI before reclassifications160
(1)(4)2

157
Amounts reclassified from AOCI(23)
(14)
10
(27)
     OCI, net of tax137
(1)(18)2
10
130
Ending balance$1,413
$(4)$58
$8
$(1,682)$(207)
 
Reclassifications from AOCI
 Three Months Ended March 31, 2017Affected Line Item in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
Net Unrealized Gain on Securities  
Available-for-sale securities$36
Net realized capital gains (losses)
 36
Total before tax
 13
Income tax expense (benefit)
 $23
Net income
Net Gains on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments  
Interest rate swaps$4
Net realized capital gains (losses)
Interest rate swaps16
Net investment income
Foreign currency swaps1
Net realized capital gains (losses)
 21
Total before tax
 7
Income tax expense (benefit)
 $14
Net income
Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments  
Amortization of prior service credit$1
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
Amortization of actuarial loss(16)Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 (15)Total before tax
 (5)Income tax expense (benefit)
 $(10)Net income
Total amounts reclassified from AOCI$27
Net income

55

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Changes In and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (continued)

Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
 Changes in
 Net Unrealized Gain on SecuritiesOTTI Losses in OCINet Gain on Cash Flow Hedging InstrumentsForeign Currency Translation AdjustmentsPension and Other Postretirement Plan AdjustmentsAOCI, net of tax
Beginning balance$1,279
$(7)$130
$(55)$(1,676)$(329)
OCI before reclassifications549
(9)70
6
1
617
Amounts reclassified from AOCI(27)1
(16)
8
(34)
     OCI, net of tax522
(8)54
6
9
583
Ending balance$1,801
$(15)$184
$(49)$(1,667)$254
 

Reclassifications of AOCI
 Three Months Ended March 31, 2016Affected Line Item in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
Net Unrealized Gain on Securities  
Available-for-sale securities$41
Net realized capital gains (losses)
 41
Total before tax
 14
Income tax expense (benefit)
 $27
Net income
OTTI Losses in OCI  
Other than temporary impairments$(1)Net realized capital gains (losses)
 (1)Total before tax
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 $(1)Net income
Net Gains on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments  
Interest rate swaps$5
Net realized capital gains (losses)
Interest rate swaps15
Net investment income
Foreign currency swaps4
Net realized capital gains (losses)
 24
Total before tax
 8
Income tax expense (benefit)
 $16
Net income
Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments  
Amortization of prior service credit$2
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
Amortization of actuarial loss(15)Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 (13)Total before tax
 (5)Income tax expense (benefit)
 $(8)Net income
Total amounts reclassified from AOCI$34
Net income

56

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
10. Changes In and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (continued)15. Employee Benefit Plans

Changes in AOCI, net of tax, by component consist of the following:
Three months ended March 31,2015
 Changes in
 Net Unrealized Gain on SecuritiesOTTI Losses in OCINet Gain on Cash Flow Hedging InstrumentsForeign Currency Translation AdjustmentsPension and Other Postretirement Plan AdjustmentsAOCI, net of tax
Beginning balance$2,370
$(5)$150
$(8)$(1,579)$928
OCI before reclassifications232
(4)32
(20)19
259
Amounts reclassified from AOCI(24)1
(5)
(9)(37)
     OCI, net of tax208
(3)27
(20)10
222
Ending balance$2,578
$(8)$177
$(28)$(1,569)$1,150
Reclassifications from AOCI consist of the following:
 Amount Reclassified from AOCI 
AOCIThree Months Ended March 31, 2015
Affected Line Item in the Condensed
Consolidated Statement of Operations
Net Unrealized Gain on Securities  
Available-for-sale securities$37
Net realized capital gains (losses)
 37
Total before tax
 13
Income tax expense
 $24
Net income
OTTI Losses in OCI  
Other than temporary impairments$(1)Net realized capital gains (losses)
 (1)Total before tax
 
Income tax expense
 $(1)Net income
Net Gains on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments  
Interest rate swaps$1
Net realized capital gains (losses)
Interest rate swaps16
Net investment income
Foreign currency swaps(10)Net realized capital gains (losses)
 7
Total before tax
 2
Income tax expense
 $5
Net income
Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments  
Amortization of prior service credit$(2)Insurance operating costs and other expenses
Amortization of actuarial loss16
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 14
Total before tax
 5
Income tax expense
 $9
Net income
Total amounts reclassified from AOCI$37
Net income

57

Table of Contents
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company’s employee benefit plans are described in Note 1618 - Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 20152016 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ComponentsBeginning with the first quarter of Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)2017, the Company adopted the full yield curve approach in the estimation of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit costs for its qualified and non-qualified pension plans and the postretirement benefit plan. The full yield curve approach applies the specific spot rates along the yield curve that are used in its determination of the projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year. The change has been made to provide a better estimate of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost by better aligning projected benefit cash flows with corresponding spot rates on the yield curve rather than using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve as had been done historically.
Net
This change does not affect the measurement of the Company's total benefit obligations as the change in the interest cost in net income is completely offset in the actuarial (gain) loss reported for the period in other comprehensive income. The change reduced the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost (benefit) includedin the following components:first quarter of 2017 by $9 before tax. The discount rate being used to measure interest cost during 2017 is 3.58%, 3.55% and 3.13% for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement benefit plan, respectively. Under the Company's historical estimation approach, the weighted average discount rate for the interest cost component would have been 4.22%, 4.19% and 3.97% for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement benefit plan, respectively. The Company accounted for the change in estimation approach as a change in estimate, and accordingly, is recognizing the effect prospectively beginning in 2017.
Components of Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)Components of Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)
Pension BenefitsOther Postretirement Benefits
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Pension BenefitsOther Postretirement Benefits2017201620172016
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
2016201520162015
Service cost$1
$
$
$
Interest cost$59
$59
$3
$3
49
59
2
3
Expected return on plan assets(77)(78)(2)(3)(79)(77)(2)(2)
Amortization of prior service credit

(2)(2)

(1)(2)
Amortization of actuarial loss14
15
1
1
15
14
1
1
Net periodic benefit$(4)$(4)$
$(1)$(14)$(4)$
$
     


57




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollar amounts in millions except share data unless otherwise stated)
The Hartford provides projections and other forward-looking information in the following discussions, which contain many forward-looking statements, particularly relating to the Company’s future financial performance. These forward-looking statements are estimates based on information currently available to the Company, are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are subject to the cautionary statements set forth on pages 3 and 4 of this Form 10-Q. Actual results are likely to differ, and in the past have differed, materially from those forecast by the Company, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in eachthe following discussion and in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in The Hartford’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.Report, and those identified from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Hartford undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.
On July 29, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Maxum Specialty Insurance Group and Lattice Strategies LLC. Maxum's revenue and earnings since the acquisition date are included in the operating results of the Company's Commercial Lines reporting segment. Lattice's revenue and earnings since the acquisition date are included in the operating results of the Company's Mutual Funds reporting segment.
On July 26, 2016, the Company announced it had entered into an agreement to sell its U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries. The operating results of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries are included in the P&C Other Operations reporting segment. For discussion of this transaction, see Note 2 - Business Disposition of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Certain reclassifications have been made to historical financial information presented in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") to conform to the current period presentation.
Fee income from installment fees reported by the Commercial Lines and Personal Lines reporting segments has been reclassified from underwriting expenses to fee income and included in total revenues. The reclassification of installment fees did not impact previously reported underwriting gain (loss), underwriting ratios, or net income (loss) either in the Commercial Lines or Personal Lines reporting segments and did not impact previously reported consolidated net income or core earnings.
Separately, the flood servicing business has been realigned from Specialty Commercial within the Commercial Lines reporting segment to the Personal Lines reporting segment. This realignment did not materially impact previously reported Commercial Lines or Personal Lines underwriting results or net income. The realignment of the flood servicing business did not
impact previously reported consolidated net income or core earnings.
The Hartford defines increases or decreases greater than or equal to 200% as “NM” or not meaningful.
INDEX

KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND RATIOS
The Company considers the measures and ratios in the following discussion to be key performance indicators for its businesses. Management believes that these ratios and measures are useful in understanding the underlying trends in The Hartford’s businesses. However, these key performance indicators should only be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, the results presented in the segment discussions that follow in this MD&A. These ratios and measures may not be comparable to other performance measures used by the Company’s competitors.
Definitions of Non-GAAP and Other Measures and Ratios
Account Value-includes policyholders’ balances for investment and insurance contracts and reserves for certain future policy benefits insurance contracts. Account value is a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of

58




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

the Company’s fee income is based upon the level of account value. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in assets under management whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.
Assets Under Management ("AUM")- include account values, mutual fund and ETP assets. AUM is a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.
Book Value per Diluted Share-a U.S. GAAP financial measure that represents a per share assessment of the value of a company's equity. It is calculated by dividing (a) common stockholders' equity by (b) common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares. The Company provides book value per diluted share to enable investors to assess the value of the Company’s equity.
Catastrophe Ratio- (a component of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio) represents the ratio of catastrophe losses incurred in the current calendar year (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums and includes catastrophe losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. A catastrophe is an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers. The catastrophe ratio includes the effect of catastrophe losses, but does not include the effect of reinstatement premiums.
Combined Ratio- the sum of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend ratio. This ratio is a relative measurement that describes the related cost of losses and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. A combined ratio below 100 demonstrates underwriting profit; a combined ratio above 100 demonstrates underwriting losses.
Core Earnings- a non-GAAP measure, is an important measure of the Company’s operating performance. The Company believes that core earnings provides investors with a valuable measure of the underlying performance of the Company’s businesses because it reveals trends in our insurance and financial services businesses that may be obscured by including the net effect of certain realized capital gains and losses, certain restructuring and other costs, pension settlements, loss on extinguishment of debt, reinsurance gains and losses from disposal of businesses, income tax benefit from reduction in deferred income tax valuation allowance, discontinued operations, and the impact of Unlocks to deferred policy acquisition cos ("DAC"), sales inducement assets ("SIA'), and death and other insurance benefit reserve balances. Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to the insurance and underwriting aspects of our business. Accordingly, core earnings excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses (net of tax and the effects of DAC) that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Company believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so core earnings includes net realized gains and losses such as net periodic settlements on credit derivatives. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the income statement such as net investment income. Net income (loss) is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. Core earnings should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) and does not reflect the overall profitability of the Company’s business. Therefore, the Company believes that it is useful for investors to evaluate both net income (loss) and core earnings when reviewing the Company’s performance.
Reconciliation of Net Income to Core Earnings
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20172016
Net income$378
$323
Less: Unlock benefit (charge), before tax18
13
Less: Net realized capital gains (losses) after DAC, excluded from core earnings, before tax(20)(148)
Less: Income tax benefit (expense) [1]2
73
Core earnings$378
$385
[1] Includes income tax benefit on items not included in core earnings and other federal income tax benefits and charges.
Core Earnings Margin-a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, the Group Benefits segment’s operating performance. Core earnings margin is calculated by dividing core earnings by revenues excluding buyouts and realized gains (losses). Net income margin is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that core earnings margin provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of Group Benefits because it reveals trends in the business that may be obscured by the effect of buyouts and realized gains (losses). Core earnings margin should not be considered as a substitute for
net income margin and does not reflect the overall profitability of Group Benefits. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both core earnings margin and net income margin when reviewing performance. A reconciliation of net income margin to core earnings margin is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Group Benefits.
Expense Ratio-for the underwriting segments of Commercial Lines and Personal Lines is the ratio of underwriting expenses less fee income, to earned premiums. Underwriting expenses include the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and insurance operating costs and expenses, including

59




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

certain centralized services costs and bad debt expense. Deferred policy acquisition costs include commissions, taxes, licenses and fees and other incremental direct underwriting expenses and are amortized over the policy term.
The expense ratio for Group Benefits is expressed as the ratio of insurance operating costs and other expenses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, to premiums and other considerations, excluding buyout premiums.
Fee Income-largely driven from amounts earned as a result of contractually defined percentages of assets under management, including account value of annuities and other products. These fees are generally earned on a daily basis. Therefore, the growth in assets under management either through positive net flows or net sales, or favorable market performance will have a favorable impact on fee income. Conversely, either negative net flows or net sales, or unfavorable market performance will reduce fee income. Fee income also includes installment billing fees charged to Commercial Lines and Personal Lines insureds.
Full Surrender Rates-an internal measure of contract surrenders calculated using annualized full surrenders divided by a two-point average of annuity account values. The full surrender rate represents full contract liquidation and excludes partial withdrawals.
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio- a measure of the cost of claims incurred in the calendar year divided by earned premium and includes losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years, as well as the costs of mortality and morbidity and other contractholder benefits to policyholders. Among other factors, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio needed for the Company to achieve its targeted return on equity fluctuates from year to year based on changes in the expected investment yield over the claim settlement period, the timing of expected claim settlements and the targeted returns set by management based on the competitive environment.
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is affected by claim frequency and claim severity, particularly for shorter-tail property lines of business, where the emergence of claim frequency and severity is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. Claim frequency represents the percentage change in the average number of reported claims per unit of exposure in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. Claim severity represents the percentage change in the estimated average cost per claim in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. As one of the factors used to determine pricing, the Company’s practice is to first make an overall assumption about claim frequency and severity for a given line of business and then, as part of the ratemaking process, adjust the assumption as appropriate for the particular state, product or coverage.
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio before Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development-a measure of the cost of non-catastrophe claims incurred in the current accident year divided by earned premiums. Management believes that the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it removes the
impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year development.
Loss Ratio, excluding Buyouts-utilized for the Group Benefits segment and is expressed as a ratio of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses to premiums and other considerations, excluding buyout premiums. Since Group Benefits occasionally buys a block of claims for a stated premium amount, the Company excludes this buyout from the loss ratio used for evaluating the underwriting results of the business as buyouts may distort the loss ratio. Buyout premiums represent takeover of open claim liabilities and other non-recurring premium amounts.
Mutual Fund and Exchange-Traded Product Assets-owned by the shareholders of those products and not by the Company and therefore are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Mutual fund and ETP assets are a measure used by the Company primarily because a significant portion of the Company’s revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.
New Business Written Premium-represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued to customers who were not insured with the Company in the previous policy term. New business written premium plus renewal policy written premium equals total written premium.
Policies in Force- represent the number of policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period. The number of policies in force is a growth measure used for Personal Lines and standard commercial lines within Commercial Lines and is affected by both new business growth and policy count retention.
Policy Count Retention- represents the ratio of the number of policies renewed during the period divided by the number of policies available to renew. The number of policies available to renew represents the number of policies, net of any cancellations, written in the previous policy term. Policy count retention is affected by a number of factors, including the percentage of renewal policy quotes accepted and decisions by the Company to non-renew policies because of specific policy underwriting concerns or because of a decision to reduce premium writings in certain classes of business or states. Policy count retention is also affected by advertising and rate actions taken by competitors.
Policyholder Dividend Ratio- the ratio of policyholder dividends to earned premium.
Prior Accident Year Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio- represents the increase (decrease) in the estimated cost of settling catastrophe and non-catastrophe claims incurred in prior accident years as recorded in the current calendar year divided by earned premiums.
Reinstatement Premiums- represents additional ceded premium paid for the reinstatement of the amount of reinsurance coverage that was reduced as a result of a reinsurance loss payment.
Renewal Earned Price Increase (Decrease)-Written premiums are earned over the policy term, which is six

60




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

months for certain Personal Lines automobile business and twelve months for substantially all of the remainder of the Company’s Property and Casualty business. Since the Company earns premiums over the six to twelve month term of the policies, renewal earned price increases (decreases) lag renewal written price increases (decreases) by six to twelve months.
Renewal Written Price Increase (Decrease)- for Commercial Lines, represents the combined effect of rate changes, amount of insurance and individual risk pricing decisions per unit of exposure on policies that renewed. For Personal Lines, renewal written price increases represent the total change in premium per policy on those policies that renewed and includes the combined effect of rate changes, amount of insurance and other changes in exposure. For Personal Lines, other changes in exposure include, but are not limited to, the effect of changes in number of drivers, vehicles and incidents, as well as changes in customer policy elections, such as deductibles and limits. The rate component represents the change in rate filed with and approved by state regulators during the period and the amount of insurance represents the change in the value of the rating base, such as model year/vehicle symbol for automobiles, building replacement costs for property and wage inflation for workers’ compensation. A number of factors affect renewal written price increases (decreases) including expected loss costs as projected by the Company’s pricing actuaries, rate filings approved by state regulators, risk selection decisions made by the Company’s underwriters and marketplace competition. Renewal written price changes reflect the property and casualty insurance market cycle. Prices tend to increase for a particular line of business when insurance carriers have incurred significant losses in that line of business in the recent past or the industry as a whole commits less of its capital to writing exposures in that line of business. Prices tend to decrease when recent loss experience has been favorable or when competition among insurance carriers increases. Renewal written price statistics are subject to change from period to period, based on a number of factors, including changes in actuarial estimates and the effect of subsequent cancellations and non-renewals, and modifications made to better reflect ultimate pricing achieved.
Return on Assets (“ROA”), Core Earnings- a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. ROA is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that ROA, core earnings, provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of certain of the Company’s on-going businesses because it reveals trends in our businesses that may be obscured by the effect of realized gains (losses). ROA, core earnings, should not be considered as a substitute for ROA and does not reflect the overall profitability of our businesses. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both ROA, core earnings, and ROA when reviewing the Company’s performance. ROA, core earnings is calculated by dividing core earnings by a daily average AUM. A reconciliation of ROA to ROA, core earnings is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Mutual Funds.
Underlying Combined Ratio- a non-GAAP financial measure, represents the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development. Combined ratio is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes
the underlying combined ratio is an important measure of the trend in profitability since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year loss and loss adjustment expense reserve development. A reconciliation of combined ratio to underlying combined ratio is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Commercial Lines and Personal Lines.
Underwriting Gain (Loss)-The Company's management evaluates profitability of the P&C businesses primarily on the basis of underwriting gain (loss). Underwriting gain (loss) is a before-tax measure that represents earned premiums less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting expenses. Underwriting gain (loss) is influenced significantly by earned premium growth and the adequacy of the Company's pricing. Underwriting profitability over time is also greatly influenced by the Company's pricing and underwriting discipline, which seeks to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, its management of claims, its use of reinsurance and its ability to manage its expense ratio, which it accomplishes through economies of scale and its management of acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Net income (loss) is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Company believes that underwriting gain (loss) provides investors with a valuable measure of before-tax profitability derived from underwriting activities, which are managed separately from the Company's investing activities. A reconciliation of underwriting gain (loss) to net income (loss) for Commercial Lines, Personal Lines and Property & Casualty Other Operations is set forth in segment sections of MD&A.
Written and Earned Premiums-Written premium is a statutory accounting financial measure which represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued, net of reinsurance, during a fiscal period. Earned premium is a U.S. GAAP and statutory measure. Premiums are considered earned and are included in the financial results on a pro rata basis over the policy period. Management believes that written premium is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it reflects current trends in the Company’s sale of property and casualty insurance products. Written and earned premium are recorded net of ceded reinsurance premium.
Traditional life insurance type products, such as those sold by Group Benefits, collect premiums from policyholders in exchange for financial protection for the policyholder from a specified insurable loss, such as death or disability. These premiums together with net investment income earned from the overall investment strategy are used to pay the contractual obligations under these insurance contracts. Two major factors, new sales and persistency, impact premium growth. Sales can increase or decrease in a given year based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, customer demand for the Company’s product offerings, pricing competition, distribution channels and the Company’s reputation and ratings. Persistency refers to the percentage of policies remaining in-force from year-to-year.

61




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

THE HARTFORD’S OPERATIONS
Overview
The Hartford conducts business principally in six reporting segments including Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Property & Casualty Other Operations, Group Benefits, Mutual Funds and Talcott Resolution, as well as a Corporate category. The Hartford includes in its Corporate category the Company’s capital raising activities (including debt financing and related interest expense, purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments).
The Company derives its revenues principally from: (a) premiums earned for insurance coverage provided to insureds; (b) fee income, including asset management fees, on separate account, and mutual fund and ETP assets, and mortality and expense fees, as well as cost of insurance charges; (c) net investment income; (d) fees earned for services provided to third parties; and (e) net realized capital gains and losses. Premiums charged for insurance coverage are earned principally on a pro rata basis over the terms of the related policies in-force. Asset management fees and mortality and expense fees are primarily generated from separate account assets.assets and assets under management. Cost of insurance charges are assessed on the net amount at risk for investment-oriented life insurance products.
The profitability of the Company's property and casualty insurance businesses over time is greatly influenced by the Company’s underwriting discipline, which seeks to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, its management of claims, its use of reinsurance, the size of its in force block, actual mortality and morbidity experience, and its ability to manage its expense ratio which it accomplishes through economies of scale and its management of acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes, proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future loss cost frequency and severity based on historical loss experience adjusted for known trends, the Company’s response to rate actions taken by competitors, its expense levels and expectations about regulatory and legal developments. The Company seeks to price its insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will cover underwriting expenses and the ultimate cost of paying claims reported on the policies and provide for a profit margin. For many of its insurance products, the Company is required to obtain approval for its premium rates from state insurance departments.
The financial results in the Company’s mutual fund, ETP and variable annuity businesses depend largely on the amount of the contractholder or shareholder account value or assets under management on which it earns fees and the level of fees charged. Changes in account value or assets under management are driven by two main factors: net flows, and the market return of the funds, which is heavily influenced by the return realized in the equity and fixed income markets. Net flows are comprised of deposits less withdrawals and surrenders, redemptions, death benefits, policy charges and annuitizations of investment type contracts, such as variable annuity contracts. In the mutual fund
and ETP business, net flows are known as net sales. Net sales are comprised of new sales less redemptions by mutual fund customers.and ETP shareholders. The Company uses the average daily value of the S&P 500 Index as an indicator for evaluating market returns of the underlying account portfolios.portfolios for the variable annuity business. Financial results of variable products are highly correlated to the growth in account values or assets under management since these products generally earn fee income on a daily basis. Equity and fixed income market movements could also result in benefits for or charges against deferred acquisition costs.DAC.
The profitability of fixed annuities and other “spread-based” products depends largely on the Company’s ability to earn target spreads between earned investment rates on its general account assets and interest credited to policyholders.
The investment return, or yield, on invested assets is an important element of the Company’s earnings since insurance products are priced with the assumption that premiums received can be invested for a period of time before benefits, loss and loss adjustment expenses are paid. Due to the need to maintain sufficient liquidity to satisfy claim obligations, the majority of the Company’s invested assets have been held in available-for-sale securities, including, among other asset classes, equities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, government debt, short-term debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations.
The primary investment objective for the Company is to maximize economic value, consistent with acceptable risk parameters, including the management of credit risk and interest rate sensitivity of invested assets, while generating sufficient after-tax income to meet policyholder and corporate obligations. Investment strategies are developed based on a variety of factors including business needs, regulatory requirements and tax considerations.
For further information on the Company's reporting segments refer to Part I, Item 1, Business - Reporting Segments in The Hartford’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.

62




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Financial Highlights for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
Net IncomeNet Income per Diluted ShareBook Value per Diluted Share
hig0331201_chart-09650.jpghig0331201_chart-10986.jpghig0331201_chart-12327.jpg
Net incomewas $323,$378, or $0.79$1.02 per basic share and $1.00 per diluted share, compared with first quarter 2016 net income of $467,$323, or $1.08$0.81 per basic share and $0.79 per diluted share, in the comparable prior year period.primarily due to lower net realized capital losses and higher net investment income.
Common share repurchases during first quarter 2017 totaled $350,$325, or approximately 8.46.7 million shares and $87 of dividends were paid to shareholders.
Book value per diluted common shareincreased to $45.25 from $44.35 as of December 31, 2016 as a result of a 1% decrease in common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares and a 1% increase in stockholders' equity resulting primarily from an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income driven by higher net unrealized capital gains. Net income for the period largely offset common dividends and share repurchases.
Net Investment Income Investment Yield After-tax
hig0331201_chart-13353.jpghig0331201_chart-14455.jpg
Net investment income increased 5% to $728 compared with first quarter 2016 primarily due to higher income from investments in limited partnerships and alternative investments, partially offset by lower asset levels and reinvesting at lower interest rates.
Net realized capital losses decreased by $135 compared with first quarter 2016 primarily due to a change to net gains on sales as a result of duration, liquidity and credit management within corporate, residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS") and U.S. treasury securities as well as a change from net losses to net gains on non-qualifying interest rate derivatives, partially offset by higher variable annuity hedge program losses.
Annualized investment yield of 3.0%, after-tax, increased from 2.8%, after-tax, compared with first quarter 2016, primarily due to higher income from limited partnerships.

63




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net unrealized gains, after-tax, in the investment portfolio increased by $137 compared with a increase of $522 in first quarter 2016 due to tighter credit spreads.
Written PremiumsCombined Ratio
hig0331201_chart-15849.jpghig0331201_chart-16947.jpg
Written premiums increased 1% compared with first quarter 2016 for Property & Casualty reflecting an increase in Commercial Lines largely offset by a decrease in Personal Lines.
Combined ratio forProperty & Casualty increased 2.7 points to 97.4 compared with a combined ratio of 94.7 in first quarter 2016, largely due to higher catastrophe losses and a higher current accident year loss ratio in commercial lines automobile, personal lines automobile and homeowners, partially offset by less net unfavorable prior year reserve development.
Catastrophe losses of $150, before tax, increased from catastrophe losses of $91, before tax, in first quarter 2016, largely due to more severe wind and hail events in first quarter 2017.
Prior accident year developmentwas unfavorable by $12, before tax, primarily due to increased reserves for commercial automobile and general liability, partially offset by a decrease in reserves for workers' compensation, compared with unfavorable prior accident year development of $33, before tax, in first quarter 2016.
Group Benefits Core Earnings Margin [1] Net Income - Talcott Resolution
hig0331201_chart-18069.jpghig0331201_chart-19032.jpg
[1]A reconciliation of the net income margin to core earnings margin is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Group Benefits.
Core earnings margin for Group Benefits decreased to 4.3% from 5.5% in first quarter 2016, due to $13 after-tax of state guaranty fund assessments, partially offset by higher net investment income and net realized capital gains.
Net income - Talcott Resolutionwas $68 compared with $17 in first quarter 2016, primarily due to lower net realized capital losses.

64




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Consolidated Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes beginning on page F-1 as well as with the segment operating results sections of MD&A.
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20172016Change
Earned premiums$3,473
$3,404
2%
Fee income455
445
2%
Net investment income728
696
5%
Net realized capital losses(20)(155)87%
Other revenues19
20
(5%)
Total revenues4,655
4,410
6%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses2,757
2,641
4%
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs363
374
(3%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses965
928
4%
Interest expense83
86
(3%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses4,168
4,029
3%
Income before income taxes487
381
28%
Income tax expense109
58
88%
Net income$378
$323
17%
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016.2016
Book value per diluted common share (excluding AOCI)Net income increased to $44.27 as of March 31, 2106 from $43.76 as of December 31, 2015primarily due to lower net realized capital losses, and higher net investment income, partially offset by a state guaranty fund assessment in Group Benefits and a lower Property & Casualty underwriting gain. The lower underwriting gain in Property & Casualty was largely due to higher catastrophes and higher current accident year loss costs in commercial lines automobile, personal lines automobile and homeowners, partially offset by a lower amount of unfavorable net reserve development.
Earned premiumsincreased by 2% or $69, before tax, reflecting growth of 4% in Commercial Lines, including the effect of netthe Maxum acquisition, and 5% in Group Benefits, partially offset by a 4% decrease in Personal Lines. For a discussion of the Company's operating results by segment, see MD&A - Results of Operations by segment.
Fee income less dividends andincreased reflecting a 14% increase in Mutual Funds, partially offset by a 7% decline in Talcott Resolution. For a discussion of the effectCompany's operating results by segment, see MD&A - Results of share repurchases in the three months ended March 31, 2016.Operations by segment.
Net investment income decreased 14% to $696 compared to the prior year periodincreased primarily due to a decrease inhigher income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments.
Net realized capital losses increased by $160 compared with the prior year period largelyinvestments due to a change from net gains to net losses on salesan increase in valuations of securitiesprivate equity funds as well as losses on thehedge funds in first quarter 2016. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss).
Net realized capital lossesdecreased due to a change to net gains on sales as a result of duration, liquidity and credit management within corporate, residential mortgage-backed securities and U.S. treasury securities as well as a change from net losses to net gains on non-qualifying interest rate derivatives, partially offset by higher variable annuity hedge program and other derivatives due to changes in equity markets and interest rates in the three months ended March 31, 2016.
Annualized investment yield of 4.0%, before tax, decreased from 4.5%, before tax, in the comparable prior year period, primarily due to lower income from limited partnerships. Average reinvestment rate of 3.8% increased from 3.1%, in the comparable prior year period, primarily due to wider credit spreads and changes in the mix of purchased securities.
Net unrealized gains, after-tax, in the investment portfolio increased by $522 in the three months ended March 31, 2016 due to wider credit spreads, partially offset by lower interest rates.
Property & Casualty written premiums increased 1% over the comparable prior year period.
Property & Casualty combined ratio, before catastrophes and prior year development, decreased 1.8 points to 89.9 from 91.7 in the comparable prior year period.
Commercial Lines current accident year underwriting results before catastrophes increased due to lower non-catastrophe property and improved workers' compensation results.
Personal Lines current accident year underwriting results before catastrophes increased though improvement in non-catastrophe homeowners was largely offset by increased auto liability frequency and severity.
Catastrophe losses of $91, before tax, increased from catastrophe losses of $83, before tax, in the comparable prior year period.
Unfavorable prior accident year reserve development, primarily due to increased reserves in personal lines auto liability, totaled $33, before tax, compared with favorable prior accident year development of $2 before tax, in the comparable prior year period.
Group Benefits core earnings margin decreased to 5.5% in the three months ended March 31, 2016, from 5.9% in the comparable prior year period.
Talcott Resolution after-tax income from continuing operations was $17 in the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared with $111 in the comparable prior year period primarily due to higher net realized capital losses.


CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Operating SummaryThree Months Ended March 31,
 20162015Change
Earned premiums$3,404
$3,322
2%
Fee income426
459
(7%)
Net investment income696
809
(14%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)(155)5
NM
Other revenues20
22
(9%)
Total revenues4,391
4,617
(5%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses2,641
2,563
3%
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs374
387
(3%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses909
948
(4%)
Interest expense86
94
(9%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses4,010
3,992
%
Income before income taxes381
625
(39%)
Income tax expense58
158
(63%)
Net income$323
$467
(31%)
Three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015
Net income, compared to the prior year period, decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily due to the net effect of the following items:
Net realized capital losses increased by $160 to $155, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to net realized capital gains of $5, before tax, for the prior year period largely due to a change from net gains to net losses on sales of securities as well as losses in the on the variable annuity hedge program and other derivatives primarily due to changes in equity markets and interest rates in the three months ended March 31, 2016. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
Net investment incomeBenefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses increased in both Property & Casualty and Group Benefits with the increase in Group Benefits primarily due to the effect of $696,growth in earned premium. The net increase in incurred losses for Property & Casualty was driven by:
Losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes in Property & Casualty increased $67, before tax, primarily resulting from the effect of Commercial Lines earned premium growth in Small Commercial and higher loss costs in commercial lines automobile, personal lines automobile and homeowners.
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $150, before tax, for the three months endedMarch 31, 2016,2017, compared to $809,$91, before tax, for the prior year period. The decreaseCatastrophe losses in net investment income was2017 were primarily due to a decrease in income from limited partnershipsmultiple wind and alternative investments. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss).
A $51, before tax, increase in current accident year underwriting results before catastrophes in Property & Casualty,hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, primarily resulting from a 1.5 point decrease in the lossMidwest, Texas and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development. Earned premiums increased 2% or $63, before tax, reflecting earned premium growth of 3% in Commercial Lines and 2% in Personal Lines. For a discussion of the Company's operating results by segment, see the segment sections of MD&A.
Unfavorable prior accident year reserve development in Property and Casualty of $33, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to favorable reserve development of $2, before tax, for the prior year period. Prior accident year reserve development in 2016 was primarily due to unfavorable development in personal lines auto liability and small commercial package business, partially offset by favorable development in workers' compensation. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Reserve Roll Forwards and Development.
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $91, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $83, before tax, for the prior year period.Southeast. Catastrophe losses in 2016 were primarily due to multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in the central and southern plains and, to a lesser extent, winter storms. Catastrophe losses in 2015 were primarily due to winter storm events across various U.S. geographic regions. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance

65




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance.
Fee income
Unfavorable prior accident year reserve development in Property & Casualty of $426,$12, before tax, for the three months endedMarch 31, 2017, compared to unfavorable reserve development of $33, before tax, for the prior year period.
Net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development in first quarter 2017 was primarily due to an increase in reserves for commercial automobile liability and general liability, partially offset by a decrease in reserves for bond and workers' compensation. The increase in estimate for commercial automobile was in Small Commercial and large national accounts for the 2013 to 2016 accident years, driven by higher frequency of more severe accidents, including litigated claims.
Prior accident year reserve development in 2016 was primarily due to an increase in reserves in personal lines automobile liability and small commercial package business, partially offset by favorable development in workers' compensation. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Reserve Roll Forwards and Development.
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costsdecreased primarily due to lower acquisition costs on a lower earned premium for Personal Lines and the effect of the runoff of Talcott Resolution, partially offset by higher acquisition costs on higher earned premium for Commercial Lines.
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased primarily due to a $20 before tax of state guaranty fund assessments in Group Benefits, higher variable expenses in Mutual Funds and higher long-term incentive plan compensation costs, partially offset by a reduction in Personal Lines direct marketing costs. Effective with awards granted in March, 2017, long-term incentive compensation awards to retirement-eligible employees now fully vest when they are granted, which resulted in an accelerated recognition of compensation expense in first quarter 2017 of $18 pre-tax.
Income tax expenseincreased for the three months ended March 31, 2017 by $51 from $58 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $459, before tax, for the prior year period. The decrease in fee income was primarily due to the continued runoff$106 increase in income before income taxes and the effect of a federal income tax benefit of $25 in first quarter 2016 related to the partial reduction of the Talcott Resolution variable annuity block.


deferred tax asset valuation allowance on the capital loss carryover due to taxable gains on sales of investments during the period.
Differences between the Company's effective income tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% are due primarily to tax-exempt interest earned on invested assets, and the dividends received deduction. Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016 decreased by $100 from $158deduction and changes in the prior year period, primarily due to the $244 decrease in income before income taxes and the effect of permanent items, including a federal income tax benefit of $25 related to the partial reduction of the deferred tax valuation allowance recorded on capital loss carryovers due to taxable gains on the termination of certain derivatives during the period.carryovers. For further discussion of income taxes, see Note 711 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Investment Results
Composition of Invested AssetsINVESTMENT RESULTS
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
AmountPercent AmountPercentAmountPercent AmountPercent
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale ("AFS"), at fair value$60,693
82.1% $59,196
81.4%$56,326
78.0% $56,003
79.3%
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option ("FVO")486
0.7% 503
0.7%160
0.2% 293
0.4%
Equity securities, AFS, at fair value [1]798
1.1% 1,121
1.5%1,223
1.7% 1,097
1.6%
Mortgage loans5,637
7.6% 5,624
7.7%5,685
7.9% 5,697
8.1%
Policy loans, at outstanding balance1,444
1.9% 1,447
2.0%1,442
2.0% 1,444
1.9%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments2,654
3.6% 2,874
4.0%2,418
3.3% 2,456
3.5%
Other investments [2]280
0.4% 120
0.2%340
0.5% 403
0.6%
Short-term investments1,918
2.6% 1,843
2.5%4,595
6.4% 3,244
4.6%
Total investments$73,910
100.0% $72,728
100.0%$72,189
100.0% $70,637
100.0%
[1]Included
Includes equity securities at fair value using the FVO of $282$123 as of DecemberMarch 31, 2015.2017. The Company did not hold any equity securities, FVO as of MarchDecember 31, 2016.2016.
[2]Primarily relates to derivative instruments.
The increase in total investments since
March 31, 2017 compared to December, 31, 2015, was2016
Total investmentsincreased primarily due to an increase in short-term investments and fixed maturities, AFS, partially offset by a declineAFS.
Short-term investments increased largely due to an increase in equity short-term investments held as part of the Company's
securities AFSlending agreements as well as a decline in limited partnerships and other alternative investments. The increase in fixedholding more short-term investments until those assets are reinvested into longer duration asset classes. For more information on the securities lending agreements, see Note 6 - Investments.
Fixed maturities, AFS was increased primarily due to an increase in valuations as a result of a decline in longer dated interest rates. The decline in equity securities, AFS was primarily due to sales. The decline in limited partnershipsrates and other alternative investments was primarily due to redemptions in hedge fund investments which were reinvested in other asset classes.tighter credit spreads across most sectors.


Net Investment Income (Loss)
66




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Investment Income (Loss)Net Investment Income (Loss)
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
2016201520172016
(Before tax)AmountYield [1]AmountYield [1]AmountYield [1]AmountYield [1]
Fixed maturities [2]$595
4.2%$600
4.2%$575
4.2%$595
4.2%
Equity securities, AFS11
4.7%6
2.0%
Equity securities5
1.9%11
4.7%
Mortgage loans60
4.3%69
4.9%62
4.3%60
4.3%
Policy loans22
6.0%20
5.6%19
5.1%22
6.0%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments8
1.2%99
13.7%70
11.6%8
1.2%
Other [3]27
 42
 29
 27
 
Investment expense(27) (27) (32) (27) 
Total net investment income696
4.0%809
4.5%$728
4.3%$696
4.0%
Total net investment income excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments$688
4.1%$710
4.1%$658
4.0%$688
4.1%
[1]Yields calculated using annualized net investment income divided by the monthly average invested assets at cost, amortized cost, or adjusted carrying value, as applicable, excluding repurchase agreement and securities lending collateral , if any, and derivatives book value.
[2]Includes net investment income on short-term investments.
[3]Primarily includes income from derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting and that hedge fixed maturities.
Three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, compared to the three months ended March 31, 20152016
Total net investment income increased primarily due to higher income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments due to an increase in valuations of private equity funds as well as losses on hedge funds in first quarter 2016. Total net investment income excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments decreased primarily due to lower asset levels as a result of the continued run-off of Talcott Resolution and lower reinvestment rates.
Annualized net investment income yield,excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, was 4.0% in 2017, down slightly from the same period in 2016. Excluding make-whole payments on fixed maturities, income received from previously impaired securities, and prepayment penalties on mortgage loans, the annualized investment income yield was 3.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2016, decreased as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015, primarily due to a decrease in income2017, down from limited partnerships and other alternative investments. The decline in partnership income is primarily due to higher income received in the prior period from the sales of underlying real estate funds. In addition, current quarter income included losses on hedge funds resulting from a decline in global equity markets as well as credit and foreign currency losses. Excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, net investment income declined due to lower income received from make-whole payments on fixed maturities and prepayment premiums on mortgage loans as well as the effect of reinvesting at lower interest rates and a decrease in invested asset levels as a result of the run-off of Talcott Resolution, partially offset by higher yields associated with slightly longer portfolio duration.
The annualized net investment income yield, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, was 4.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2016, consistent with the same period in 2015. Excluding income received from make-whole payments on fixed maturities and prepayment premiums on mortgage loans, the annualized investment income yield, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, was 4.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2016, up from 4.0% for the same period in 2015,primarily due to reinvesting available liquidity into slightly longer duration assets, partially offset by the impact of reinvesting at lower rates.
The average reinvestment rate,
New money yield excluding certain U.S. Treasury securities and cash equivalent securities for the three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, was approximately 3.8%,3.7% which iswas below the average yield of sales and maturities of 4.3%3.9% for the same period due to lower interest rates. The average reinvestment ratein 2016. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the new money yield of 3.7% decreased slightly from 3.8% for the first quarter ofthree months ended March 31, 2016, was higher than the rate for the prior year period of 3.1%, largely due to widertighter credit spreads on average as well as changes in the mix of securities purchased.spreads.
Going forward, if interest rates continue to stay at current levels, weWe expect the annualized net investment income yield in 2017, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, to declinebe slightly below the portfolio yield earned in 2016. This assumes the Company earns less income in 2017 from make-whole payments on fixed maturities and prepayment penalties on mortgage loans than it did in 2016 and that reinvestment rates continue to be below the current net investment incomeaverage yield due to lower reinvestment rates.of sales and maturities. The estimated impact on net investment income is subject to change as the composition of the portfolio changes through portfolio management and trading activities and changes in market conditions.

67



Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before tax)2016201520172016
Gross gains on sales$90
$197
$112
$90
Gross losses on sales(108)(148)(75)(108)
Net other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses recognized in earnings(23)(12)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans
(3)
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives
1
Net other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses recognized in earnings [1](1)(23)
Results of variable annuity hedge program  
GMWB derivatives, net(17)1
18
(17)
Macro hedge program(14)(4)(86)(14)
Total results of variable annuity hedge program(31)(3)(68)(31)
Other, net [1](83)(27)
Transactional foreign currency revaluation(13)(44)
Non-qualifying foreign currency derivatives11
39
Other, net [2]14
(78)
Net realized capital gains (losses)$(155)$5
$(20)$(155)
[1]
See Other-Than-Temporary Impairments within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A.
[2]
Primarily consists of changes in value of non-qualifying derivatives, including credit derivatives, interest rate derivatives used to manage duration, and the fixed payout annuity hedge.
Details on the Company’s net realized capital gains and losses are as follows:
Gross Gains and Losses on Sales
Gross gains on salesembedded derivatives associated with modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts. Also included for the three months ended March 31, 2017, is a loss related to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.
Three months ended March 31, 2016, were primarily due to2017
Gross gains on the sale of U.S. Treasury securities, corporate securities and bonds of municipalities and political subdivisions ("municipal bonds"). Gross losses on sales for the three months ended March 31, 2016, were primarily the result of duration, liquidity and credit management within corporate, residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS") and U.S. treasury securities.
Variable annuity hedge program lossesincluded losses on the macro hedge program primarily due to losses of $46 driven by an improvement in domestic equity markets, $26 driven by a decline in equity market volatility and $19 driven by time decay on options. These losses were partially offset by net gains on the combined GMWB derivatives, net, which include the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, primarily driven by gains of $10 due to a decline in equity market volatility and $7 driven by policy holder behavior.
Other, netgains primarily related to $14 of interest rate derivatives used to manage duration.
Three months ended March 31, 2016
Gross gains and losses on saleswere primarily due to the sale of U.S. treasury securities, corporate securities.securities and municipal bonds. The sales were primarily a result of duration, liquidity and credit management, as well as tactical changes to the portfolio as a result of changing market conditions, including the sales to reduce exposure to energy, emerging markets and other below investment grade corporate securities.
Gross gains on sales for the three months ended March 31, 2015 were primarily due to gains on the sale of industrial corporate and U.S. Treasury securities. GrossVariable annuity hedge program losses on sales for the three months ended March 31, 2015 were primarily the result ofincluded losses on the sale of corporate and foreign government and government agency securities, which included sales resulting from a reduction in our exposure to certain emerging market and energy sector securities as well as other portfolio management activities. The sales were primarily a result of duration, liquidity and credit management as well as tactical changes to the portfolio as a result of changing market conditions.
Net OTTI Losses
See Other-Than-Temporary Impairments within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A.
Variable Annuity Hedge Program
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the net losses related to the combined GMWB hedging program which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, werenet, primarily due todriven by losses of $9 driven bydue to a decline in the value of equity derivatives and losses of $7 driven by liability model fund regression updates.
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the loss Losses on the macro hedge program waswere primarily due to losses of $16 driven by a decline in the value of equity derivatives and losses of $10 driven by time decay on options, partially offset by gains of $14 driven by a decline in interest rates.
Other, Net
Other, netloss for the three months ended March 31, 2016, was primarily due to losses of $23 on equity derivatives entered into during the first quarter which were hedging the impact of a decline in the
equity market on the investment portfolio, losses of $19 on interest rate derivatives driven by market changes in the quarter, and losses of $22 associated with modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts driven by a decline in interest rates. Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts are accounted for as embedded derivatives and transfer to the reinsurer the investment experience related to the assets supporting the reinsured policies.
Other, net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2015, was primarily due to losses of $14 related to the fixed payout annuity hedge primarily driven by a decline in U.S. interest rates, losses of $10 on interest rate derivatives due to a decline in interest rates, and losses of $11 associated with modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts primarily driven by a decline in long term interest rates. Modified coinsurance reinsurance contracts are accounted for as embedded derivatives and transfer to the reinsurer the investment experience related to the assets supporting the reinsured policies.


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”),GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ, and in the past have differed, from those estimates.
The Company has identified the following estimates as critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability:
property and casualty insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance;
group benefit long-term disability (LTD) reserves, net of reinsurance;
estimated gross profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts;
evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on mortgage loans;
living benefits required to be fair valued (in other policyholder funds and benefits payable);
evaluation of goodwill for impairment;
valuation of investments and derivative instruments;instruments including evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on mortgage loans;

68




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and
contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters.
Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. In developing these estimates, management makes subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material change as facts and circumstances develop. Although variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes the amounts provided are appropriate based upon the facts available upon compilation of the financial statements.
The Company’s critical accounting estimates are discussed in Part II, Item 7 MD&A in the Company’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report. In addition, Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company's 2016 Form 10-K Annual Report should be read in conjunction with this section to assist with obtaining an understanding of the underlying accounting policies related to these estimates. The following discussion updates certain of the Company’s critical accounting estimates as of March 31, 2016.2017.


Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance
Reserve Roll ForwardsP&C Loss and DevelopmentLoss Adjustment Expense ("LAE") Reserves of $19,179, Net of Reinsurance, by Segment as of March 31, 2017
hig0331201_chart-10662.jpg
Based on the results of the quarterly reserve review process, the Company determines the appropriate reserve adjustments, if any, to record. Recorded reserve estimates are adjusted after consideration of numerous factors, including but not limited to, the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves, improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications in the period, the maturity of the accident year, trends observed over the recent past and the level of volatility within a particular line of business. In general, adjustments are made more quickly to more mature accident years and less volatile lines of business. Such adjustments of reserves are referred to as “prior accident year development”. Increases in previous estimates of ultimate loss costs are referred to as either an increase in prior accident year reserves or as unfavorable reserve development. Decreases in previous estimates of ultimate loss costs are referred to as either a decrease in prior accident year reserves or as favorable reserve development. Reserve development can influence the comparability of year over year underwriting results and is set forth in the paragraphs and tables that follow.
A roll-forward
69




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of propertyFinancial Condition and casualty insurance product liabilitiesResults of Operations

Roll-forward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for unpaid lossesUnpaid Losses and loss adjustment expenses follows:
Loss Adjustment Expenses for the Three Months EndedMarch 31, 2017
Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
Commercial
Lines
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Commercial
Lines
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$16,559
$1,845
$3,421
$21,825
$17,238
$2,094
$2,501
$21,833
Reinsurance and other recoverables2,293
19
570
2,882
2,325
25
426
2,776
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net14,266
1,826
2,851
18,943
14,913
2,069
2,075
19,057
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses  
Current accident year before catastrophes913
632

1,545
968
644

1,612
Current accident year catastrophes [3]44
47

91
Prior accident year development(20)52
1
33
Current accident year ("CAY") catastrophes ("CATS")71
79

150
Prior accident year development ("PYD")15
(4)1
12
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses937
731
1
1,669
1,054
719
1
1,774
Less: payments854
707
63
1,624
863
710
79
1,652
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net14,349
1,850
2,789
18,988
15,104
2,078
1,997
19,179
Reinsurance and other recoverables2,251
19
565
2,835
2,336
25
411
2,772
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$16,600
$1,869
$3,354
$21,823
$17,440
$2,103
$2,408
$21,951
Earned premiums$1,623
$975
 $1,698
$945
 
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]52.6
72.5
 50.8
75.1
 
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio57.7
75.0
 62.4
77.0
 
Prior accident year development (pts) [2](1.2)5.3
 0.9
(0.4) 
[1]The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.
[2]“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.
[3]Contributing to the current accident year catastrophes losses were the following events:
Catastrophe Losses of $150 for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
hig0331201_chart-11663.jpg
[1] These amounts represent an aggregation of multiple catastrophes.
[2] Includes Commercial Lines of $1 and Personal Lines of $3.

70

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
CategoryCommercial LinesPersonal LinesTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Wind and hail [1]$19
$41
$60
Winter storms [1]25
6
31
Total$44
$47
$91
[1]These amounts represent an aggregation of multiple catastrophes.



Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Prior accident year development recorded in 2016Accident Year Development of $12 for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
Included within
 Commercial Lines
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Workers’ compensation$(20)$
$
$(20)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion8


8
General liability10


10
Package business



Commercial property1


1
Professional liability



Bond(10)

(10)
Automobile liability20


20
Homeowners



Net asbestos reserves



Net environmental reserves



Catastrophes
(3)
(3)
Uncollectible reinsurance



Other reserve re-estimates, net6
(1)1
6
Total prior accident year development$15
$(4)$1
$12
For discussion of prior accident year development were the following increases (decreases) to reserves:
Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
 Commercial Lines
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Auto liability$9
$65
$
$74
Homeowners
(6)
(6)
Professional liability(33)

(33)
Package business45


45
General liability32


32
Bond(6)

(6)
Commercial property(2)

(2)
Workers’ compensation(79)

(79)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion7


7
Catastrophes(2)(5)
(7)
Other reserve re-estimates, net9
(2)1
8
Total prior accident year development$(20)$52
$1
$33
Duringfor the three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, refer to the Company’s re-estimatesProperty and Casualty Insurance Products section of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes:Note 8 - Reserve for
Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Increased reserves in personal lines auto liabilityRoll-forward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for accident years 2014Unpaid Losses and 2015 primarily due to higher emerged bodily injury severity and,LAE for the third and fourth accident quarters of 2015, an increase in bodily injury frequency. Increases in auto liability loss costs were across both the AARP direct and the independent agency lines of business. Three Months Ended
Decreased reserves in professional liability for claims made years 2008 through 2013, primarily for large accounts, including on non-securities class action cases. Claim costs have emerged favorably as these years have matured and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.
Increased reserves in small commercial package business due to higher than expected severity on liability claims, principally for accident years 2013 through 2015. Severity for these accident years has developed unfavorably and management has placed more weight on emerged experience.
Increased reserves in general liability for accident years 2012 through 2015 primarily due to higher severity losses incurred on a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors.
Decreased reserves in workers' compensation for accident years 2013 through 2015 due to favorable frequency and, to a lesser extent, lower medical severity trends. Loss costs for these accident years continued to emerge favorably as evidenced by the reserve review completed in the first quarter and management has been placing additional weight on this favorable experience as it becomes more credible.


A roll-forward of property and casualty insurance product liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses follows:
March 31, 2016
Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
Commercial
Lines [3]
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Commercial
Lines [3]
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$16,465
$1,874
$3,467
$21,806
$16,559
$1,845
$3,421
$21,825
Reinsurance and other recoverables2,459
18
564
3,041
2,293
19
570
2,882
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net14,006
1,856
2,903
18,765
14,266
1,826
2,851
18,943
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses  
Current accident year before catastrophes928
618

1,546
913
632

1,545
Current accident year catastrophes [3]58
25

83
Current accident year catastrophes44
47

91
Prior accident year development(2)(4)4
(2)(20)52
1
33
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses984
639
4
1,627
937
731
1
1,669
Less: payments897
647
93
1,637
854
707
63
1,624
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net14,093
1,848
2,814
18,755
14,349
1,850
2,789
18,988
Reinsurance and other recoverables2,418
19
558
2,995
2,251
19
565
2,835
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross$16,511
$1,867
$3,372
$21,750
$16,600
$1,869
$3,354
$21,823
Earned premiums$1,583
$952
 $1,623
$975
 
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]56.7
68.0
 52.6
72.5
 
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio62.2
67.1
 57.7
75.0
 
Prior accident year development (pts) [2](0.1)(0.4) (1.2)5.3
 
[1]The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.
[2]“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.
[3]Contributing to the current accident year catastrophes losses were the following events:

71




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
CategoryCommercial LinesPersonal LinesTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Winter storms [1]49
17
$66
Tornadoes7
5
12
Wind and hail [1]$2
$3
$5
Total$58
$25
$83

Catastrophe Losses of $91 for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
hig0331201_chart-13650.jpg
[1]These amounts represent an aggregation of multiple catastrophes.

Prior Accident Year Development of $33 for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

Prior accident year development recorded in 2015
 Commercial Lines
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Workers’ compensation$(79)$
$
$(79)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion7


7
General liability32


32
Package business45


45
Commercial property(2)

(2)
Professional liability(33)

(33)
Bond(6)

(6)
Automobile liability9
65

74
Homeowners
(6)
(6)
Catastrophes(2)(5)
(7)
Other reserve re-estimates, net9
(2)1
8
Total prior accident year development$(20)$52
$1
$33
Included within
For discussion of prior accident year development were the following increases (decreases) to reserves:
Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
 Commercial Lines
Personal
Lines
Property & Casualty Other OperationsTotal Property & Casualty Insurance
Auto liability$25
$
$
$25
Homeowners
1

1
Professional liability(17)

(17)
Package business1


1
General liability(13)

(13)
Commercial property(7)

(7)
Net environmental reserves

3
3
Workers’ compensation discount accretion8


8
Catastrophes(6)(12)
(18)
Other reserve re-estimates, net7
7
1
15
Total prior accident year development$(2)$(4)$4
$(2)
Duringfor the three months ended March 31, 2015,2016, refer to the Company’s re-estimatesProperty and Casualty Insurance Products section of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes:
Increased reserves in commercial auto liability primarilyNote 8 - Reserve for accident years 2010 through 2013 due to increased frequency of large claims.
Decreased reserves in professional liability for accident years 2009 through 2011 primarily for large accounts. Claim costs for these accident years have emerged favorably as these years have matured and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.
Decreased reserves in general liability primarily for accident years 2012 and 2013 due to lower frequency in late emerging claims.
Decreased catastrophe reserves primarily for accident year 2014 as fourth quarter 2014 catastrophes have developed favorably.


Property & Casualty Other Operations Claims
Reserve Activity
Reserves and reserve activity in Property & Casualty Other Operations are categorized and reported as asbestos, environmental, or “all other”. The “all other” category of reserves covers a wide range of insurance and assumed reinsurance coverages, including, but not limited to, potential liability for construction defects, lead paint, silica, pharmaceutical products, molestation and other long-tail liabilities.
The following tables present reserve activity, inclusive of estimates for both reported and incurred but not reported claims, net of reinsurance, for Property & Casualty Other Operations, categorized by asbestos, environmental and all other claims.
Property & Casualty Other OperationsUnpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

72

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016Asbestos EnvironmentalAll Other [1]Total
Beginning liability—net [2][3]$1,712
  $247
$892
$2,851
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
 
1
$1
Less: Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid34
 9
20
$63
Ending liability – net [2][3]$1,678
[4] $238
$873
$2,789
[1]In addition to various insurance and assumed reinsurance exposures, “All Other” includes unallocated loss adjustment expense reserves. “All Other” also includes the Company's allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. When the Company commutes a ceded reinsurance contract or settles a ceded reinsurance dispute, the portion of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance attributable to that commutation or settlement, if any, is reclassified to the appropriate cause of loss.
[2]Excludes amounts reported in Commercial Lines and Personal Lines reporting segments (collectively “Ongoing Operations”) for asbestos and environmental net liabilities of $14 and $9, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and $16 and $8, respectively, as of March 31, 2016. Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2016 includes $6 related to asbestos and environmental claims. Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid for the three months ended March 31, 2016 includes $4 related to asbestos and environmental claims.
[3]Gross of reinsurance, asbestos and environmental reserves, including liabilities in Ongoing Operations, were $2,222 and $287, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and $2,187 and $276 as of March 31, 2016.
[4]The one year and average three year net paid amounts for asbestos claims, including claims in Ongoing Operations, are $178 and $199, respectively, resulting in a one year net survival ratio of 9.5 and a three year net survival ratio of 8.5. Net survival ratio is the quotient of the net carried reserves divided by the average annual payment amount and is an indication of the number of years that the net carried reserve would last (i.e. survive) if the future annual claim payments were consistent with the calculated historical average.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2015Asbestos EnvironmentalAll OtherTotal
Beginning liability—net [1][2]$1,710
 $241
$952
$2,903
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
 3
1
4
Less : losses and loss adjustment expenses paid43
 16
34
93
Ending liability – net [1][2]$1,667
[3] $228
$919
$2,814
[1]
Excludes amounts reported in Commercial Lines and Personal Lines reporting segments (collectively “Ongoing Operations”) for asbestos and environmental net liabilities of $16 and $6, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and $16 and $6, respectively, as of March 31, 2015. Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for the three months endedMarch 31, 2015 includes $2 related to asbestos and environmental claims. Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid for the three months ended March 31, 2015 includes $3 related to asbestos and environmental claims.
[2]Gross of reinsurance, asbestos and environmental reserves, including liabilities in Ongoing Operations, were $2,193 and $267, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and $2,147 and $255 as of March 31, 2015.
[3]The one year and average three year net paid amounts for asbestos claims, including Ongoing Operations, are $203 and $198, respectively, resulting in a one year net survival ratio of 8.3 and a three year net survival ratio of 8.5. Net survival ratio is the quotient of the net carried reserves divided by the average annual payment amount and is an indication of the number of years that the net carried reserve would last (i.e. survive) if the future annual claim payments were consistent with the calculated historical average.


For paid
Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and incurred lossesAnalysis of Financial Condition and loss adjustment expensesResults of Operations

P&C Other Operations Total Reserves, Net of Reinsurance [1]hig0331201_chart-10360.jpg
[1] Excludes net reserves of $487 to be transferred to the buyer in connection with the pending sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries. These net reserves, of which$246 was for asbestos and environmental, are included in liabilities held for sale as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
Asbestos and Environmental Reserves
Reserves for asbestos and environmental are primarily within P&C Other Operations with less significant amounts of asbestos and environmental reserves included within Commercial Lines and Personal Lines reporting segments (collectively "Ongoing Operations"). The following tables include all asbestos and environmental reserves, including reserves in P&C Other Operations and Ongoing Operations.
Asbestos and Environmental Net Reserves
 AsbestosEnvironmental
March 31, 2017  
Property and Casualty Other Operations$1,243
$207
Commercial Lines and Personal Lines77
57
Ending liability — net$1,320
$264
December 31, 2016  
Property and Casualty Other Operations$1,282
$234
Commercial Lines and Personal Lines81
58
Ending liability — net$1,363
$292
Property & Casualty Reserves Asbestos and Environmental Summary as of March 31, 2017
  AsbestosEnvironmentalTotal A&E
Gross   
 Direct$1,513
$280
$1,793
 Assumed Reinsurance162
7
169
 London Market293
47
340
 Total1,968
334
2,302
Ceded(443)(29)(472)
Net reserves transferred to liabilities held for sale(205)(41)(246)
Net$1,320
$264
$1,584

Roll-Forward of Asbestos and Environmental Losses and LAE for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016
 AsbestosEnvironmental
2017  
Beginning liability—net$1,363
$292
Reclassification of allowance for uncollectible reinsurance [1]1

Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid(44)(28)
Ending liability – net$1,320
$264
2016  
Beginning liability—net$1,803
$318
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid(37)(10)
Ending liability – net$1,766
$308
[1] Related to the reclassification of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance from the "All Other" category of P&C Other Operations reserves.

The Company classifies its asbestos and environmental reserves into three categories: Direct, Assumed Reinsurance and London Market.
Direct insuranceInsurance- includes primary and excess coverage. Of the three categories of claims, direct policies tend to have the greatest factual development from which to estimate the Company’s exposures.
Assumed ReinsuranceReinsurance- includes both “treaty” reinsurance (covering broad categories of claims or blocks of business) and “facultative” reinsurance (covering specific risks or individual policies of primary or excess insurance companies). Assumed Reinsurance exposures are less predictable than direct insurance exposures because the Company does not generally receive notice of a reinsurance

73




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

claim until the underlying direct insurance claim is mature. This causes a delay in the receipt of information at the reinsurer level and adds to the uncertainty of estimating related reserves.
London Market businessMarket- includes the business written by one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, which are no longer active in the insurance or reinsurance business. Such business includes both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance. Of the three categories of claims (Direct, Assumed Reinsurance and London Market), direct policies tend to have the greatest factual development from which to estimate the Company’s exposures.
Assumed insurance exposures are less predictable than direct insurance exposures because the Company does not generally receive notice of a reinsurance claim until the underlying direct insurance claim is mature. This causes a delay in the receipt of information at the reinsurer level and adds to the uncertainty of estimating related reserves.
London Market exposures are the most uncertain of the three categories of claims. As a participant in the London Market (comprised of both Lloyd'sLloyd’s of London and London Market companies), certain subsidiaries of the Company wrote business on a subscription basis, with those subsidiaries'subsidiaries’ involvement being limited to a relatively small percentage of a total contract placement. Claims are reported, via a broker, to the “lead” underwriter and, once agreed to, are presented to the following markets for concurrence. This reporting and claim agreement process makes estimating liabilities for this business the most uncertain of the three categories of claims.
Net Survival Ratio
Net survival ratio is the quotient of the net carried reserves divided by average annual payments net of reinsurance and is an indication of the number of years that net carried reserves would last (i.e. survive) if future annual net payments were consistent with the calculated historical average.
The following table sets forth paidnet survival ratios shown below are calculated for the one and incurred loss activity bythree year periods ended March 31, 2017 and are calculated excluding the three categorieseffect of claimsnet carried reserves for asbestos and environmental.environmental related to the pending sale of the Company's U.K. Property & Casualty runoff subsidiaries as those carried reserves are included in liabilities held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2017. See section that follows entitled Adverse Development Cover which could materially affect the survival ratio of net reserves given that adverse development of asbestos and environmental reserves, if any, subsequent to December 31, 2016 will be ceded to NICO up to the reinsurance limit.  For asbestos, the table also presents the net survival ratios excluding the effect of the PPG settlement in the second quarter of 2016.
Net Survival Ratios
 AsbestosEnvironmental
One year net survival ratio2.93.6
Three year net survival ratio4.94.4
One year net survival ratio - excluding PPG settlement7.6 
Three year net survival ratio - excluding PPG settlement7.7 
Asbestos and Environmental Paid and Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (“LAE”)LAE Development – Asbestos and Environmentalfor the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
Asbestos [1]Environmental [1]AsbestosEnvironmental
Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
Paid
Losses &  LAE
Incurred
Losses &  LAE
Paid
Losses &  LAE
Incurred
Losses &  LAE
Paid
Losses &  LAE
Incurred
Losses &  LAE
Paid
Losses &  LAE
Incurred
Losses &  LAE
Gross  
Direct$24
$
$7
$
$41
$
$33
$
Assumed Reinsurance11

1

15

1

London Market1

2

6

1

Total36

10

62

35

Ceded(2)
(1)
(18)
(7)
Net$34
$
$9
$
$44
$
$28
$
[1]

Adverse Development Cover
Effective December 31, 2016, the Company entered into an asbestos and environmental adverse development cover (“ADC”) reinsurance agreement with National Indemnity Company (“NICO”), a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., to reduce uncertainty about potential adverse development.  Under the ADC, the Company paid a reinsurance premium of $650 for NICO to assume adverse net loss and allocated loss adjustment expense reserve development up to $1.5 billion above the Company’s existing net asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) reserves as of December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 billion.  The $650 reinsurance premium was placed into a collateral trust account as security for NICO’s claim payment obligations to the Company. The Company has retained the risk of collection on amounts due from other third-party reinsurers and continues to be responsible for claims handling and other administrative services, subject to certain conditions.  The ADC covers substantially all the Company’s A&E reserve development up to the reinsurance limit. The ADC excludes risk of adverse development on net asbestos and environmental reserves held by the Company’s U.K. Property and Casualty run-off subsidiaries which have been accounted for as liabilities held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
The ADC has been accounted for as retroactive reinsurance and the Company reported the $650 cost as a loss on reinsurance transaction in 2016 in the consolidated statement of operations.  Under retroactive reinsurance accounting, net adverse asbestos and environmental reserve development after December 31, 2016, if any, will result in an offsetting reinsurance recoverable up to the $1.5 billion limit.  Cumulative ceded losses up to the $650 reinsurance premium paid would be recognized as a dollar-for-dollar offset to direct losses incurred.  Cumulative ceded losses exceeding the $650 reinsurance premium paid would result in a deferred gain.  The deferred gain would be recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. Consequently, until periods when the deferred gain is recognized as a benefit to earnings, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and

74

Excludes asbestos and environmental paid and incurred loss and LAE reported in Ongoing Operations. Total gross losses and LAE incurred in Ongoing Operations for the three months endedMarch 31, 2016 includes $6 related to asbestos and environmental claims. Total gross losses and LAE paid in Ongoing Operations for the three months endedMarch 31, 2016 includes $4 related to asbestos and environmental claims.



Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

environmental claims after December 31, 2016 in excess of $650 may result in significant charges against earnings.
Uncertainties Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves
A number of factors affect the variability of estimates for asbestos and environmental reserves before considering the effect of the reinsurance agreement with NICO, including assumptions with respect to the frequency of claims, the average severity of those claims settled with payment, the dismissal rate of claims with no payment, resolution of coverage disputes with our policyholders and the expense to indemnity ratio. The uncertainty with respect to the underlying reserve assumptions for asbestos and environmental adds a greater degree of variability to these reserve estimates than reserve estimates for more traditional exposures. While this variability is reflected in part in the size
Excluding net asbestos and environmental reserves of the range of reserves developed by the Company,Company's U.K. property and casualty subsidiaries that range may still not be indicative of the potential variance between the ultimate outcome and the recorded reserves. The recorded net reservesare included in liabilities held for sale, as of March 31, 20162017 , the Company reported $1.3 billion of approximately $1.9 billion ($1.7 billionnet asbestos reserves and $0.2 billion for$264 million of net environmental reserves. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental respectively)reserves are within an estimated range, unadjusted for covariance,appropriate. However, analyses of $1.5 billionfuture developments could cause The Hartford to $2.3 billion.change its estimates of its asbestos and environmental reserves. As discussed above the effect of these changes could be material to the Company's liquidity and, if cumulative adverse development subsequent to December 31, 2016 exceeded $650 million, the effect of the changes could be material to the Company's consolidated operating results. The process of estimating asbestos and environmental reserves remains subject to a wide variety of uncertainties, which are detailed in the Company's 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate. However, analyses of future developments could cause the Company to change its estimates and ranges of its asbestos and environmental reserves, and the effect of these changes could be material to the Company's consolidated operating results and liquidity.
Consistent with the Company's long-standing reserve practices, the Company will continue to review and monitor its reserves in Property & Casualty Other Operations regularly, including its annual reviews of asbestos liabilities, reinsurance recoverables and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, and environmental liabilities, and where future developments indicate, make appropriate adjustments to the reserves. In 2016, the Company will complete the annual ground-up asbestos and environmental reserve studies during the second quarter. For a discussion of the Company's reserving practices, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance in the Company's 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.
In May 2016, the Company expects to pay its funding obligation arising from its participation in a 2002 settlement of asbestos liabilities of PPG Industries ("PPG"), following the consummation of the Pittsburgh Corning plan of reorganization stemming from its Chapter 11 bankruptcy. The Company agreed to contribute to an asbestos trust established in the Pittsburgh Corning bankruptcy by virtue of several years of unaggregated coverage issued in the 1970s to PPG, which owned 50% of Pittsburgh Corning. The PPG settlement agreement allows the Company to pay approximately $367 in installments over time or to pre-pay its funding obligation at a discount. The Company expects to pre-pay its funding obligation in the amount of approximately $316 as permitted under the settlement, which approximates the amount that has been reserved for this exposure.





Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity and Other Universal Life-Type Contracts
Estimated gross profits ("EGPs"(“EGPs”) are used in the valuation and amortization of the deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC") assetassets, including DAC and sales inducement assets (“SIA”).SIA. Portions of EGPs are also used in the valuation of reserves for death and other insurance benefit features on variable annuity and other universal life type contracts.
The most significant EGP based balances are as follows:
Talcott Resolution Significant EGP - based Balances
 As of March 31, 2017As of December 31, 2016
DAC$1,042
$1,066
SIA$53
$53
Death and Other Insurance Benefit Reserves, net of reinsurance [1]$357
$354
 Talcott Resolution
 As of March 31, 2016As of December 31, 2015
DAC$1,051
$1,180
SIA$54
$56
Death and Other Insurance Benefit Reserves, net of reinsurance [1]$334
$340
[1]
For additional information on death and other insurance benefit reserves, see Note 69 - Separate Accounts, DeathReserve for Future Policy Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit FeaturesSeparate Account Liabilities of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Unlocks
The benefit to income net of tax as a result of the Unlocks is as follow:
Talcott Resolution
Talcott Resolution Benefit (Charge) to Income, Net of Tax, as a Result of UnlockTalcott Resolution Benefit (Charge) to Income, Net of Tax, as a Result of Unlock
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
2016201520172016
DAC$1
$10
$12
$1
SIA1
1
1
1
Death and Other Insurance Benefit Reserves11
18
5
11
Total (before tax)$13
$29
$18
$13
Income tax effect4
10
6
4
Total (after-tax)$9
$19
$12
$9
The Unlock benefit of $12, after-tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 was largely due to separate account returns being above our aggregated estimated returns during the period, partially offset by higher than expected lapses.
The Unlock benefit of $9, after-tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was primarily driven by the effect that actual versus expected returns during the quarter had on aggregated estimated returnsreturn as well as toby lower than expected lapses.
Use of Estimated Gross Profits in Amortization and Reserving
For most annuity contracts, the Company estimates gross profits over 20 years as EGPs emerging subsequent to that time frame are immaterial. Products sold in a particular year are aggregated into cohorts. Future gross profits for each cohort are projected over the estimated lives of the underlying contracts, based on future account value projections for variable annuity products. The Unlock benefit, after-tax, forprojection of future account values requires the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due touse of certain assumptions including: separate account returns; separate account fund mix; fees assessed against the contract holder’s account balance; surrender and lapse rates; interest margin; mortality; and the extent and duration of hedging activities and hedging costs. Changes in these assumptions and changes to other policyholder behavior assumptions such as resets, partial surrenders, reaction to price increases, and asset allocations cause EGPs to fluctuate, which impacts earnings.
The Company determines EGPs from a single deterministic reversion to mean (“RTM”) separate account return projection which is an estimation technique commonly used by insurance

75




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

entities to project future separate account returns. Through this estimation technique, the Company’s DAC model is adjusted to reflect actual account values at the end of each quarter. Through consideration of recent market returns, being above our aggregated estimatedthe Company will unlock, or adjust, projected returns duringover a future period so that the period.account value returns to the long-term expected rate of return, providing that those projected returns do not exceed certain caps.
AnMarket Unlocks
In addition to updating assumptions in the fourth quarter of each year, an Unlock revises EGPs, on a quarterly basis, to reflect the Company’s current best estimate assumptions and market updates of policyholder account value. ModificationsThe Unlock for future separate account returns is determined each quarter. Under RTM, the expected long-term weighted average rate of return is 8.3%. The annual return assumed over the next five years of approximately 0.8% was calculated based on the return needed over that period to produce an 8.3% return since March of 2009, the Company’s hedging programs may impact EGPs,date the Company adopted the RTM estimation technique to project future separate account returns. Based on the expected trend of policy lapses and correspondingly impact DAC recoverability. annuitizations, the Company expects approximately 50% of its block of variable annuities to run off in the next 5 years.
Aggregate Recoverability
After each quarterly Unlock, the Company also tests the aggregate recoverability of DAC by comparing the DAC balance to the present value of future EGPs. The margin between the DAC balance and the present value of future EGPs for variable annuities was 40%42% as of March 31, 20162017. If the margin between the DAC asset and the present value of future EGPs is exhausted, then further reductions in EGPs would cause portions of DAC to be unrecoverable and the DAC asset would be written down to equal future EGPs.


Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets
Deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit of future deductible temporary differences and tax carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such benefits are realized if there is no change in tax law. Under U.S. GAAP, we test the value of deferred tax assets for impairment on a quarterly basis at the entity level within each tax jurisdiction, consistent with our filed tax returns. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The determination of the valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets requires management to make certain judgments and assumptions. In evaluating the ability to recover deferred tax assets, we have considered all available evidence as of March 31, 2016,2017, including past operating results, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event we determine it is not more likely than not that we will not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, an increase to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Likewise, if it is later determined that it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets would be realized, the previously provided valuation allowance would be reversed. Our judgments
and assumptions are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future performance and specific industry and investment market conditions.
As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the deferred tax assetCompany had no valuation allowance was $54 relating primarily to U.S. capital loss carryovers.allowance. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considered future taxable temporary difference reversals, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryovers, taxable income in open carry back years and other tax planning strategies. From time to time, tax planning strategies could include holding a portion of debt securities with market value losses until recovery, altering the level of tax exempt securities held, making investments which have specific tax characteristics, and business considerations such as asset-liability matching. Management views such tax planning strategies as prudent and feasible, and would implement them, if necessary, to realize the deferred tax assets.



KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND RATIOS
76

The Company considers the measures and ratios in the following discussion to be key performance indicators for its businesses. Management believes that these ratios and measures are useful in understanding the underlying trends in The Hartford’s businesses. However, these key performance indicators should only be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, the results presented in the segment discussions that follow in this MD&A. These ratios and measures may not be comparable to other performance measures used by the Company’s competitors.
Definitions of Non-GAAP and other Measures and Ratios
Account Value
Account value includes policyholders’ balances for investment contracts and reserves for future policy benefits for insurance contracts. Account value is a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s fee income is based upon the level of account value. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in assets under management whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.
Assets Under Management
Assets under management (“AUM”) include account values and mutual fund assets. AUM is a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.
Catastrophe Ratio
The catastrophe ratio (a component of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio) represents the ratio of catastrophe losses incurred in the current calendar year (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums and includes catastrophe losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. A catastrophe is an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers. The catastrophe ratio includes the effect of catastrophe losses, but does not include the effect of reinstatement premiums.
Combined Ratio
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend ratio. This ratio is a relative measurement that describes the related cost of losses and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. A combined ratio below 100 demonstrates underwriting profit; a combined ratio above 100 demonstrates underwriting losses.
Combined Ratio before Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development
The combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development, a non-GAAP financial measure, represents the combined ratio for the current accident year, excluding the impact of catastrophes. Combined ratio is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. A reconciliation of combined ratio to combined ratio before prior accident year development is set forth in MD&A - Commercial Lines and Personal Lines.
Core Earnings
Core earnings, a non-GAAP measure, is an important measure of the Company’s operating performance. The Company believes that core earnings provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of the Company’s ongoing businesses because it reveals trends in our insurance and financial services businesses that may be obscured by including the net effect of certain realized capital gains and losses, certain restructuring and other costs, pension settlements, loss on extinguishment of debt, reinsurance gains and losses from disposal of businesses, income tax benefit from reduction in deferred income tax valuation allowance, discontinued operations, and the impact of Unlocks to DAC, SIA, and death and other insurance benefit reserve balances. Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to the insurance and underwriting aspects of our business. Accordingly, core earnings excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses (net of tax and the effects of DAC) that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Company believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so core earnings includes net realized gains and losses such as net periodic settlements on credit derivatives. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the income statement such as net investment income. Net income (loss) is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. Core earnings should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) and does not reflect the overall profitability of the Company’s business. Therefore, the Company believes that it is useful for investors to evaluate both net income (loss) and core earnings when reviewing the Company’s performance.


A reconciliation of net income to core earnings is set forth in the following table:
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20162015
Net income$323
$467
Less: Unlock benefit, after-tax9
19
Less: Net realized capital gains (losses), after-tax and DAC, excluded from core earnings(96)2
Less: Restructuring and other costs, after-tax
(6)
Less: Income tax benefit from reduction in valuation allowance25

Core earnings$385
$452
Core Earnings Margin
Core earnings margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, the Group Benefits segment’s operating performance. Core earnings margin is calculated by dividing core earnings by revenues excluding buyouts and realized gains (losses). Net income margin is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that core earnings margin provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of Group Benefits because it reveals trends in the business that may be obscured by the effect of buyouts and realized gains (losses). Core earnings margin should not be considered as a substitute for net income margin and does not reflect the overall profitability of Group Benefits. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both core earnings margin and net income margin when reviewing performance. A reconciliation of net income margin to core earnings margin is set forth in the Margin section within MD&A - Group Benefits.
Current Accident Year Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio before Catastrophes
The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is a measure of the cost of non-catastrophe claims incurred in the current accident year divided by earned premiums. Management believes that the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year development.
Expense Ratio
The expense ratio for the underwriting segments of Commercial Lines and Personal Lines is the ratio of underwriting expenses to earned premiums. Underwriting expenses include the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and insurance operating costs and expenses, including certain centralized services and bad debt expense. Deferred policy acquisition costs include commissions, taxes, licenses and fees and other underwriting expenses and are amortized over the policy term.
The expense ratio for Group Benefits is expressed as the ratio of insurance operating costs and other expenses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, to premiums and other considerations, excluding buyout premiums.
Fee Income
Fee income is largely driven from amounts collected as a result of contractually defined percentages of assets under management. These fees are generally collected on a daily basis. Therefore, the growth in assets under management either through positive net flows or net sales, or favorable market performance will have a favorable impact on fee income. Conversely, either negative net flows or net sales, or unfavorable market performance will reduce fee income.
Full Surrender Rates
Full surrender rates are an internal measure of contract surrenders calculated using annualized full surrenders divided by a two-point average of annuity account values. The full surrender rate represents full contract liquidation and excludes partial withdrawals.
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a measure of the cost of claims incurred in the calendar year divided by earned premium and includes losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years, as well as the costs of mortality and morbidity and other contractholder benefits to policyholders. Among other factors, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio needed for the Company to achieve its targeted return on equity fluctuates from year to year based on changes in the expected investment yield over the claim settlement period, the timing of expected claim settlements and the targeted returns set by management based on the competitive environment.


The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is affected by claim frequency and claim severity, particularly for shorter-tail property lines of business, where the emergence of claim frequency and severity is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. Claim frequency represents the percentage change in the average number of reported claims per unit of exposure in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. Claim severity represents the percentage change in the estimated average cost per claim in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. As one of the factors used to determine pricing, the Company’s practice is to first make an overall assumption about claim frequency and severity for a given line of business and then, as part of the ratemaking process, adjust the assumption as appropriate for the particular state, product or coverage.
Loss Ratio, excluding Buyouts
The loss ratio is utilized for the Group Benefits segment and is expressed as a ratio of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses to premiums and other considerations, excluding buyout premiums. Since Group Benefits occasionally buys a block of claims for a stated premium amount, the Company excludes this buyout from the loss ratio used for evaluating the underwriting results of the business as buyouts may distort the loss ratio. Buyout premiums represent takeover of open claim liabilities and other non-recurring premium amounts.
Mutual Fund Assets
Mutual fund assets are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by the Company and therefore are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Mutual fund assets are a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.
New Business Written Premium
New business written premium represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued to customers who were not insured with the Company in the previous policy term. New business written premium plus renewal policy written premium equals total written premium.
Policies in Force
Policies in force represent the number of policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period. The number of policies in force is a growth measure used for Personal Lines and standard commercial lines within Commercial Lines and is affected by both new business growth and policy count retention.
Policy Count Retention
Policy count retention represents the ratio of the number of policies renewed during the period divided by the number of policies available to renew. The number of policies available to renew represents the number of policies, net of any cancellations, written in the previous policy term. Policy count retention is affected by a number of factors, including the percentage of renewal policy quotes accepted and decisions by the Company to non-renew policies because of specific policy underwriting concerns or because of a decision to reduce premium writings in certain classes of business or states. Policy count retention is also affected by advertising and rate actions taken by competitors.
Policyholder Dividend Ratio
The policyholder dividend ratio is the ratio of policyholder dividends to earned premium.
Prior Accident Year Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio
The prior accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio represents the increase (decrease) in the estimated cost of settling catastrophe and non-catastrophe claims incurred in prior accident years as recorded in the current calendar year divided by earned premiums.
Reinstatement Premiums
Reinstatement premium represents additional ceded premium paid for the reinstatement of the amount of reinsurance coverage that was reduced as a result of a reinsurance loss payment.
Renewal Earned Price Increase (Decrease)
Written premiums are earned over the policy term, which is six months for certain Personal Lines auto business and twelve months for substantially all of the remainder of the Company’s Property and Casualty business. Since the Company earns premiums over the six to twelve month term of the policies, renewal earned price increases (decreases) lag renewal written price increases (decreases) by six to twelve months.


Renewal Written Price Increase (Decrease)
Renewal written price increase (decrease) represents the combined effect of rate changes, amount of insurance and individual risk pricing decisions per unit of exposure since the prior year. The rate component represents the change in rate filings during the period and the amount of insurance represents the change in the value of the rating base, such as model year/vehicle symbol for auto, building replacement costs for property and wage inflation for workers’ compensation. A number of factors affect renewal written price increases (decreases) including expected loss costs as projected by the Company’s pricing actuaries, rate filings approved by state regulators, risk selection decisions made by the Company’s underwriters and marketplace competition. Renewal written price changes reflect the property and casualty insurance market cycle. Prices tend to increase for a particular line of business when insurance carriers have incurred significant losses in that line of business in the recent past or the industry as a whole commits less of its capital to writing exposures in that line of business. Prices tend to decrease when recent loss experience has been favorable or when competition among insurance carriers increases. Renewal written price statistics are subject to change from period to period, based on a number of factors, including changes in actuarial estimates and the effect of subsequent cancellations and non-renewals on rate achieved, and modifications made to better reflect ultimate pricing achieved.
Return on Assets (“ROA”), Core Earnings
ROA, core earnings, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. ROA is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that ROA, core earnings, provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of certain of the Company’s on-going businesses because it reveals trends in our businesses that may be obscured by the effect of realized gains (losses). ROA, core earnings, should not be considered as a substitute for ROA and does not reflect the overall profitability of our businesses. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both ROA, core earnings, and ROA when reviewing the Company’s performance. ROA, core earnings is calculated by dividing core earnings by a two-point average AUM.
Underwriting Gain (Loss)
The Company's management evaluates profitability of the P&C businesses primarily on the basis of underwriting gain (loss). Underwriting gain (loss) is a before-tax measure that represents earned premiums less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting expenses. Underwriting gain (loss) is influenced significantly by earned premium growth and the adequacy of the Company's pricing. Underwriting profitability over time is also greatly influenced by the Company's pricing and underwriting discipline, which seeks to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, its management of claims, its use of reinsurance and its ability to manage its expense ratio, which it accomplishes through economies of scale and its management of acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Net income (loss) is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Company believes that underwriting gain (loss) provides investors with a valuable measure of before-tax profitability derived from underwriting activities, which are managed separately from the Company's investing activities. A reconciliation of underwriting gain (loss) to net income (loss) for Commercial Lines, Personal Lines and Property & Casualty Other Operations is set forth in segment sections of MD&A.
Written and Earned Premiums
Written premium is a statutory accounting financial measure which represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued, net of reinsurance, during a fiscal period. Earned premium is a U.S. GAAP and statutory measure. Premiums are considered earned and are included in the financial results on a pro rata basis over the policy period. Management believes that written premium is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it reflects current trends in the Company’s sale of property and casualty insurance products. Written and earned premium are recorded net of ceded reinsurance premium.
Traditional life insurance type products, such as those sold by Group Benefits, collect premiums from policyholders in exchange for financial protection for the policyholder from a specified insurable loss, such as death or disability. These premiums together with net investment income earned from the overall investment strategy are used to pay the contractual obligations under these insurance contracts. Two major factors, new sales and persistency, impact premium growth. Sales can increase or decrease in a given year based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, customer demand for the Company’s product offerings, pricing competition, distribution channels and the Company’s reputation and ratings. Persistency refers to the percentage of policies remaining in-force from year-to-year.



Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

SEGMENT OPERATING SUMMARIES
COMMERCIAL LINES
Results of Operations
Underwriting Summary
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Underwriting Summary20162015Change
20172016Change
Written premiums$1,726
$1,722
%$1,821
$1,726
6%
Change in unearned premium reserve103
139
(26%)133
103
29%
Earned premiums1,623
1,583
3%1,688
1,623
4%
Fee income10
10
%
Losses and loss adjustment expenses  


Current accident year before catastrophes913
928
(2%)968
913
6%
Current accident year catastrophes44
58
(24%)71
44
61%
Prior accident year development(20)(2)NM
15
(20)175%
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses937
984
(5%)1,054
937
12%
Amortization of DAC242
234
3%
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs249
242
3%
Underwriting expenses295
295
%323
305
6%
Dividends to policyholders4
5
(20%)4
4
%
Underwriting gain145
65
123%68
145
(53%)
Net servicing income [1]4
4
%
Net investment income209
257
(19%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)(33)8
NM
Other income (expense)1
1
%
Net investment income [1]243
209
16%
Net realized capital gains (losses) [1]11
(33)133%
Other income1
1
%
Income before income taxes326
335
(3%)323
322
%
Income tax expense98
95
3%
Income tax expense [2]92
97
(5%)
Net income$228
$240
(5%)$231
$225
3%
[1]Includes servicing revenuesFor discussion of $20consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and $22 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
[2]
For discussion of income taxes, see Note 11 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Premium Measures [1]
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Premium Measures [1]20162015
20172016
New business premium$275
$290
$313
$275
Standard commercial lines policy count retention84%84%85%84%
Standard commercial lines renewal written pricing increases2%3%
Standard commercial lines renewal earned pricing increases2%5%
Standard commercial lines renewal written price increase3.3%2.2%
Standard commercial lines renewal earned price increase2.4%2.5%
Standard commercial lines policies in-force as of end of period (in thousands)1,314
1,283
1,347
1,314
[1]Standard commercial lines consists of small commercial and middle market. Standard commercial premium measures exclude middle market specialty programs and livestock lines of business.

77

 Three Months Ended March 31,
Underwriting Ratios20162015Change
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio   
Current accident year before catastrophes56.3
58.6
2.3
Current accident year catastrophes2.7
3.7
1.0
Prior accident year development(1.2)(0.1)1.1
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio57.7
62.2
4.5
Expense ratio33.1
33.4
0.3
Policyholder dividend ratio0.2
0.3
0.1
Combined ratio91.1
95.9
4.8
Current accident year catastrophes and prior year development1.5
3.6
2.1
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development89.6
92.4
2.8



Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Underwriting Ratios
 Three Months Ended March 31,

20172016Change
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio   
Current accident year before catastrophes57.3
56.3
1.0
Current accident year catastrophes4.2
2.7
1.5
Prior accident year development0.9
(1.2)2.1
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio62.4
57.7
4.7
Expense ratio33.3
33.1
0.2
Policyholder dividend ratio0.2
0.2

Combined ratio96.0
91.1
4.9
Current accident year catastrophes and prior year development5.1
1.5
3.6
Underlying combined ratio90.9
89.6
1.3
Net Income
hig0331201_chart-11040.jpg
Three months endedMarch 31, 20162017 compared to the three months endedMarch 31, 2015
Overview
Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2016
, as compared to the prior year period, decreasedNet income increased primarily due to lower net investment income and a change to net realized capital lossesgains in the current year periodfirst quarter 2017 from net realized capital gainslosses in the prior year period,first quarter 2016, as well as higher net investment income, partially offset by a higherlower underwriting gain. The increase in underwriting
Underwriting Gain
hig0331201_chart-12417.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
Underwriting gain was primarilydecreased due to lowerhigher current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses, including higher catastrophes, as well as a change to unfavorable prior accident year reserve development and higher underwriting expenses, partially offset by earned premium growth. The higher underwriting expenses included an increase in costs for long-term incentive compensation due to recognition of long-term compensation expense for retirement-eligible employees and higher IT costs.
Revenues
78




Part I - EarnedItem 2. Management's Discussion and WrittenAnalysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Earned Premiums
hig0331201_chart-13836.jpg
[1] Other of $11 and $12 for three months ended March 31, 2016, and 2017, respectively, is included in the total.
Earned premiums forThree months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
, as compared to the prior year period,Earned premiums increased reflecting written premium growth over the preceding twelve months.
Written premiums as compared to the prior year period, increased slightly for the three months ended March 31, 2016 as2017 primarily due to growth in small commercial, was largely offset by a decrease in middle market. The written premium increase in small commercialmarket' and specialty commercial.
Small Commercial growth was primarily due to higher renewal premium including the effect of low single-digitdriven by slightly higher policy retention and renewal written pricingprice increases, as well as modestgrowth from the acquisition of Maxum, partially offset by lower new business premium, growth. excluding Maxum.
Middle Market growth was primarily driven by higher new business and audit premium.
Specialty Commercial growth was primarily due to higher new and renewal premium in Bond.
For the three months endedMarch 31, 2017, renewal written price increases averaged 3.3% in standard commercial, which included 4.5% for Small Commercial and 0.9% for Middle Market.
Loss and LAE Ratio before Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development
hig0331201_chart-16030.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
renewal written pricing increases averaged 2% in standard commercial, which includes 3% for small commercialLoss and 2% for middle market. The decrease in middle market written premium was primarily due to lower new business premium in workers’ compensationLAE ratio before catastrophes and property.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, decreased reflecting favorable prior accident year reserve development lower current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes and lower current accident year catastrophes.
The decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratios before catastrophesincreased for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, was primarily2017 principally due to lowera higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio in workers' compensation duecommercial automobile, driven by elevated severity.

79




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Catastrophes and (Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development
hig0331201_chart-17941.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to declining frequency, partially offset by modestly higher severity, as well as due to lower non-catastrophe property losses. Accordingly, the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes decreased by 2.3 points to 56.3 inthree months ended March 31, 2016 from 58.6 in 2015.
Current accident year catastrophe losses totaled $44, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $58$71, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2015.2017, compared to $44, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Catastrophe losses for the three months ended March 31, 2017 were primarily due to wind and hail events and winter storms in the Midwest, Texas and the Southeast. Catastrophe losses for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were primarily due to winter storms across various U.S. geographic regions and, to a lesser extent, multiple wind and hail events concentrated in the central and southern plains. Catastrophe losses
Prior accident year development of $15, before tax, was unfavorable for 2015 were primarily duethe three months ended March 31, 2017, compared to winter storms across various U.S. geographic regions. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance.
Favorablefavorable prior accident year reserve development of $20, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to favorable2016. Net reserve development of $2, before tax,increases for the three months ended March 31, 2015.2017 were primarily related to commercial automobile liability and general liability, largely offset by a decrease in reserves for bond and workers’ compensation. Net reserve decreases for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were primarily related to decreases in professional liability and workers' compensation reserves, partially offset by increases in reserves related to the small commercial package business, and in general liability for a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors. Net reserve releases for the three months ended March 31, 2015 were primarily due to a release of professional and general liability reserves, partially offset by reserve strengthening in commercial auto liability. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Reserve Roll-forwards and Development.
Underwriting Ratios
The combined ratio, before catastrophes and prior year development, decreased 2.8 points to 89.6 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from 92.4 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes.
Investment Results
80

Investment income decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period. For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
Income Taxes
The effective tax rates in 2016 and 2015 differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For discussion of income taxes, see Note 7 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.



Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PERSONAL LINES
Results of Operations
Underwriting Summary
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Underwriting Summary20162015Change20172016Change
Written premiums$953
$939
1%$889
$953
(7%)
Change in unearned premium reserve(22)(13)(69%)(45)(22)(105%)
Earned premiums975
952
2%934
975
(4%)
Fee income11
9
22%
Losses and loss adjustment expenses 


Current accident year before catastrophes632
618
2%644
632
2%
Current accident year catastrophes47
25
88%79
47
68%
Prior accident year development52
(4)NM
(4)52
(108%)
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses731
639
14%719
731
(2%)
Amortization of DAC89
90
(1%)81
89
(9%)
Underwriting expenses154
148
4%138
163
(15%)
Underwriting gain1
75
(99%)7
1
NM
Net servicing income
1
(100%)
Net investment income31
35
(11%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)(5)1
NM
Other expenses
(1)100%
Net servicing income [1]3
4
(25%)
Net investment income [2]36
31
16%
Net realized capital gains [2]2
(5)140%
Other expense(1)
NM
Income before income taxes27
111
(76)%47
31
52 %
Income tax expense7
35
(80%)
Income tax expense [3]14
8
75%
Net income$20
$76
(74)%$33
$23
43 %
[1]
Includes servicing revenues of $19 and $20 for the three months endedMarch 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
[2]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
[3]
For discussion of income taxes, see Note 11 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Written and Earned Premiums
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Written Premiums20162015Change20172016Change
Product Line    
Automobile$690
$671
3%$645
$690
(7%)
Homeowners263
268
(2%)244
263
(7%)
Total$953
$939
1%$889
$953
(7%)
Earned Premiums 
 
Product Line 
 
Automobile$678
$655
4%$654
$678
(4%)
Homeowners297
297
%280
297
(6%)
Total$975
$952
2%$934
$975
(4%)

81




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Premium Measures
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Premium Measures2016201520172016
Policies in-force end of period (in thousands)  
Automobile2,073
2,053
1,905
2,073
Homeowners1,262
1,305
1,144
1,262
New business written premium  
Automobile$110
$101
$42
$110
Homeowners$23
$27
$12
$23
Policy count retention  
Automobile84%84%82%84%
Homeowners84%85%82%84%
Renewal written pricing increase 
Renewal written price increase 
Automobile7%6%10.5%6.1%
Homeowners9%8%8.9%8.1%
Renewal earned pricing increase 
Renewal earned price increase 
Automobile6%6%8.2%5.7%
Homeowners8%8%8.2%7.2%
Underwriting Ratios
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Underwriting Ratios20162015Change20172016Change
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio  
Current accident year before catastrophes64.8
64.9
0.1
69.0
64.8
4.2
Current accident year catastrophes4.8
2.6
(2.2)8.5
4.8
3.7
Prior year development5.3
(0.4)(5.7)(0.4)5.3
(5.7)
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio75.0
67.1
(7.9)77.0
75.0
2.0
Expense ratio24.9
25.0
0.1
22.3
24.9
(2.6)
Combined ratio99.9
92.1
(7.8)99.3
99.9
(0.6)
Current accident year catastrophes and prior year development10.1
2.2
(7.9)8.1
10.1
(2.0)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development89.7
89.9
0.2
Underlying combined ratio91.2
89.7
1.5
Product Combined Ratios
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Product Combined Ratios20162015Change
20172016Change
Automobile 

 

Combined ratio106.6
95.4
(11.2)97.5
106.6
(9.1)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development96.2
94.6
(1.6)
Underlying combined ratio96.6
96.2
0.4
Homeowners 

 

Combined ratio84.7
85.1
0.4
103.4
84.7
18.7
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development75.1
79.7
4.6
Underlying combined ratio78.9
75.1
3.8

82




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Income
hig0331201_chart-11225.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 20162017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 20152016
Overview
Net income for increased primarily due to a higher underwriting gain, an increase in net investment income and a change from net realized capital losses to net realized capital gains.
Underwriting Gain
hig0331201_chart-12714.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the prior year period, decreased primarily due to a lower underwriting
Underwriting gain driven by an increase in current accident year catastrophe losses and unfavorable prior accident year development.
Revenues - Earned and Written Premiums
Earned and written premiums for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, increased primarily due to stable premium retentionthe effect of net unfavorable reserve development in first quarter 2016 and automobile new business premium growth,a decrease in underwriting expenses, partially offset by lower premium in the independent agency channel. Policy count retention for homeowners was lower for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, driven in part by renewal written pricing increases.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, increased primarily due to higher current accident year catastrophes, losses and unfavorable prior accident year development.
Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to the prior year period, as a result of the effect of an increase in earned premiums, higher severity trends in both auto liability and physical damage and higher auto liability frequency, partially offset by lower homeowners fire and non-catastrophe weather-related claims. The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and the effect of 64.8a decline in earned premium. The decrease in underwriting expenses was primarily due to a decrease in direct marketing expenses.
Earned Premiums
hig0331201_chart-14196.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
Earned premiums decreased reflecting a decline in written premium over the prior six to twelve months, particularly in non-AARP member Agency business.
Written premiums decreased in both the direct and agency channels primarily due a decline in new business and lower policy count retention in both automobile and homeowners.
Renewal written pricing increased in both automobile and home as the Company increased rates to improve profitability.
Policy count retentionfor both automobile and homeowners was lower in 2017 driven in part by renewal written pricing increases.

83




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Loss and LAE Ratio before Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development
hig0331201_chart-15679.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
Loss and LAE ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development increased primarily as a result of higher automobile liability frequency and severity and higher fire and non-catastrophe weather-related homeowners losses, partially offset by the effect of increases in earned pricing. Taking into account management’s current view of first quarter 2016 loss cost changes, in first quarter 2017, automobile liability frequency has decreased 0.1 points from 64.9 in 2015.while automobile liability severity has increased modestly.
Catastrophes and (Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Developmenthig0331201_chart-17308.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $79, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2017, increased compared to $47, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared due to $25 more severe wind and hail events. Catastrophe losses for the prior year period.three months ended March 31, 2017 were primarily due to multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in the Midwest, Texas and the southeast. Catastrophe losses for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were primarily due to multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in the central and southern plains. Catastrophe losses in 2015 were primarily due
Prior accident year development of $4, before tax, was favorable for the three months ended March 31, 2017, compared to winter storms across various U.S. geographic regions.
Unfavorableunfavorable prior accident year development of $52, before tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to favorable prior accident year development of $4, before tax, . Net reserves decreased for the prior year period. The net reserve increase for three months ended March 31, 2017 primarily due to decreases in reserves for prior accident year catastrophes. Net reserves increased for for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was largely related primarily due to increased reserves in autoautomobile liability for accident years 2014 and 2015 primarily due to higher emerged bodily injury severity and, for the third and fourth accident quarters of 2015, an increase in bodily injury frequency. The net reserve decrease for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was largely related to a decrease in reserves for 2014 catastrophes offset by unfavorable development on accident year 2014 auto physical damage claims. For additional information, see MD&A

84




Part I - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, NetItem 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Reinsurance.Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PROPERTY & CASUALTY OTHER OPERATIONS
Results of Operations
Underwriting RatiosSummary
The combined ratio, before current accident year catastrophes and prior year development, decreased 0.2 points to 89.7 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 reflecting a decrease in the current accident year before catastrophes loss and loss adjustment expense ratio of 0.1 points and a decrease in the expense ratio of 0.1 points.
Investment Results
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Underwriting Summary20172016Change
Losses and loss adjustment expenses  

       Prior accident year development$1
$1
%
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses1
1
%
Underwriting expenses5
7
(29%)
Underwriting loss(6)(8)25%
Net investment income [1]31
32
(3%)
Net realized capital gains (losses) [1]4
(3)NM
Other income2
2
%
Income before income taxes31
23
35%
Income tax expense [2]7
6
17%
Net income$24
$17
41%
[1]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
Investment income decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period. For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
Income Taxes
The effective tax rates in 2016 and 2015 differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities.[2] For discussion of income taxes, see Note 711 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net Income

PROPERTY & CASUALTY OTHER OPERATIONS
Results of Operations
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Underwriting Summary20162015Change
Losses and loss adjustment expenses  

       Prior accident year development$1
$4
(75%)
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses1
4
(75%)
Underwriting expenses7
6
17%
Underwriting loss(8)(10)20%
Net investment income32
35
(9%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)(3)4
(175%)
Other income2
1
100%
Income before income taxes23
30
(23%)
Income tax expense6
7
(14%)
Net income$17
$23
(26%)
hig0331201_chart-10330.jpg
Three months endedMarch 31, 20162017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 20152016
Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, as compared to the prior year period, decreasedincreased primarily due to lower net investment income and a change to net realized capital lossesgains in the current year period from net realized capital gainslosses in the prior year period, partially offset by lower prior accident year development.period.
The annual reviews of asbestosAsbestos and environmental liabilities reservereviews will
occur in the secondfourth quarter of the year.year, beginning in 2017. For information on asbestos and environmental reserves, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Other Operations Claims, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance.
The effective tax rates in 2016 and 2015 differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For discussion of income taxes, see Note 7 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

85



GROUP BENEFITS
Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary20162015Change
Premiums and other considerations$795
$780
2 %
Net investment income88
97
(9)%
Net realized capital gains (losses)2
(1)NM
Total revenues885
876
1 %
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses618
598
3 %
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs8
8
 %
Insurance operating costs and other expenses194
200
(3)%
Total benefits, losses and expenses820
806
2 %
Income before income taxes65
70
(7)%
Income tax expense15
18
(17)%
Net income$50
$52
(4)%

GROUP BENEFITS
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Premiums and other considerations20162015Change
Fully insured – ongoing premiums$772
$763
1 %
Buyout premiums6

NM
Other17
17
 %
Total premiums and other considerations$795
$780
2 %
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts$266
$300
(11)%
Results of Operations
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Ratios, excluding buyouts20162015Change
Group disability loss ratio82.4%81.8%(0.6)
Group life loss ratio73.8%73.2%(0.6)
Total loss ratio77.6%76.7%(0.9)
Expense ratio25.6%26.7%1.1
Operating Summary
 Three Months Ended March 31,

20172016Change
Premiums and other considerations$835
$795
5 %
Net investment income95
88
8 %
Net realized capital gains (losses) [1]8
2
NM
Total revenues938
885
6 %
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses651
618
5 %
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs8
8
 %
Insurance operating costs and other expenses220
194
13 %
Total benefits, losses and expenses879
820
7 %
Income before income taxes59
65
(9)%
Income tax expense [2]14
15
(7)%
Net income$45
$50
(10)%
[1]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
[2]
For discussion of income taxes, see Note 11 - Income Taxes of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Premiums and Other Considerations
 Three Months Ended March 31,

20172016Change
Fully insured – ongoing premiums$805
$772
4 %
Buyout premiums11
6
83 %
Fee income19
17
12 %
Total premiums and other considerations$835
$795
5 %
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts$211
$266
(21)%
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Margin20162015Change
Net income margin5.7%5.9%(0.2)
Effect of net capital realized gains (losses), net of tax on after-tax margin0.2%%0.2
Core earnings margin5.5%5.9%(0.4)
Ratios, Excluding Buyouts
 Three Months Ended March 31,

20172016Change
Group disability loss ratio82.9%82.4%(0.5)
Group life loss ratio73.1%73.8%0.7
Total loss ratio77.7%77.6%(0.1)
Expense ratio27.7%25.6%(2.1)
Margin
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20172016Change
Net income margin4.9%5.7%(0.8)
Effect of net capital realized gains (losses), net of tax on after-tax margin0.6%0.2%0.4
Core earnings margin4.3%5.5%(1.2)

86




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Income
hig0331201_chart-10275.jpg
Three months endedMarch 31, 2017 compared to the three months endedMarch 31, 2016
Net income decreased due to state guaranty fund assessments of $13 after-tax related to the liquidation of a life and health insurance company, partially offset by higher net investment income and net realized capital gains.
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased 13% due primarily to state guaranty fund assessments of $20 before tax related to the liquidation of a life and health insurance company.
Fully Insured Ongoing Premiums
hig0331201_chart-12043.jpg
Three months endedMarch 31, 2017 compared to the three months endedMarch 31, 2016
Fully insured ongoing premiums increased 4% due to strong group life and group disability persistency and disability pricing increases.
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts, were down 21% due to fewer large case sales in the current year.
Ratios
hig0331201_chart-13610.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 20162017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 20152016
Net income decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as comparedTotal loss ratio increased 0.1 points to the prior year period, due to higher benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses and lower net investment income, partially offset by higher premiums and other considerations, lower insurance operating costs and higher net realized capital gains.
Premiums and other considerations for the three months ended March 31, 2016, increased 2% compared to the prior year period. Fully insured ongoing premiums increased 1% for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to the prior year period due to strong persistency and improved pricing. Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to the prior year period, due to lower administrative expenses and the impact of premium tax credits.
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts, decreased by 11% for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period,77.7% due to a decrease in the sale of large and mid-size case accounts.
The total loss ratio increased 0.9 points to 77.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, primarily due to a higher group life loss ratio and aslightly higher group disability loss ratio. Theratio, partially offset by a slightly lower group life loss ratio increased 0.6 points due to higher accidental death losses.ratio. The group disability loss ratio increased 0.60.5 points due to an increase in expected long term disability claim severity, partially offset by continued improvements in incidence trends and pricing and incidence trends.as well as continued strong long-term disability claim recoveries. The group life loss ratio decreased 0.7 points due to lower incidence.
The expenseExpense ratio improved 1.1 increased 2.1 points for the three months ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the prior year period, reflecting premium growth and lower expenses.
Investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2016 decreased as compared to the prior year period. For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
The effective tax rates in 2016 and 2015 differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differencesstate guaranty fund assessments related to investments in tax exempt securities. For discussionthe liquidation of income taxes, see Note 7 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.a life and health insurance company.


87




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

MUTUAL FUNDS
Results of Operations
Operating Summary
 Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary20162015Change
Fee income and other$167
$179
(7)%
Total revenues167
179
(7)%
Amortization of DAC5
5
 %
Insurance operating costs and other expenses131
140
(6)%
Total benefits, losses and expenses136
145
(6)%
Income before income taxes31
34
(9)%
Income tax expense11
12
(8)%
Net income$20
$22
(9)%
    
Average Total Mutual Funds segment AUM$91,188
$94,778
(4)%
Return on Assets   
Net income8.8
9.3
(5)%
Core earnings8.8
9.3
(5)%
    
Mutual Funds segment AUM   
 Mutual Fund AUM - beginning of period$74,413
$73,035
2 %
Sales4,699
4,710
 %
Redemptions(4,885)(4,181)(17)%
Net Flows(186)529
(135)%
Change in market value and other(608)2,132
(129)%
 Mutual Fund AUM - end of period$73,619
$75,696
(3)%
Talcott AUM [1]$16,795
$20,240
(17)%
Total Mutual Funds segment AUM$90,414
$95,936
(6)%
    
Mutual Fund AUM by Asset Class   
Equity$46,455
$47,131
(1)%
Fixed Income12,389
14,267
(13)%
Multi-Strategy Investments [2]14,775
14,298
3 %
Mutual Fund AUM$73,619
$75,696
(3)%
 Three Months Ended March 31,

20172016Change
Fee income and other revenue$191
$167
14 %
Net investment income1

NM
Total revenues192
167
15 %
Amortization of DAC6
5
20 %
Operating costs and other expenses151
131
15 %
Total benefits, losses and expenses157
136
15 %
Income before income taxes35
31
13 %
Income tax expense12
11
9 %
Net income$23
$20
15 %
    
Daily Average Total Mutual Funds segment AUM$101,114
$87,192
16 %
Return on Assets ("ROA") [1]   
Net income9.2
9.3
(1)%
Core Earnings9.2
9.3
(1)%
[1]Talcott AUM consists
[1] Represents annualized earnings divided by a daily average of assets under management, as measured in basis points.
Mutual Funds Segment AUM
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20172016Change
Mutual Fund AUM - beginning of period$81,298
$74,413
9 %
Sales7,218
4,699
54 %
Redemptions(5,885)(4,885)(20)%
Net flows1,333
(186)NM
Change in market value and other [1]4,167
(608)NM
Mutual Fund AUM - end of period$86,798
$73,619
18 %
Exchange Traded Products AUM [2] [4]278
 NM
Mutual Funds segment AUM before Talcott Resolution87,076
73,619
18 %
Talcott Resolution AUM [3]16,123
16,795
(4)%
Total Mutual Funds segment AUM$103,199
$90,414
14 %
[1] Other includes AUM from adoption of ten U.S. mutual funds with aggregate AUM of approximately $3.0 billion (as of October 2016) from Schroder Investment Management North America Inc.
[2] Includes AUM of approximately $200 acquired upon acquisition in July 2016 of Lattice Strategies, LLC and subsequent net flows and change in market value.
[3] Talcott Resolution AUM consist of Company-sponsored mutual fund assets held in separate accounts supporting variable insurance and investment products.
[4] Includes two actively managed fixed income ETP's launched in March 2017.
Mutual Fund AUM by Asset Class
 March 31,
2017
March 31, 2016Change
Equity$54,683
$46,455
18%
Fixed Income13,973
12,389
13%
Multi-Strategy Investments [1]18,142
14,775
23%
Mutual Fund AUM$86,798
$73,619
18%
[1] Includes balanced allocation, and alternative investment products.

88




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Income
hig0331201_chart-11330.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2017 increased compared to the prior year period due to higher investment management fees resulting from higher AUM levels, partially offset by higher variable sub-advisory, distribution and service expenses.
Total Mutual Funds segment AUM for the three months ended March 31, 2017 increased to $103.2 billion compared to first quarter 2016 of $90.4 billion due to market appreciation, the addition of Schroders Mutual Funds (in October 2016) and positive net flows, partially offset by the continued run off of Talcott Resolution AUM. Mutual Fund net flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 totaled $1.3 billion compared with net outflows of $0.2 billion in the prior year period due to strong sales and positive net flows in all asset classes.

89




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

TALCOTT RESOLUTION
Results of Operations
Operating Summary
 Three Months Ended March 31,

20172016Change
Earned premiums$35
$28
25%
Fee income and other223
241
(7%)
Net investment income [1]318
325
(2%)
Realized capital gains (losses):  

Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses
(7)100%
Other net realized capital gains (losses)(45)(105)57%
Net realized capital gains (losses) [1](45)(112)60%
Total revenues531
482
10%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses332
354
(6%)
Amortization of DAC19
30
(37%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses106
105
1%
Total benefits, losses and expenses457
489
(7%)
Income before income taxes74
(7)NM
Income tax expense (benefit)6
(24)125%
Net income$68
$17
NM
Assets Under Management (end of period)  
Variable annuity account value$40,948
$42,500
(4%)
Fixed market value adjusted and payout annuities7,571
8,014
(6%)
Institutional annuity account value15,177
15,169
%
Other account value [2]87,237
86,762
1%
Total account value$150,933
$152,445
(1%)
Variable Annuity Account Value  
Account value, beginning of period$40,698
$44,245
(8%)
Net outflows(1,520)(1,466)(4%)
Change in market value and other1,770
(279)NM
Account value, end of period$40,948
$42,500
(4%)
[1]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).
[2]Includes balanced, allocation, and alternative investment products.

Three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months endedMarch 31, 2015
Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to the prior year period, decreased due to lower average AUM resulting in a decrease in investment management fee revenue, partially offset by a decrease in variable sub-advisory fees and distribution costs. Average total Mutual Funds segment AUM decreased to $91.2 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $94.8 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to market depreciation coupled with the continued runoff of Talcott AUM.


TALCOTT RESOLUTION
Results of Operations

 Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary20162015Change
Earned premiums$28
$24
17%
Fee income and other241
261
(8%)
Net investment income325
382
(15%)
Realized capital gains (losses):  

Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses(7)(5)(40%)
Other net realized capital gains (losses)(105)(20)NM
Net realized capital gains (losses)(112)(25)NM
Total revenues482
642
(25%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses354
338
5%
Amortization of DAC30
50
(40%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses105
121
(13%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses489
509
(4%)
Income (loss) before income taxes(7)133
(105%)
Income tax (benefit) expense(24)22
NM
Net income$17
$111
(85%)
Assets Under Management (end of period)  
Variable annuity account value$42,500
$51,500
(17%)
Fixed market value adjusted and payout annuities8,014
8,666
(8%)
Institutional annuity account value15,169
15,663
(3%)
Other account value [1]86,762
91,009
(5%)
Total account value$152,445
$166,838
(9%)
Variable Annuity Account Value  
Account value, beginning of period$44,245
$52,861
(16%)
Net outflows(1,466)(2,296)36%
Change in market value and other(279)935
(130%)
Account value, end of period$42,500
$51,500
(17%)
[1]
Other account value included $31.9$31.3 billion $14.5, $14.8 billion, and $40.4$41.1 billion as of March 31, 20162017 for the Retirement Plans, Individual Life and Private Placement Life Insurance businesses, respectively. Other account value included $36.0$31.9 billion $15.0, $14.5 billion, and $40.040.4 billion at March 31, 20152016 for the Retirement Plans, Individual Life and Private Placement Life Insurance businesses, respectively. Accountvalues associated associated with the Retirement Plans and Individual Life businesses no longer generate asset-based fee income due to the sales of these businesses through reinsurance transactions.

90




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Income (Loss)
hig0331201_chart-11209.jpg
Three months endedMarch 31, 20162017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 20152016
Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, decreased increased primarily due to higherlower net realized capital losses driven by GMWB derivativein 2017. Net realized capital losses net trading losses and equity portfolio hedge losseswere down due to rising markets sincea change from net losses to net gains on GMWB derivatives, net gains on sales of investments in first quarter 2017 and lower losses on the date the trades were initiated. In addition, lower fee income duemodified coinsurance reinsurance contract related to the continued runoff ofindividual life business reinsured with Prudential, partially offset by higher losses on the variable annuity blockmacro hedge program. Apart from the lower net realized capital losses and a modest increase in unlock benefit, earnings rose due to lower interest credited, partially offset by lower net investment income, due to a decreaselower tax benefits recognized in income from limited partnerships and alternative investments contributed to the decrease in net income. This was partially offset by lower DAC amortizationcurrent year period and lower insurance operating costs and other expensesfee income due to the continued run off of the variable annuity block.Net investment income decreased due to therun off of the annuity business assets under management, partially offset by higher limited partnership investment income.
Total Account values for Talcott Resolution Value
hig0331201_chart-12265.jpg
March 31, 2017 compared to March 31, 2016
Account valuedecreased to approximately $152$151 billion at March 31, 2016 from approximately $167 billion at March 31, 2015 primarily due to net outflows and market value depreciation in variable annuity account value, and a reduction in Retirement Plans' account value. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, variablepartially offset by market appreciation.
Variable annuity net outflows were approximately $1.5 billion due to the continued runoffrun-off of the business.
ForVariable Annuity Annualized Full Surrender Rate
hig0331201_chart-13772.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016 the
Variable annuity annualized full surrender rate on variable annuities declined increased to 6.7% compared7.8%. This increase was primarily because as market appreciation has increased account values, contract holders are more likely to 10.9% forsurrender since the three months ended GMDB and GMWB market level guarantees do not have as much value.
Contract Counts (in thousands)
hig0331201_chart-15420.jpg
March 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to lower surrender activity and no in-force management initiatives in 2016. Lower surrender activity was due to market declines in the first two months of 2016 resulting in increased value of guarantees.
Contract counts decreased 10% for variable annuities at March 31, 20162017 compared to March 31, 20152016
Contract counts decreased 9% for annuities, primarily due to the continued agingrun-off of the block.
The income tax benefit for the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year period, was primarily due to the $140 decrease in income before income taxes and the effect of permanent items. Income Taxes
The effective tax rates in 20162017 and 20152016 differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in separate account DRD. For discussion of income taxes, see Note 711 - Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

91




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

CORPORATE
Results of Operations
Operating Summary
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary20162015Change20172016Change
Fee income [1]$1
$2
(50%)$1
$1
%
Net investment income11
3
NM
4
11
(64%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)(4)18
(122%)
(4)100%
Total revenues8
23
(65%)5
8
(38%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses [1]6
17
(65%)4
6
(33%)
Interest expense86
94
(9%)83
86
(3%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses92
111
(17%)87
92
(5%)
Loss before income taxes(84)(88)5%(82)(84)2%
Income tax benefit(55)(31)(77%)(36)(55)35%
Net loss$(29)$(57)49%$(46)$(29)(59%)
[1]Fee income includes the income associated with the sales of non-proprietary insurance products in the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries that has an offsetting commission expense included in insurance operating costs and other expenses.
Net Loss
hig0331201_chart-10801.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 20162017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 20152016
Net loss decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to2017 increased from a net loss in the prior year period primarily due to an increasea decrease in income tax benefits. First quarter 2016 included a federal income tax benefit of $25 in the 2016 period related to the partial reduction of the deferred tax valuation allowance on capital loss carryovers and first quarter 2017 included a $7 federal income tax benefit related to the vesting of stock-based compensation at a fair value per share higher than the grant date fair value per share.
Interest Expense
hig0331201_chart-12658.jpg
Three months ended March 31, 2017 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016
Interest expense decreased primarily due to taxable gains on the terminationa decrease in outstanding debt due to debt maturities. Since March 31, 2016, $691 of certain derivatives during the period.senior notes have matured. For a discussion of income taxes, see Note 711 Income Taxes of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (losses).


92




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT
The CompanyCompany’s Board of Directors has an enterpriseultimate responsibility for risk oversight, as described more fully in our Proxy Statement, while management function (“ERM”) that is chargedtasked with providing analysisthe day-to-day management of the Company’s risks on an individual and aggregated basis and with ensuring that the Company’s risks remain within its risk appetite and tolerances. risks.
The Company has establishedmanages and monitors risk through risk policies, controls and limits. At the senior management level, an Enterprise Risk and Capital Committee (“ERCC”) that includesoversees the Company’s CEO, President, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”), Chief Risk Officer, General Counselrisk profile and others as deemed necessary byrisk management practices of the committee chair. Company.
The ERCC is responsible for managing the Company’s risks and overseeing theCompany's enterprise risk management program.("ERM") function supports the ERCC and functional committees, and is tasked with, among other things:
risk identification and assessment;
the development of risk appetites, tolerances, and limits;
risk monitoring; and
internal and external risk reporting.
The Company categorizes its main risks as follows:
insurance risk, operational risk and financial risk. Insurance Risk
risk and financial risk are described in more detail below. Operational Risk
Financial Risk
risk and sRefer topecific risk tolerances for natural catastrophes, terrorism risk and pandemic risk are described in the ERM section of the MD&A in The Hartford’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report for an explanation of the Company’s Operational Risk.Report.
Insurance Risk Management
The Company categorizes its insurance risks across both property-casualtyproperty-
casualty, group benefits and life products. Non-catastrophe insurance risk arises from a number of exposure including to property, liability, mortality, morbidity, disability and longevity. Catastrophe risk primarily arises in the group life, group disability, property, and workers' compensation product lines. The Company establishes risk limits to control potential loss and actively monitors the risk exposures as a percent of statutory surplus. The Company also uses reinsurance to transfer insurance risk to well-established and financially secure reinsurers.
Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy
The Company utilizesuses reinsurance to transfer risk to affiliated and unaffiliated insurers. Reinsurance is used to manage aggregation of risk as well as to transfer certain riskrisks to reinsurance companies based on specific geographic or risk concentrations. SuchA variety of traditional reinsurance products are used as part of the Company's risk management strategy, including excess of loss occurrence-based products that reinsure property and workers compensation exposures, and individual risk or quota share arrangements, do not relievethat reinsure losses from specific classes or lines of business. The Company has no significant finite risk contracts in place and the statutory surplus benefit from all such prior year contracts is immaterial. Facultative reinsurance is used by the Company of its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company.
manage policy-specific risk exposures based on established underwriting guidelines. The Company is a member of andHartford also participates in severalgovernmentally administered reinsurance poolsfacilities such as the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program established under “TRIPRA” and associations. The Company evaluates the financial conditionother reinsurance programs relating to particular risks or specific lines of its reinsurers and concentrations of credit risk. Reinsurance is placed with reinsurers that meet strict financial criteria established by the Company.business.
Reinsurance for Catastrophes
Catastrophes- The Company has several catastrophe reinsurance programs, including reinsurance treaties that cover property and workers' compensation losses aggregating from single catastrophe events. The following table summarizes the primary catastrophe treaty reinsurance coverages that the Company has in place
Primary Catastrophe Treaty Reinsurance Coverages as of March 31, 2016:2017
CoverageTreaty Term% of Layer(s) ReinsurancePer Occurrence Limit Retention
Principal property catastrophe program covering property catastrophe losses from a single event [1]1/1/2016 to 1/1/201790%$850
 $350
Reinsurance with the FHCF covering Florida Personal Lines property catastrophe losses from a single event6/1/2015 to 6/1/201690%$116
[2]$37
Workers compensation losses arising from a single catastrophe event [3]7/1/2015 to 7/1/201680%$350
 $100
CoverageEffective for the period% of layer(s) reinsurancePer occurrence limit Retention
Property losses arising from a single catastrophe event [1] [2]1/1/2017 to 1/1/201888%$800
 $350
Property catastrophe losses from a Personal Lines Florida hurricane6/1/2016 to 6/1/201790%$109
[3]$34
Workers compensation losses arising from a single catastrophe event [4]1/1/2017 to 12/31/201780%$350
 $100
[1]Certain aspects of our principal catastrophe treaty have terms that extend beyond the traditional one year term. While overall treaty is placed at 88%, each layer's placement varies slightly.
[2]$50 of the property occurrence treaty can alternatively be used as part of the Property Aggregate treaty referenced below.
[3]The per occurrence limit on the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”)FHCF treaty is $116$109 for the 6/1/20152016 to 6/1/20162017 treaty year based on the Company's election to purchase the required coverage from FHCF.the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund ("FHCF"). Coverage is based on the best available information from FHCF, which was updated in January 2016.2017.
[3]4]In addition to the preceding limit shown, the workers compensation reinsurance includes a non-catastrophe, industrial accident layer, providing coverage for 80% of a $30a$30 per event limit in excess of a $20 retention.
In addition to the property catastrophe reinsurance coverage described in the above table, the Company has other catastrophe and working layer treaties and facultative reinsurance agreements that cover property catastrophe losses on an aggregate excess of loss and on a per risk basis. The principal property catastrophe reinsurance program and certain other reinsurance programs include a provision to reinstate limits in the event that a catastrophe loss exhausts limits on one or more layers under the treaties. In addition, covering the period from January 1, 20142017 to December 31, 2016,2017, the Company has an aggregate lossa Property Aggregate treaty in place which provides one limit of $200 over the three-year period
$200 of aggregate qualifying property catastrophe losses in excess of a net retention of $860.$850.
Reinsurance for Terrorism- For the risk of terrorism, private sector catastrophe reinsurance capacity is generally limited and largely unavailable for terrorism losses caused by nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological ("NBCR") attacks. As such, the Company's principal reinsurance protection against large-scale terrorist attacks is the coverage currently provided through the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program ("TRIPRA") to the end of 2020.

93




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

TRIPRA provides a backstop for insurance-related losses resulting from any “act of terrorism”, which is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General, for losses that exceed a threshold of industry losses of $100 in 2015, with the threshold increasing to $200 by 2020. Under the program, in any one calendar year, the federal government would pay a percentage of losses incurred from a certified act of terrorism after an insurer's losses exceed 20% of the Company's eligible direct commercial earned premiums of the prior calendar year up to a combined annual aggregate limit for the federal government and all insurers of $100 billion. The percentage of losses paid by the federal government is 83% in 2017, decreasing by 1 point
annually to 80% in the year 2020. The Company's estimated deductible under the program is $1.2 billion for 2017. If an act of terrorism or acts of terrorism result in covered losses exceeding the $100 billion annual industry aggregate limit, a future Congress would be responsible for determining how additional losses in excess of $100 billion will be paid.
Reinsurance Recoverables
Reinsurance Security
To manage reinsurer credit risk, a reinsurance security review committee evaluates the credit standing, financial performance, managementProperty and operational quality of each potential reinsurer. Through this process, the Company maintains a centralized list of reinsurers approved for participation in reinsurance transactions. Only reinsurers approved through this process are eligible to participate in new reinsurance transactions. The Company's approval designations reflect the differing credit exposure associated with various classes of business. Participation eligibility is categorized based upon the nature of the risk reinsured, including the expected liability payout duration. In addition to defining participation eligibility, the Company regularly monitors credit risk exposure to each reinsurance counterparty and has established limits tiered by counterparty credit rating. For further discussion on how the Company manages and mitigates third party credit risk, see MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Credit Risk.
Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reinsurance Recoverables
Property & Casualtycasualty insurance product reinsurance recoverables represent loss and loss adjustment expense recoverables from a number of entities, including reinsurers and pools.
The components of the gross and net reinsurance recoverables are summarized as follows:Property & Casualty Reinsurance Recoverables
Reinsurance RecoverablesAs of March 31, 2016As of December 31, 2015
As of March 31, 2017As of December 31, 2016
Paid loss and loss adjustment expenses$102
$119
$85
$89
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses2,615
2,662
2,445
2,449
Gross reinsurance recoverables$2,717
$2,781
Gross reinsurance recoverables [1]$2,530
$2,538
Less: Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance(266)(266)(187)(165)
Net reinsurance recoverables$2,451
$2,515
$2,365
$2,373
Life Insurance Product Reinsurance Recoverables[1] As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, excludes reinsurance recoverables of $210 and $178, respectively, to be transferred to the buyer in connection with the pending sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.
Life
Group benefits and life insurance product reinsurance recoverables represent future policy benefits and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses and other
policyholder funds and benefits payable that are recoverable from a number of reinsurers.
The components of the grossGroup Benefits and net reinsurance recoverables are as follows:Life Insurance Reinsurance Recoverables
Reinsurance RecoverablesAs of March 31, 2016As of December 31, 2015As of March 31, 2017As of December 31, 2016
Future policy benefits and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses and other policyholder funds and benefits payable$20,674
$20,674
$21,040
$20,938
Gross reinsurance recoverables$20,674
$20,674
$21,040
$20,938
Less: Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance [1]



Net reinsurance recoverables$20,674
$20,674
$21,040
$20,938
[1] No allowance for uncollectible reinsurance is required as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015.2016.
As of March 31, 2016,2017, the Company has reinsurance recoverables from MassMutual and Prudential of $8.5$8.6 billion and $10.9$11.2 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2015,2016, the Company had reinsurance recoverables from MassMutual and Prudential of $8.6 billion and $10.8$11.1 billion, respectively. The Company's obligations to its direct policyholders that have been reinsured to Mass MutualMassMutual and Prudential are secured by invested assets held in trust. Net of invested assets held in trust, as of March 31, 2016,2017, the Company has no reinsurance-related concentrations of credit risk greater than 10% of the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity.
For further explanation of the Company's Insurance Risk Managementinsurance risk management strategy, see MD&A Enterprise Risk Management Insurance RiskRIsk Management in The Hartford's 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.
Financial Risk Management
The Company identifies the following categories of financial risk:
Liquidity Risk
Interest Rate Risk
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Equity Risk
Credit Risk


Financial risks include direct and indirect risks to the Company’sCompany's financial objectives coming from events that impact market
conditions or prices. Financial risk also includes exposure toSome events that may cause correlated movement in multiple risk factors. The primary sourcesources of financial risks are the Company’sCompany's general account assets and the liabilities that those assets back, together withand the guarantees which the company has written over various liability products, particularly its portfolio offixed and variable annuities. The Company assesses its financial risk on a U.S. GAAP, statutory and economic basis. The Hartford has developed a disciplined approach to financial risk management that is well integrated into the Company’s underwriting, pricing, hedging, claims, asset and liability management, new product, and capital management processes.annuity guarantees. Consistent with its risk appetite, the Company establishes financial risk limits to control potential loss.loss on a U.S. GAAP, statutory, and economic basis. Exposures are actively monitored, and mitigated where appropriate. The Company uses various risk management strategies, including reinsurance and over-the-counter and exchange traded derivatives with counterparties meeting the appropriate regulatory and due diligence requirements. Derivatives are utilized to achieve one of four Company-approved objectives: to hedgehedging risk arising from interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread and issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility; to managemanaging liquidity; to controlcontrolling transaction costs; or to enterentering into synthetic replication transactions. Derivative activities are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s compliance and risk management teams and reviewed by senior management.

94




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The Company identifies different categories of financial risk, including liquidity, credit, interest rate, equity and foreign currency exchange.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk to current or prospective earnings or capital arising from the Company’sCompany's inability or perceived inability to meet its contractual cashfunding obligations at the legal entity level whenas they come due over given time horizons without incurring unacceptable costs and without relying on uncommitted funding sources. Liquidity risk includes the inability to manage unplanned increases or accelerations in cash outflows, decreases or changes in funding sources, and changes indue. Stressed market conditions that affectmay impact the ability to liquidate assets quickly to meet obligations with minimal loss in value. Components of liquidity risk include funding risk, company specific liquidity risk and market liquidity risk. Funding risk is the gap between sources and uses of cash under normal and stressed conditions taking into consideration structural, regulatory and legal entity constraints. Company specific liquidity risk represents changes in institution-specific conditions that affect the Company’s ability to sell assets or otherwise transact business without incurring a significant lossand may result in value. Market liquidity risk represents changes in general market conditions that affect the institution’s ability to sell assets or otherwise transact business without incurring a significant loss in value.
The Company has defined ongoing monitoring and reporting requirements to assess liquidity across the enterprise under both current and stressed market conditions. The Company measures and manages liquidity risk exposures and funding needs within prescribed limits and across legal entities, taking into account legal, regulatory and operational limitations to the transferability of liquidity. The Company also monitors internal and external conditions, and identifies material risk changes and emerging risks that may impact liquidity. The Company’s CFO has primary responsibility for liquidity risk.
For further discussion on liquidity see the section on Capital Resources and Liquidity.
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk to earnings or capital due to uncertainty of an obligor’s or counterparty’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations in accordance with contractually agreed upon terms.
The majority of the Company’s credit risk is concentrated in its investment holdings, but it is also present in the Company’s reinsurance and insurance portfolios, including credit risk associated with reinsurance recoverables and premiums receivable.
The Company primarily manages its credit risk by holding a diversified mix of investment grade issuers and counterparties across its investment, reinsurance, and insurance portfolios. Potential losses are also limited within portfolios by diversifying across geographic regions, asset types, and sectors.
Mitigation strategies vary but may include:
Investing in a portfolio of high-quality and diverse securities;
Selling investments subject to credit risk;
Hedging through use of single name or basket credit default swaps;
Clearing transactions through central clearing houses that require daily variation margin;
Entering into contracts only with strong creditworthy institutions
Requiring collateral; and
Non-renewing policies/contracts or reinsurance treaties.
As of March 31, 2017, the Company had no investment exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer or counterparty greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders' equity, other than the U.S. government and certain U.S. government securities. For further discussion of concentration of credit risk in the investment portfolio, see the Concentration of Credit Risk section in Note 6 - Investments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Credit Risk of Derivatives
The Company uses various derivative counterparties in executing its derivative transactions. The use of counterparties creates credit risk that the counterparty may not perform in accordance with the terms of the derivative transaction.
Downgrades to the credit ratings of the Company’s insurance operating companies may have adverse implications for its use of derivatives including those used to hedge benefit guarantees of variable annuities. In some cases, downgrades may give derivative counterparties for over-the-counter ("OTC") derivatives and clearing brokers for OTC-cleared derivatives the right to cancel and settle outstanding derivative trades or require additional collateral to be posted. In addition, downgrades may result in counterparties and clearing brokers becoming unwilling to engage in or clear additional derivatives or may require collateralization before entering into any new trades. This would restrict the supply of derivative instruments commonly used to hedge variable annuity guarantees, particularly long-dated equity derivatives and interest rate swaps.
The Company also has derivative counterparty exposure policies which limit the Company’s exposure to credit risk.
For the company’s derivative programs, the maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10. The Company currently transacts OTC derivatives in five legal entities that have a threshold greater than zero. The maximum combined threshold for a single counterparty across all legal entities that use derivatives and have a threshold greater than zero is $10. In addition, the Company may have exposure to multiple counterparties in a single corporate family due to a common credit support provider. As of March 31, 2017, the maximum combined threshold for all counterparties under a single credit support provider across all legal entities that use derivatives and have a threshold greater than zero was $10. Based on the contractual terms of the collateral agreements, these thresholds may be immediately reduced due to a downgrade in either party’s credit rating. For further discussion, see the Derivative Commitments section of Note 12 Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company incurred no losses on derivative instruments due to counterparty default.
Use of Credit Derivatives
The Company may also use credit default swaps to manage credit exposure or to assume credit risk to enhance yield.
Credit Risk Reduced Through Credit Derivatives
The Company uses credit derivatives to purchase credit protection with respect to a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool. The Company purchases credit protection through credit default swaps to economically hedge and manage credit risk of certain fixed maturity investments across multiple sectors of the investment portfolio.
Credit Risk Assumed Through Credit Derivatives
The Company also enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk as part of replication transactions. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment

95




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

policies. These swaps reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers, which are established within sector concentration limits and may be divided into tranches which possess different credit ratings.
For further information on credit derivatives, see Note 7 - Derivative Instruments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk of financial loss due to adverse changes in the value of assets and liabilities arising from movements in interest rates. Interest rate risk encompasses exposures with respect to changes in the level of interest rates, the shape of the term structure of rates and the volatility of interest rates. Interest rate risk does not include exposure to changes in credit spreads.
The Company has exposure to interest rates arising from its fixed maturity securities, interest sensitive liabilities such as fixed rate annuities and structured settlements and discount rate assumptions associated with the Company’s pension and other post retirement benefit obligations.
An increase in interest rates from current levels is generally a favorable development for the Company. Interest rate increases are expected to provide additional net investment income, reduce the cost of the variable annuity hedging program, and limit the potential risk of margin erosion due to minimum guaranteed crediting rates in certain Talcott Resolution products. However, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain Talcott Resolution businesses may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders will surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment requiring the Company to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. In conjunction with the interest rate risk measurement and management techniques, certain of Talcott Resolution's fixed income product offerings have market value adjustment provisions at contract surrender. An increase in interest rates may also impact the Company’s tax planning strategies and in particular its ability to utilize tax benefits of previously recognized realized capital losses.
A decline in interest rates results in certain mortgage-backed and municipal securities being more susceptible to paydowns and prepayments or calls. During such periods, the Company generally will not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable yields. Lower interest rates will also likely result in lower net investment income, increased hedging costs associated with variable annuities and, if declines are sustained for a long period of time, it may subject the Company to reinvestment risk and possibly reduced profit margins associated with guaranteed crediting rates on certain Talcott Resolution products. Conversely, the fair value of the investment portfolio will increase when interest rates decline and the Company’s interest expense will be lower on its variable rate debt obligations.


The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk by constructing investment portfolios that maintain asset allocation limits and asset/liability duration matching targets which may include the use of derivatives. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including parametric models and cash flow simulation under various market scenarios of the liabilities and their supporting investment portfolios. Key metrics that the Company uses to quantify its exposure to interest rate risk inherent in its invested assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities include duration, convexity and key rate duration. Duration is the price sensitivity of a financial instrument or series of cash flows to a parallel change in the underlying yield curve used to value the financial instrument or series of cash flows. For example, a duration of 5 means the price of the security will change by approximately 5% for a 100 basis point change in interest rates. Convexity is used to approximate how the duration of a security changes as interest rates change in a parallel manner. Key rate duration analysis measures the price sensitivity of a security or series of cash flows to each point along the yield curve and enables the Company to estimate the price change of a security assuming non-parallel interest rate movements.
To calculate duration, convexity, and key rate durations, projections of asset and liability cash flows are discounted to a present value using interest rate assumptions. These cash flows are then revalued at alternative interest rate levels to determine the percentage change in fair value due to an incremental change in the entire yield curve for duration and convexity, or a particular point on the yield curve for key rate duration. Cash flows from corporate obligations are assumed to be consistent with the contractual payment streams on a yield to worst basis. Yield to worst is a basis that represents the lowest potential yield that can be received without the issuer actually defaulting. The primary assumptions used in calculating cash flow projections include expected asset payment streams taking into account prepayment speeds, issuer call options and contract holder behavior. Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are modeled based on estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of the securities. These estimates are developed by incorporating collateral surveillance and anticipated future market dynamics. Actual prepayment experience may vary from these estimates.
The Company is also exposed to interest rate risk based upon the sensitivity of the present value of the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit obligations to changes in liability discount rates. The discount rate assumption is based upon an interest rate yield curve that reflects high-quality fixed income investments consistent with the maturity profile of the expected liability cash flows. For further discussion of discounting pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, refer to Note 16- Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2015 Form 10-K Annual Report. In addition, management evaluates performance of certain Talcott Resolution products based on net investment spread which is, in part, influenced by changes in interest rates.
The investments and liabilities primarily associated with interest rate risk are included in the following discussion. Certain product liabilities, including those containing GMWB or GMDB, expose the Company to interest rate risk but also have significant equity risk. These liabilities are discussed as part of the Variable Product Guarantee Risks and Risk Management section.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Foreign currency exchange risk Management also evaluates performance of certain Talcott Resolution products based on net investment spread which is, defined as the risk of financial loss due toin part, influenced by changes in interest rates.
Changes in interest rates from current levels can have both favorable and unfavorable effects for the relative value between currencies. Company.
The Company’s foreign currency exchangeCompany manages its exposure to interest rate risk is related to non-U.S. dollar denominated investments,by constructing investment portfolios that maintain asset allocation limits and asset/liability duration matching targets which primarily consist of fixed maturity investments, a yen denominated fixed payout annuity and changes in equity of a P&C runoff entity in the United Kingdom. In addition, Talcott Resolution formerly issued non-U.S. dollar denominated funding agreement liability contracts. A significant portion of the Company’s foreign currency exposure is mitigated throughmay include the use of derivatives.
Fixed Maturity Investments
The Company also utilizes a variety of derivative instruments to mitigate interest rate risk associated with the non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities relatesits investment portfolio or to potential decreases in valuehedge liabilities. Interest rate caps, floors, swaps, swaptions, and income resulting from unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates. In orderfutures may be used to manage currency exposures, the Company enters into foreign currency swaps to hedge the variability in cash flows as the fair value associated with certain foreign denominated fixed maturities declines. These foreign currency swaps are structured to match the foreign currency cash flows of the hedged foreign denominated securities.
Liabilities
The Company has foreign currency exchange risk associated with yen denominated fixed payout annuities under a reinsurance contract. The Company has entered into pay U.S. dollar, receive yen swap contracts to hedge the currency exposure between the U.S. dollar denominated assets and the yen denominated fixed liability reinsurance payments. In addition, during 2015, the Company entered into certain foreign currency forwards to hedge the currency impacts on changes in equity of a P&C runoff entity in the United Kingdom.
Talcott Resolution previously issued non-U.S. dollar denominated funding agreement liability contracts. The Company hedged the foreign currency risk associated with these liability contracts with currency rate swaps.portfolio duration.
Equity Risk
Equity risk is defined as the risk of financial loss due to changes in the value of global equities or equity indices. The Company has exposure to equity risk from assets under management, embedded derivatives within the Company’s variable annuities and assets that support the Company’s pension plans and other
post retirement benefit plans. The Company uses various approaches in managing its equity exposure, including limits on the proportion of assets invested in equities, diversification of the equity portfolio, reinsurance of product liabilities and hedging of changes in equity indices. Equity Risk on the Company’s variable annuity products is mitigated through various hedging programs.programs which are primarily focused on mitigating the economic exposure while considering the potential impacts on statutory and GAAP accounting results. (See the Variable Annuity Hedging Program Section).

The Company's exposure to equity risk includes the potential for lower earnings associated with certain businesses such as mutual funds and variable annuities where fee income is earned based upon the value of the assets under management. For further discussion of equity risk, see the following Variable Product Guarantee Risks and Risk Management section. In addition, Talcott Resolution includes certain guaranteed benefits, primarily associated with variable annuity products, which increase the Company's potential benefit exposure in the periods that equity markets decline.decline and the Company has a dynamic and macro hedging program in place to hedge the exposure.
The Company is also subject to equity risk based uponFor the assets that support its pension plans and other post retirement benefit plans. The asset allocation mix is reviewed on a periodic basis. In order to minimize risk, the pension plans maintain a listing of permissible and prohibited investments. In addition, the pension plans have certain concentration limits and investment quality requirements imposed on permissible investment options.
Managing Equity Risk on the Company's Variable Product Guarantee Risks and Risk Management
The Company’s variable products are significantly influenced by the U.S. and other equity markets. Increases or declines in equity markets impact certain assets and liabilities related to the Company’s variable products and the Company’s earnings derived from those products. The Company’s variable products include variable annuity contracts and mutual funds.
Generally, declines in equity markets will:
reduce the value of assets under management and the amount of fee income generated from those assets;
increase the liability for GMWB benefits resulting in realized capital losses;
increase the value of derivative assets used to hedge product guarantees resulting in realized capital gains;
increase the costsAnnuity Products-Most of the hedging instruments we use in our hedging program;
increase the Company’s net amount at risk ("NAR") for GMDB and GMWB benefits;
increase the amount of required assets to be held backing variable annuity guarantees to maintain required regulatory reserve levels and targeted risk based capital ratios; and
decrease the Company’s estimated future gross profits, resulting in a DAC unlock charge. See Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity Contracts within the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A for further information.
Generally, increases in equity markets will have the inverse impact of those listed in the preceding discussion. For additional information, see Risk Hedging - Variable Annuity Hedging Program section.
Variable Annuity Guaranteed Benefits
The Company’s variable annuities include GMDB and certain contracts with GMDB also include GMWB features. Declines in the equity markets will increase the Company’s liability for these benefits. Many contracts with a GMDB include a maximum anniversary value ("MAV"), which in rising markets resets the guarantee on the anniversary to be ‘at'at the money’money'. As the MAV increases, it can increase the NAR for subsequent declines in account value. Generally, a GMWB contract is ‘in the money’ if the contractholder’s guaranteed remaining balance (“GRB”("GRB") becomes greater than the account value.
The NAR is generally defined as the guaranteed minimum benefit amount in excess of the contractholder’s current account value. Variable annuity account values with guarantee features were $42.5$40.9 billion and $44.2$40.7 billion as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, respectively.
The following tables summarize the account values of the Company’s variable annuities with guarantee features and the NAR split between various guarantee features (retained net amount at risk does not take into consideration the effects of the variable annuity hedge programs in place as of each balance sheet date):.
Total Variable Annuity Guarantees
As of March 31, 2016
($ in billions)
Account
Value
Gross Net
Amount at Risk
Retained Net
Amount at Risk
% of Contracts In
the Money [2]
% In the
Money [2] [3]
Variable Annuity [1]     
GMDB$42.5
$4.3
$1.1
56%9%
GMWB$19.4
$0.3
$0.2
11%10%
Total Variable Annuity Guarantees as of March 31, 2017
($ in billions)Account
Value
Gross Net Amount at RiskRetained Net Amount at Risk% of Contracts In the Money[2]% In the Money [2] [3]
U.S. Variable Annuity [1]     
GMDB [4]$40.9
$3.1
$0.6
17%22%
GMWB$18.3
$0.2
$0.1
6%17%

96




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Total Variable Annuity Guarantees
As of December 31, 2015
($ in billions)
Account
Value
Gross Net
Amount at Risk
Retained Net
Amount at Risk
% of Contracts In
the Money [2]
% In the
Money [2] [3]
Variable Annuity [1]     
GMDB$44.2
$4.2
$1.1
55%9%
GMWB$20.2
$0.2
$0.2
11%9%
Total Variable Annuity Guarantees as of December 31, 2016
($ in billions)
Account
Value
Gross Net Amount at RiskRetained Net Amount at Risk% of Contracts In the Money [2]% In the Money [2] [3]
U.S. Variable Annuity [1]     
GMDB [4]$40.7
$3.3
$0.7
28%14%
GMWB$18.3
$0.2
$0.1
7%13%
[1]Policies
Contracts with a guaranteed living benefit also have a guaranteed death benefit. The NAR for each benefit is shown; however these benefits are not additive. When a policycontract terminates due to death, any NAR related to GMWB is released. Similarly, when a policycontract goes into benefit status on a GMWB, the GMDB NAR is reduced to zero.
[2]
Excludes contracts that are fully reinsured.
[3]
For all contracts that are “in the money”, this represents the percentage by which the average contract was in the money.
[4]Includes contracts that had a GMDB at issue but no longer have a GMDB due to certain elections made by policyholders or their beneficiaries. Such contracts had $1.5 billion of account value as of both March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
Many policyholders with a GMDB also have a GMWB. Policyholders that have a product that offers both guarantees can only receive the GMDB or GMWB. The GMDB NAR disclosed in the preceding tables is a point in time measurement and assumes that all participants utilize the GMDB benefit on that measurement date. For additional information on the Company’s GMDB liability, see Note 6 - Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company expects to incur GMDB payments in the future only if the policyholder has an “in the money” GMDB at their death. For policiescontracts with a GMWB rider, the Companycompany expects to incur GMWB payments in the future only if the account value is reduced over time to a specified level through a combination of market performance and periodic withdrawals, at which point the contractholder will receive an annuity equal to the GRB which is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. For the Company’s “life-time” GMWB products, this annuity can exceed the GRB. As the account value fluctuates with equity market returns on a daily basis and the “life-time” GMWB payments may exceed the GRB,
the ultimate amount to be paid by the Company, if any, is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than the Company’s current carried liability. For additional information on the Company’s GMWB liability, see Note 45 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information on the Company's GMDB liability, see Note 9 - Reserve for Future Policy Benefits and Separate Account Liabilities of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Variable Annuity Market Risk Exposures
The following table summarizes the broad Variable Annuity Guarantees offered by the Company and the market risks to which the guarantee is most exposed from a U.S. GAAP accounting perspective:
Variable Annuity Guarantees [1]U.S. GAAP Treatment [1]Primary Market Risk Exposures [1]
GMDB and life-contingent component of the GMWBAccumulation of the portion of fees required to cover expected claims, less accumulation of actual claims paidEquity Market Levels
GMWB (excluding life-contingent portions)Fair Value
Equity Market Levels / Implied
Volatility / Interest Rates
[1]Each of these guarantees and the related U.S. GAAP accounting volatility will also be influenced by actual and estimated policyholder behavior.
Risk Hedging
Variable Annuity Hedging Program
The Company’s variable annuity hedging program is primarily focused, through the use of reinsurance and capital market derivative instruments, on reducing the economic exposure to market risks associated with guaranteed benefits that are embedded in our variable annuity contracts. The variable annuity hedging program also considers the potential impacts on statutory accounting results.capital.
Reinsurance
The Company uses reinsurance for a portion of contracts with GMWB riders issued prior to the third quarter of 2003 and GMWB risks associated with a block of business sold between the third quarter of 2003 and the second quarter of 2006. The Company also uses reinsurance for a majority of the GMDB issued.
Capital Market Derivativeswith NAR.
GMWB Hedge Program
TheUnder the dynamic hedging program, the Company enters into derivative contracts to hedge market risk exposures associated with the GMWB liabilities that are not reinsured. These derivative contracts include customized swaps, interest rate swaps and futures, and equity swaps, options, and futures, on certain indices including the S&P 500 index, EAFE index, and NASDAQ index.

Additionally, the Company holds customized derivative contracts to provide protection from certain capital market risks for the remaining term of specified blocks of non-reinsured GMWB riders. These customized derivative contracts are based on policyholder behavior assumptions specified at the inception of the derivative contracts. The Company retains the risk for differences between assumed and actual policyholder behavior and between the performance of the actively managed funds underlying the separate accounts and their respective indices.
While the Company actively manages this dynamic hedging program, increased U.S. GAAP earnings volatility may result from factors including, but not limited to: policyholder behavior, capital markets, divergence between the performance of the underlying funds and the hedging indices, changes in hedging positions and the relative emphasis placed on various risk management objectives.
Macro Hedge Program
The Company’s macro hedging program uses derivative instruments, such as options and futures on equities and interest rates, to provide protection against the statutory tail scenario risk arising from GMWB and GMDB liabilities on the Company’s

97




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

statutory surplus. These macro hedges cover some of the residual risks not otherwise covered by the dynamic hedging program. Management assesses this residual risk under various scenarios in designing and executing the macro hedge program. The macro hedge program will result in additional U.S. GAAP earnings volatility as changes in the value of the macro hedge derivatives, which are designed to reduce statutory reserve and capital volatility, may not be closely aligned to changes in GAAP liabilities.
Variable Annuity Hedging Program Sensitivities
The underlying guaranteed livingwithdrawal benefit liabilities (excluding the life contingent portion of GMWB contracts) and hedge assets within the GMWB hedge and Macro hedge programs are carried at fair value.
The following table presents our estimates of the potential instantaneous impacts from sudden market stresses related to
equity market prices, interest rates, and implied market volatilities. The following sensitivities represent: (1) the net estimated difference between the change in the fair value of GMWB liabilities and the underlying hedge instruments and (2) the estimated change in fair value of the hedge instruments for the macro program, before the impacts of amortization of DAC and taxes. As noted in the preceding discussion, certain hedge assets are used to hedge liabilities that are not carried at fair value and will not have a liability offset in the U.S. GAAP sensitivity analysis. All sensitivities are measured as of March 31, 20162017 and are related to the fair value of liabilities and hedge instruments in place at that date for the Company’s variable annuity hedge programs. The impacts presented in the table that follows are estimated individually and measured without consideration of any correlation among market risk factors.
GAAP Sensitivity AnalysisAs of March 31, 2016
(before tax and DAC) [1]GMWBMacro
Equity Market Return-20 %-10 %10 %-20 %-10 %10 %
Potential Net Fair Value Impact$(27)$(10)$4
$180
$82
$(57)
Interest Rates-50bps
-25bps
+25bps
-50bps
-25bps
+25bps
Potential Net Fair Value Impact$2
$2
$(3)$12
$6
$(6)
Implied Volatilities10 %2 %-10 %10 %2 %-10 %
Potential Net Fair Value Impact$(62)$(12)$58
$89
$18
$(84)
GAAP Sensitivity Analysis (before tax and DAC) as of March 31, 2017 [1]
 GMWBMacro
Equity Market Return-20 %-10 %10 %-20 %-10 %10 %
Potential Net Fair Value Impact$(4)$
$(5)$248
$101
$(66)
Interest Rates-50bps
-25bps
+25bps
-50bps
-25bps
+25bps
Potential Net Fair Value Impact$(3)$(1)$(1)$3
$2
$(1)
Implied Volatilities10 %2 %-10 %10 %2 %-10 %
Potential Net Fair Value Impact$(67)$(13)$63
$133
$26
$(119)
[1]
These sensitivities are based on the following key market levels as of March 31, 2016:2017: 1) S&P of 2,060;2,363; 2) 10yr US swap rate of 1.67%2.43%; and 3) S&P 10yr volatility of 26.76%25.39%.
The preceding sensitivity analysis is an estimate and should not be used to predict the future financial performance of the Company’sCompany's variable annuity hedge programs. The actual net changes in the fair value liability and the hedging assets illustrated in the preceding table may vary materially depending on a variety of factors which include but are not limited to:
The sensitivity analysis is only valid as of the measurement date and assumes instantaneous changes in the capital market factors and no ability to rebalance hedge positions prior to the market changes;
Changes to the underlying hedging program, policyholder behavior, and variation in underlying fund performance relative to the hedged index, which could materially impact the liability; and
The impact of elapsed time on liabilities or hedge assets, any non-parallel shifts in capital market factors, or correlated moves across the sensitivities.


Financial Risk on Statutory Capital
Statutory surplus amounts and risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratios may increase or decrease in any period depending upon a variety of factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. At times, the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be counterintuitive. Factors include:
In general, as equity market levels and interest rates decline, the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin for death and living benefit guarantees associated with variable annuity contracts can be materially negatively affected, sometimes at a greater than linear rate. Other market factors that can impact statutory surplus, reserve levels and capital margin include differences in performance of variable subaccounts relative to indices and/or realized equity and interest rate volatilities. In addition, as equity market levels increase, generally surplus levels will increase. RBC ratios will also tend to increase when equity markets increase. However, as a result of a number of factors and market conditions, including the level of hedging costs and other risk transfer activities, reserve requirements for death and living benefit guarantees and RBC requirements could increase with rising equity markets, resulting in lower RBC ratios. Non-market factors, which can also impact the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin, include actual and estimated policyholder behavior experience as it pertains to lapsation, partial withdrawals, and mortality.
As the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio decreases, due in part to credit spread widening, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.
As the value of certain derivative instruments that do not get hedge accounting decreases, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.
Our statutory surplus is also impacted by widening credit spreads as a result of the accounting for the assets and liabilities in our fixed market value adjusted "MVA" annuities. Statutory separate account assets supporting the fixed MVA annuities are recorded at fair value. In determining the statutory reserve for the fixed MVA annuities, we are required to use current crediting rates. In many capital market scenarios, current crediting rates are highly correlated with market rates implicit in the fair value of statutory separate account assets. As a result, the change in statutory reserve from period to period will likely substantially offset the change in the fair value of the statutory separate account assets. However, in periods of volatile credit markets, actual credit spreads on investment asset may increase sharply for certain sub-sectors of the overall credit market, resulting in statutory separate account asset market value losses. As actual credit spreads are not fully reflected in the current crediting rates the calculation of statutory reserves will not substantially offset the change in fair value of the statutory separate account assets resulting in reductions in statutory surplus. This has resulted and may continue to result in the need to devote significant additional capital to support the product.
With respect to our fixed annuity business, sustained low interest rates may result in a reduction in statutory surplus and an increase in NAIC required capital.
Most of these factors are outside of the Company’s control. The Company’s financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by the statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios of our insurance company subsidiaries. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings.
The Company has reinsured approximately Foreign Currency Exchange Risk34%
Foreign currency exchange risk is the risk of its risk associated with GMWB and 73% of its risk associated with the aggregate GMDB exposure. These reinsurance agreements serve to reduce the Company’s exposurefinancial loss due to changes in the statutory reservesrelative value between currencies.
The Company has foreign currency exchange risk primarily in non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturity investments, foreign denominated cash, a yen denominated fixed payout annuity and the related capital and RBC ratios associated with changes in the capital markets. The Company also continues to explore other solutions for mitigating the capital market risk effect on surplus, such as internal and external reinsurance solutions, modifications to our hedging program, changes in product design and expense management.


Credit Risk
Credit risk is defined as the risk to earnings or capital due to uncertainty of an obligor’s or counterparty’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations in accordance with contractually agreed upon terms. The majority of the Company’s credit risk is concentrated in its investment holdings but is also present in reinsurance and insurance portfolios. Credit risk is comprised of three major factors: the risk of change in credit quality, or credit migration risk; the risk of default; and the riskequity of a change in value due to changes in credit spread. A decline in creditworthiness is typically associated with an increase in an investment’s credit spread, potentially resulting in an increase in other-than-temporary impairments and an increased probability of a realized loss upon sale.
The objective of the Company’s enterprise credit risk management strategy is to identify, quantify, and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis and to limit potential losses in accordance with an established credit risk management policy. The Company manages to its credit risk appetite by primarily holding a diversified mix of investment grade issuers and counterparties across its investment, reinsurance, and insurance portfolios. Potential losses are also limited within portfolios by diversifying across geographic regions, asset types, and sectors.
The Company manages credit risk exposure from its inception to its maturity or sale. Both the investment and reinsurance areas have formulated procedures for counterparty approvals and authorizations. Although approval processes may vary by area and type of credit risk, approval processes establish minimum levels of creditworthiness and financial stability. Credits considered for investment are subjected to underwriting reviews. Within the investment portfolio, private securities are subject to committee review for approval.
Credit risks are managed on an on-going basis through the use of various processes and analyses. At the investment, reinsurance, and insurance product levels, fundamental credit analyses are performed at the issuer/counterparty level on a regular basis. To provide a holistic review within the investment portfolio, fundamental analyses are supported by credit ratings, assigned by nationally recognized rating agencies or internally assigned, and by quantitative credit analyses. The Company utilizes various risk tools, such as credit value at risk ("VaR") to measure spread, migration, and default risk on a monthly basis. Issuer and security level risk measures are also utilized. In the event of deterioration in credit quality, the Company maintains watch lists of problem counterparties within the investment and reinsurance portfolios. The watch lists are updated based on regular credit examinations and management reviews. The Company also performs quarterly assessments of probable expected lossesP&C run-off entity in the investment portfolio. The process is conducted on a sector basis and is intended to promptly assess and identify potential problems in the portfolio and to recognize necessary impairments.
Credit risk policies at the enterprise and operation level ensure comprehensive and consistent approaches to quantifying, evaluating, and managing credit risk under expected and stressed conditions. These policies define the scope of the risk, authorities, accountabilities, terms, and limits, and are regularly reviewed and approved by senior management. Aggregate counterparty credit quality and exposure is monitored on a daily basis utilizing an enterprise-wide credit exposure information system that contains data on issuers, ratings, exposures, and credit limits. Exposures are tracked on a current and potential basis. Credit exposures are reported regularly to the Company's Asset Liability Committee ("ALCO") and the ERCC. Exposures are aggregated by ultimate parent across investments, reinsurance receivables, insurance products with credit risk, and derivative counterparties.
The Company exercises various methods to mitigate its credit risk exposure within its investment and reinsurance portfolios. Some of the reasons for mitigating credit risk include financial instability or poor credit, avoidance of arbitration or litigation, future uncertainty of the counterparty, and exposure in excess of risk tolerances. Credit risk within the investment portfolio is most commonly mitigated through asset sales or the use of derivative instruments. Counterparty credit risk is mitigated through the practice of entering into contracts only with strong creditworthy institutions and through the practice of holding and posting of collateral. In addition, transactions cleared through a central clearing house reduce risk due to their ability to require daily variation margin, monitor the Company's ability to request additional collateral in the event of a counterparty downgrade, and be an independent valuation source. Systemic credit risk is mitigated through the construction of high-quality, diverse portfolios that are subject to regular underwriting of credit risks. For further discussion of the Company’s investment and derivative instruments, see the Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section and Note 5 - Investments and Derivative Instruments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion on managing and mitigating credit risk from the use of reinsurance via an enterprise security review process, see MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Insurance Risk Management, Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy.
As of March 31, 2016, the Company had no investment exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer or counterparty greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders' equity, other than the U.S. government and certain U.S. government securities. For further discussion of concentration of credit risk in the investment portfolio, see MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Insurance Risk Management, Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy and the Concentration of Credit Risk section in Note 5 - Investments and Derivative Instruments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


Derivative Instruments
The Company utilizes a variety of over-the-counter ("OTC"), OTC-cleared and exchange-traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy as well as to enter into replication transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate risk or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. For further information on the Company’s use of derivatives, see Note 5 - Investments and Derivative Instruments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Derivative activities are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s compliance and risk management teams and reviewed by senior management.United Kingdom. In addition, the Company monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The notional amounts of derivative contracts represent the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not reflective of credit risk. Downgrades to the credit ratings of The Hartford’s insurance operating companies may have adverse implications for its use of derivatives including those used to hedge benefit guarantees of variable annuities. In some cases, downgrades may give derivative counterparties for OTC derivatives and clearing brokers for OTC-cleared derivatives the right to cancel and settle outstanding derivative trades or require additional collateral to be posted. In addition, downgrades may result in counterparties and clearing brokers becoming unwilling to engage in or clear additional derivatives or may require collateralization before entering into any new trades. This would restrict the supply of derivative instruments commonly used to hedge variable annuity guarantees, particularly long-dated equity derivatives and interest rate swaps.Company’s Talcott Resolution segment formerly issued non-U.S. dollar denominated funding agreement liability contracts.
The Company uses various derivative counterparties in executing its derivative transactions. The useopen foreign currency exposure of counterparties creates credit risk thatnon-U.S. dollar denominated investments will most commonly be reduced through the counterparty may not perform in accordance with the termssale of the derivative transaction. The Company has derivative counterparty exposure policies which limitassets or through hedges using currency futures/forwards/swaps. In order to manage the Company’s exposurecurrency risk related to credit risk. The Company’s policies with respect to derivative counterparty exposure establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness ofany non-U.S. dollar denominated liability contracts, the counterparty and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements. The Company minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties primarily rated A or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. The Company also generally requires that OTC derivative contracts be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA") Master Agreement, which is structured by legal entity and by counterparty and permits right of offset.
The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. Credit exposures are measured using the market value of the derivatives, resulting in amounts owed to the Company by its counterparties or potential payment obligations from the Company to its counterparties. The Company enters into credit support annexes in conjunction with the ISDA agreements, which require daily collateral settlement based upon agreed upon thresholds. For purposes of daily derivative collateral maintenance, credit exposures are generally quantified based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by,foreign currency swaps or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of the derivatives exceed the contractual thresholds. In accordance with industry standard and the contractual agreements, collateral is typically settled on the next business day. The Company has exposure to credit risk for amounts below the exposure thresholds which are uncollateralized as well as for market fluctuations that may occur between contractual settlement periods of collateral movements.
For the company’s derivative programs, the maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10. The Company currently transacts OTC derivatives in five legal entities that have a threshold greater than zero; therefore, the maximum combined threshold for a single counterparty across all legal entities that use derivatives is $50. In addition, the Company may have exposure to multiple counterparties in a single corporate family due to a common credit support provider. As of March 31, 2016, the maximum combined threshold for all counterparties under a single credit support provider across all legal entities that use derivatives was $100. Based on the contractual terms of the collateral agreements, these thresholds may be immediately reduced due to a downgrade in either party’s credit rating. For further discussion, see the Derivative Commitments section of Note 8 Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company has incurred no losses on derivative instruments due to counterparty default.
In addition to counterparty credit risk, the Company may also introduce credit risk through the use of credit default swaps that are entered into to manage credit exposure. Credit default swaps involve a transfer of credit risk of one or many referenced entities from one party to another in exchange for periodic payments. The party that purchases credit protection will make periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount, and for certain transactions there will also be an upfront premium payment. The second party, who assumes credit risk, will typically only make a payment if there is a credit event as defined in the contract and such payment will be typically equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation. A credit event is generally defined as default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity.


The Company uses credit derivatives to purchase credit protection and to assume credit risk with respect to a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool. The Company purchases credit protection through credit default swaps to economically hedge and manage credit risk of certain fixed maturity investments across multiple sectors of the investment portfolio. The Company also enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk as part of replication transactions. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. These swaps reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers, which are established within sector concentration limits and may be divided into tranches which possess different credit ratings.holds non-U.S. dollar denominated investments.
Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management
Investment Portfolio Composition
The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by credit quality. The following average credit ratings referenced throughout this section are based on availability and are generally the midpoint of the applicableavailable ratings among Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Morningstar. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

98




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Fixed Maturities by Credit Quality
March 31, 2016December 31, 2015March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
Amortized CostFair ValuePercent of Total Fair ValueAmortized CostFair ValuePercent of Total Fair ValueAmortized CostFair ValuePercent of Total Fair ValueAmortized CostFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
United States Government/Government agencies$7,793
$8,316
13.7%$7,911
$8,179
13.8%$7,089
$7,281
12.9%$7,474
$7,626
13.6%
AAA7,472
7,771
12.8%6,980
7,195
12.2%6,770
7,032
12.5%6,733
6,969
12.5%
AA10,003
10,726
17.7%9,943
10,584
17.9%9,193
9,634
17.1%8,764
9,182
16.4%
A14,464
15,631
25.7%14,297
15,128
25.5%14,078
14,936
26.5%14,169
14,996
26.8%
BBB14,341
14,968
24.7%14,598
14,918
25.2%13,433
14,003
24.9%13,399
13,901
24.8%
BB & below3,305
3,281
5.4%3,236
3,192
5.4%3,345
3,440
6.1%3,266
3,329
5.9%
Total fixed maturities, AFS$57,378
$60,693
100%$56,965
$59,196
100%$53,908
$56,326
100%$53,805
$56,003
100%
The fair value of securities in the "AAA" category increased, as compared to December 31, 2015,2016, primarily due to purchaseshigher valuations as a result of asset-backed securities ("ABS") as well as upgrades of municipal bondsa decline in longer dated interest rates and collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs").tighter credit spreads across most sectors. Fixed maturities, FVO, are not
included in the preceding table. For further discussion on FVO securities, see Note 45 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

99




The following table presents the Company’s AFS securities by type as well as fixed maturitiesPart I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and equity, FVO.Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Securities by Type
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017December 31, 2016
Cost or Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Percent of Total Fair Value Cost or Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Percent of Total Fair ValueCost or Amortized CostGross Unrealized GainsGross Unrealized LossesFair ValuePercent of Total Fair ValueCost or Amortized CostGross Unrealized GainsGross Unrealized LossesFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
ABS                   
Asset-backed securities ("ABS")    
Consumer loans$2,277
 $11
 $(40) $2,248
 3.7% $2,183
 $6
 $(40) $2,149
 3.6%$1,896
$13
$(20)$1,889
3.4%$2,057
$10
$(30)$2,037
3.6%
Small business122
 12
 (5) 129
 0.2% 123
 12
 (4) 131
 0.2%85
4
(1)88
0.2%86
3
(1)88
0.2%
Other284
 6
 (2) 288
 0.5% 214
 6
 (1) 219
 0.4%286
3
(1)288
0.5%253
4

257
0.5%
Collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs")        

              
CLOs2,600
 2
 (35) 2,567
 4.2% 2,514
 4
 (21) 2,497
 4.2%
Collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs")1,988
7
(3)1,992
3.5%1,597
7
(4)1,600
2.9%
Commercial real estate ("CREs")90
 37
 (1) 126
 0.2% 91
 42
 (1) 132
 0.2%16
35

51
0.1%18
30

48
0.1%
Other [1]385
 29
 (1) 414
 0.7% 384
 29
 (1) 409
 0.7%239
29

268
0.5%238
30

268
0.5%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS")                   
CMBS    
Agency backed [2]1,441
 54
 (18) 1,477
 2.4% 1,224
 34
 (8) 1,250
 2.1%1,639
27
(19)1,647
2.9%1,439
24
(20)1,443
2.6%
Bonds2,917
 90
 (25) 2,982
 4.9% 2,725
 58
 (29) 2,754
 4.7%2,647
60
(28)2,679
4.8%2,681
62
(33)2,710
4.7%
Interest only (“IOs”)774
 11
 (20) 765
 1.3% 719
 13
 (19) 713
 1.2%769
15
(11)773
1.4%787
11
(15)783
1.4%
Corporate        

              
Basic industry1,093
 70
 (18) 1,145
 1.9% 1,161
 55
 (45) 1,171
 2.0%1,090
68
(5)1,153
2.0%1,071
61
(9)1,123
2.0%
Capital goods1,700
 142
 (4) 1,838
 3.0% 1,781
 110
 (15) 1,876
 3.2%1,655
105
(13)1,747
3.1%1,522
110
(15)1,617
2.9%
Consumer cyclical1,842
 111
 (11) 1,942
 3.2% 1,848
 68
 (24) 1,892
 3.2%1,437
77
(6)1,508
2.7%1,517
78
(10)1,585
2.8%
Consumer non-cyclical3,821
 315
 (6) 4,130
 6.8% 3,735
 196
 (24) 3,907
 6.6%3,563
202
(36)3,729
6.5%3,792
206
(45)3,953
7.1%
Energy2,056
 85
 (59) 2,082
 3.4% 2,276
 84
 (111) 2,249
 3.8%2,140
151
(14)2,277
4.0%2,098
142
(17)2,223
4.0%
Financial services5,994
 300
 (75) 6,219
 10.2% 6,083
 246
 (63) 6,266
 10.6%4,740
278
(25)4,993
8.8%4,806
262
(32)5,036
9.0%
Tech./comm.3,516
 331
 (35) 3,812
 6.3% 3,553
 229
 (62) 3,720
 6.3%3,512
274
(17)3,769
6.7%3,385
265
(20)3,630
6.5%
Transportation883
 61
 (5) 939
 1.5% 869
 43
 (10) 902
 1.5%905
49
(6)948
1.7%896
46
(7)935
1.7%
Utilities4,592
 390
 (29) 4,953
 8.2% 4,395
 299
 (60) 4,634
 7.8%5,018
330
(64)5,284
9.4%5,024
326
(65)5,285
9.3%
Other226
 13
 (2) 237
 0.4% 175
 12
 (2) 185
 0.3%311
14
(3)322
0.6%269
14
(4)279
0.5%
Foreign govt./govt. agencies1,146
 57
 (14) 1,189
 2.0% 1,321
 34
 (47) 1,308
 2.2%1,151
48
(12)1,187
2.1%1,164
33
(26)1,171
2.1%
Municipal bonds                       
Taxable1,347
 145
 (4) 1,488
 2.5% 1,315
 92
 (9) 1,398
 2.4%1,459
111
(18)1,552
2.8%1,497
116
(20)1,593
2.8%
Tax-exempt9,839
 979
 (3) 10,815
 17.8% 9,809
 916
 (2) 10,723
 18.1%9,617
648
(37)10,228
18.2%9,328
616
(51)9,893
17.7%
RMBS        

              
Agency2,182
 88
 (1) 2,269
 3.7% 2,206
 64
 (6) 2,264
 3.8%1,571
37
(7)1,601
2.8%2,493
39
(28)2,504
4.5%
Non-agency100
 2
 
 102
 0.2% 89
 2
 
 91
 0.2%154
2
(1)155
0.3%178
3
(1)180
0.3%
Alt-A94
 1
 (1) 94
 0.2% 68
 1
 
 69
 0.1%122
4

126
0.2%117
2

119
0.2%
Sub-prime1,887
 12
 (26) 1,873
 3.1% 1,623
 15
 (16) 1,622
 2.7%2,019
26
(6)2,039
3.6%1,950
22
(8)1,964
3.5%
U.S. Treasuries4,170
 403
 (3) 4,570
 7.5% 4,481
 222
 (38) 4,665
 7.9%3,879
189
(35)4,033
7.2%3,542
182
(45)3,679
6.6%
Fixed maturities, AFS57,378
 3,757
 (443) 60,693
 100% 56,965
 2,892
 (658) 59,196
 100%53,908
2,806
(388)56,326
100%53,805
2,704
(506)56,003
100%
Equity securities                       
Financial services145
 2
 (1) 146
 18.3% 159
 1
 (2) 158
 18.8%177
20

197
17.9%203
15
(1)217
19.8%
Other622
 54
 (24) 652
 81.7% 683
 37
 (39) 681
 81.2%834
87
(18)903
82.1%817
81
(18)880
80.2%
Equity securities, AFS767
 56
 (25) 798
 100% 842
 38
 (41) 839
 100%1,011
107
(18)1,100
100%1,020
96
(19)1,097
100%
Total AFS securities$58,145
 $3,813
 $(468) $61,491
   $57,807
 $2,930
 $(699) $60,035
  $54,919
$2,913
$(406)$57,426
 $54,825
$2,800
$(525)$57,100
 
Fixed maturities, FVO      $486
         $503
   $160
  $293
 
Equity, FVO [3]      $
         $348
   $123
  $
 
[1]Gross unrealized gains (losses) exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives within certain securities. Changes in value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).
[2]Includes securities with pools of loans issued by the Small Business Administration which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
[3]
Included in equity securities, AFS on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company did not hold any equity securities, FVO as of MarchDecember 31, 2016.2016.

100




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The increase in the fair value of AFS securities increased as compared to December 31, 2015, is primarily attributable2016 due to a decline in interest rates as well as reinvestment from other asset classes. The CMBS and RMBS sectors also reflect an increasehigher valuations as a result of net purchases.
a decrease in long-term interest rates and tighter credit spreads across most sectors. The Company also reduced its allocation to agency RMBS and reinvested proceeds into CLOs and tax-exempt municipal bonds.
Financial Services
The Company’s investment in the financial services sector is predominantly through investment grade banking and insurance institutions. The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities and equity, AFS securities in the financial services sector that are included in the preceding Securities by Type table.
Financial Services by Credit QualityFinancial Services by Credit Quality
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amortized CostFair ValueNet Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Amortized CostFair ValueNet Unrealized Gain/(Loss)Amortized CostFair ValueNet Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Amortized CostFair ValueNet Unrealized Gain/(Loss)
AAA$40
$43
$3
 $40
$42
$2
$33
$35
$2
 $13
$15
$2
AA780
806
26
 747
763
16
526
548
22
 583
602
19
A2,696
2,843
147
 2,922
3,025
103
2,204
2,346
142
 2,219
2,354
135
BBB2,222
2,280
58
 2,133
2,188
55
1,885
1,966
81
 1,856
1,934
78
BB & below401
393
(8) 400
406
6
269
295
26
 338
348
10
Total [1]$6,139
$6,365
$226
 $6,242
$6,424
$182
$4,917
$5,190
$273
 $5,009
$5,253
$244
[1]Included equity, AFS securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $145 and $146,
[1]Includes equity, AFS securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $177 and $197, respectively as of March 31, 2017 and an amortized cost and fair value of $203 and $217, respectively, as of December 31, 2016 and an amortized cost and fair value of $159 and $158, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 included in the AFS by type table above.
The Company's investment in the financial services sector decreased, as compared to December 31, 2015, due to sales, partially offsetSecurities by an increase in valuations as a result of a decline in interest rates.Type table above.
Commercial Real Estate
The following table presents the Company’s exposure to CMBS bonds by current credit quality and vintage year included in the preceding Securities by Type table. Credit protection represents the current weighted average percentage of the outstanding
capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar loss of principal and excludes any equity interest or property value in excess of outstanding debt.
CMBS – Bonds [1]
March 31, 2016
Exposure to CMBS Bonds as of March 31, 2017Exposure to CMBS Bonds as of March 31, 2017
AAA AA A BBB BB and Below TotalAAAAAABBBBB and BelowTotal
Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value
2005 & Prior$116
 $128
 $66
 $75
 $5
 $5
 $5
 $5
 $2
 $2
 $194
 $215
2006103
 105
 102
 103
 124
 125
 61
 61
 22
 22
 412
 416
2007241
 245
 123
 129
 111
 113
 19
 19
 21
 21
 515
 527
200836
 38
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 36
 38
Vintage Year [1]Amortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair Value
2008 & Prior$180
$193
$133
$138
$62
$62
$9
$9
$22
$22
$406
$424
200911
 11
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11
 11


11
11






11
11
201018
 20
 8
 8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 26
 28
18
19
8
8






26
27
201155
 61
 
 
 5
 5
 20
 19
 
 
 80
 85
55
59


15
15




70
74
201240
 41
 6
 6
 30
 29
 38
 37
 
 
 114
 113
39
40
6
6
21
21
19
18


85
85
201316
 16
 95
 99
 100
 102
 15
 16
 1
 1
 227
 234
16
16
95
98
102
106
4
4


217
224
2014330
 345
 67
 68
 75
 73
 7
 7
 2
 2
 481
 495
301
308
63
65
72
70
5
5
8
8
449
456
2015201
 206
 169
 169
 199
 194
 82
 76
 
 
 651
 645
165
165
200
198
208
208
109
110
11
10
693
691
201645
 47
 35
 35
 74
 76
 16
 17
 
 
 170
 175
133
131
252
246
121
123
79
81


585
581
2017

84
84


21
22


105
106
Total$1,212
 $1,263
 $671
 $692
 $723
 $722
 $263
 $257
 $48
 $48
 $2,917
 $2,982
$907
$931
$852
$854
$601
$605
$246
$249
$41
$40
$2,647
$2,679
Credit protection33.2% 23.9% 18.2% 15.7% 25.0% 25.6%31.8%24.2%16.9%13.2%21.7%24.1%

101




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

December 31, 2015
Exposure to CMBS Bonds as of December 31, 2016Exposure to CMBS Bonds as of December 31, 2016
AAA AA A BBB BB and Below TotalAAAAAABBBBB and BelowTotal
Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost Fair Value
2005 & Prior$110
 $119
 $77
 $83
 $5
 $5
 $5
 $5
 $2
 $2
 $199
 $214
2006149
 151
 102
 104
 140
 141
 61
 62
 22
 22
 474
 480
2007202
 206
 170
 178
 81
 83
 20
 20
 51
 52
 524
 539
200837
 38
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 37
 38
Vintage Year [1]Amortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair Value
2008 & Prior$278
$294
$137
$143
$102
$102
$14
$14
$22
$22
$553
$575
200911
 11
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11
 11
11
11








11
11
201018
 19
 8
 8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 26
 27
18
19
8
8






26
27
201155
 59
 
 
 
 
 23
 23
 
 
 78
 82
55
59


13
13
2
2


70
74
201240
 40
 6
 6
 26
 26
 33
 32
 
 
 105
 104
40
41
6
6
30
30
20
18


96
95
201316
 16
 95
 97
 79
 80
 9
 10
 1
 1
 200
 204
16
17
95
99
110
113
4
4


225
233
2014329
 335
 58
 58
 69
 68
 6
 6
 2
 2
 464
 469
301
309
64
65
72
70
1
1


438
445
2015201
 197
 163
 158
 172
 165
 71
 66
 
 
 607
 586
210
210
200
198
207
206
87
87


704
701
2016132
130
249
242
113
113
64
64


558
549
Total$1,168
 $1,191
 $679
 $692
 $572
 $568
 $228
 $224
 $78
 $79
 $2,725
 $2,754
$1,061
$1,090
$759
$761
$647
$647
$192
$190
$22
$22
$2,681
$2,710
Credit
protection
32.9% 25.8% 18.4% 16.6% 18.7% 26.3%33.3%22.4%18.0%16.2%32.5%25.3%
[1]The vintage year represents the year the pool of loans was originated.
The Company also has exposure to CRE CDOs with an amortized cost and fair value of $90$16 and $126,$51, respectively, as of March 31, 20162017, and $91$18 and $132$48 respectively, as of December 31, 20152016. These securities are comprised of diversified pools of commercial mortgage loans or equity positions of other CMBS securitizations. We continue to monitor these investments as economic and market uncertainties regarding future performance impact market liquidity and security premiums.
In addition to CMBS bonds and CRE CDOs, the Company has exposure to commercial mortgage loans as presented in the following table. These loans are collateralized by a variety of commercial properties and are diversified both geographically
throughout the United States and by property type. These loans are primarily in the form of whole loans, where the Company is the sole lender, but may include participations. Loan participations are loans thatwhere the Company has purchased or retained a portion of an outstanding loan or package of loans and participates on a pro-rata basis in collecting interest and principal pursuant to the terms of the participation agreement. In general, A-Note participations have senior payment priority, followed by B-Note participations and then mezzanine loan participations. As of March 31, 2016, loans within the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio that have had extensions or restructurings, other than what is allowable under the original terms of the contract, are immaterial.priority.
Commercial Mortgage Loans
Commercial Mortgage LoansCommercial Mortgage Loans
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amortized Cost [1] Valuation Allowance Carrying Value Amortized Cost [1] Valuation Allowance Carrying ValueAmortized Cost [1] Valuation Allowance Carrying Value Amortized Cost [1] Valuation Allowance Carrying Value
Agricultural$25
 $(6) $19
 $33
 $(7) $26
Whole loans5,496
 (16) 5,480
 5,458
 (16) 5,442
$5,568
 $(19) $5,549
 $5,580
 $(19) $5,561
A-Note participations138
 
 138
 139
 
 139
136
 
 136
 136
 
 136
B-Note participations
 
 
 17
 
 17
Total$5,659
 $(22) $5,637
 $5,647
 $(23) $5,624
$5,704
 $(19) $5,685
 $5,716
 $(19) $5,697
[1]Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.
[1] Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.
The Company funded $98$151 of commercial whole loans with a weighted average loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 69%62% and a weighted average yield of 3.95%4.02% during the three months ended March 31, 2016.2017. The Company continues to originate commercial whole loans within primary markets, such as office, industrial and multi-family, focusing on loans with strong LTV ratios and high quality property collateral. There were no mortgage loans held
for sale as of March 31, 2016,2017, or December 31, 2015.


2016.
Municipal Bonds
The following table summarizespresents the amortized cost, fair value,Company's exposure to municipal bonds by type and weighted average credit quality included in the preceding Securities by Type table.

102




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Company's available-for-sale investments in municipal bonds.Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Available For Sale Investments in Municipal BondsAvailable For Sale Investments in Municipal Bonds
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amortized Cost Fair Value Weighted Average Credit Quality Amortized Cost Fair Value Weighted Average Credit QualityAmortized Cost Fair Value Weighted Average Credit Quality Amortized Cost Fair Value Weighted Average Credit Quality
General Obligation$1,936
 $2,129
 AA $2,069
 $2,243
 AA$1,793
 $1,900
 AA $1,809
 $1,907
 AA
Pre-Refunded [1]887
 947
 AAA 850
 903
 AAA
Pre-refunded [1]1,650
 1,765
 AAA 1,590
 1,693
 AAA
Revenue

 

 
 

 

 


 

 
 

 

 
Transportation1,612
 1,820
 A+ 1,566
 1,744
 A+1,626
 1,759
 A+ 1,591
 1,724
 A+
Health Care1,439
 1,578
 AA- 1,371
 1,499
 AA-1,131
 1,199
 AA- 1,216
 1,285
 AA-
Water & Sewer1,259
 1,364
 AA 1,228
 1,324
 AA1,058
 1,115
 AA 1,019
 1,066
 AA
Education1,148
 1,255
 AA+ 1,109
 1,205
 AA1,050
 1,086
 AA 988
 1,023
 AA
Sales Tax693
 784
 AA- 692
 779
 AA-579
 632
 AA 574
 627
 AA
Leasing [2]761
 850
 AA- 728
 803
 AA-786
 847
 AA- 681
 734
 AA-
Power613
 671
 A+ 658
 709
 A+528
 558
 A+ 571
 605
 A+
Housing107
 111
 AA- 91
 94
 AA113
 120
 A+ 136
 140
 A
Other731
 794
 AA- 762
 818
 AA-762
 799
 AA- 650
 682
 AA-
Total Revenue8,363
 9,227
 AA- 8,205
 8,975
 AA-7,633
 8,115
 AA- 7,426
 7,886
 AA-
Total Municipal$11,186
 $12,303
 AA- $11,124
 $12,121
 AA-$11,076
 $11,780
 AA $10,825
 $11,486
 AA
[1]Pre-Refunded bonds are bonds for which an irrevocable trust containing sufficient U.S. Treasury,treasury, agency, or other securities has been established to fund the remaining payments of principal and interest.
[2]Leasing revenue bonds are generally the obligations of a financing authority established by the municipality that leases facilities back to a municipality. The notes are typically secured by lease payments made by the municipality that is leasing the facilities financed by the issue. Lease payments may be subject to annual appropriation by the municipality or the municipality may be obligated to appropriate general tax revenues to make lease payments.
As of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, the largest issuer concentrations were the state of California, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the New York Dormitory Authority, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation and revenue bonds.
Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments
The following table presents the Company’s investments in
limited partnerships and other alternative investments which include hedge funds, real estate funds, and private equity and other funds. Hedge funds are comprised of approximately half credit and equity-related funds and approximately half global macro and market neutral focus funds. Real estate funds consist of investments primarily in real estate equity funds, including some funds with public market exposure, and real estate joint ventures. Private equity and other funds primarily consist of investments in funds whose assets typically consist of a diversified pool of investments in small to mid-sized non-public businesses with high growth potential as well as limited exposure to public markets.
Investments in Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative InvestmentsInvestments in Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
AmountPercent AmountPercentAmountPercent AmountPercent
Hedge funds$800
30.1% $1,034
36.0%$152
6.3% $155
6.3%
Real estate funds580
21.9% 576
20.0%600
24.8% 629
25.6%
Private equity and other funds1,274
48.0% 1,264
44.0%1,280
52.9% 1,291
52.6%
Other alternative investments [1]386
16.0% 381
15.5%
Total$2,654
100% $2,874
100%$2,418
100% $2,456
100%
[1] Consists of an insurer-owned life insurance policy which is primarily invested in hedge funds and other investments. This amount was previously included in hedge funds.


Available-for-SaleAvailable-for-sale Securities — Unrealized Loss Aging
TotalThe total gross unrealized losses were $468406 as of March 31, 20162017 and have decreased $231119, or 33%23%, from December 31, 20152016, primarily due to lowera decline in longer term interest rates.rates and tighter credit spreads across most sectors. As of March 31, 20162017, $403385 of the gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. The remaining
$6521 of gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed greater than 20%. The securities depressed more than 20% are primarily corporate securities and securities with exposure to commercial real estate and municipal securities which are depressed primarily due to wider credit spreads and/or higher interest rates since the securities were purchased.purchased, as well as equity securities depressed due to issuer specific deterioration.
As part of the Company’s ongoing security monitoring process, the Company has reviewed its AFS securities in an unrealized loss position and concluded that these securities are temporarily

103




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

depressed and are expected to recover in value as the securities approach maturity or as market spreads tighten. For these securities in an unrealized loss position where a credit impairment has not been recorded, the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows are sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. Furthermore, the Company
neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell these securities. For further information regarding the Company’s impairment analysis, see Other-Than-Temporary Impairments in the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of this MD&A.
The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities by length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position:
Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS SecuritiesUnrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities
March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Consecutive MonthsItems Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value Unrealized Loss [1] Items Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value Unrealized Loss [1]Items Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value Unrealized Loss [1] Items Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value Unrealized Loss [1]
Three months or less939
 $2,898
 $2,865
 $(34) 2,094
 $10,535
 $10,398
 $(137)1,120
 $4,529
 $4,495
 $(34) 2,119
 $11,299
 $11,037
 $(262)
Greater than three to six months767
 2,631
 2,567
 (64) 819
 2,837
 2,735
 (102)1,091
 6,177
 6,010
 (167) 1,109
 2,039
 1,934
 (105)
Greater than six to nine months524
 1,611
 1,546
 (65) 933
 4,421
 4,194
 (227)580
 1,525
 1,443
 (82) 151
 484
 456
 (28)
Greater than nine to eleven months564
 2,636
 2,530
 (106) 329
 1,302
 1,242
 (60)119
 433
 408
 (25) 151
 452
 441
 (11)
Twelve months or more737
 3,551
 3,352
 (199) 675
 3,072
 2,896
 (173)618
 2,288
 2,190
 (98) 657
 2,565
 2,446
 (119)
Total3,531
 $13,327
 $12,860
 $(468) 4,850
 $22,167
 $21,465
 $(699)3,528
 $14,952
 $14,546
 $(406) 4,187
 $16,839
 $16,314
 $(525)
[1]
Unrealized losses exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities as changes in value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).
Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities Continuously Depressed Over 20%
 March 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Consecutive MonthsItems Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value  Unrealized Loss Items Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value Unrealized Loss [1]
Three months or less80
 $21
 $15
 $(6) 83
 $24
 $18
 $(6)
Greater than three to six months33
 15
 11
 (4) 38
 13
 9
 (4)
Greater than six to nine months23
 9
 6
 (3) 21
 14
 10
 (4)
Greater than nine to eleven months16
 8
 6
 (2) 11
 1
 
 (1)
Twelve months or more57
 16
 10
 (6) 56
 19
 11
 (8)
Total209
 $69
 $48
 $(21) 209
 $71
 $48
 $(23)
[1]Unrealized losses exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives withinderivative features of certain securities as changes in value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).
The following table presents the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities continuously depressed over 20% by length of time (included in the preceding table):
Other-than-temporary Impairments Recognized in Earnings by Security Type
 For the three months ended March 31,

20172016
CMBS$1
$1
Corporate
19
Equity
3
Total$1
$23
 March 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Consecutive MonthsItems Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value Unrealized Loss [1] Items Cost or Amortized Cost Fair Value Unrealized Loss [1]
Three months or less125
 $63
 $44
 $(19) 240
 $288
 $212
 $(76)
Greater than three to six months90
 47
 31
 (16) 130
 77
 51
 (26)
Greater than six to nine months12
 49
 34
 (15) 5
 3
 2
 (1)
Greater than nine to eleven months5
 3
 1
 (2) 6
 12
 8
 (4)
Twelve months or more46
 37
 24
 (13) 50
 28
 18
 (10)
Total278
 $199
 $134
 $(65) 431
 $408
 $291
 $(117)
[1]Unrealized losses exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivatives within certain securities as changes in value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).


Other-Than-Temporary Impairments
The following table presents the Company’s impairments recognized in earnings by security type:
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 20162015
CRE CDOs$
$1
CMBS IOs1

Corporate19
5
Equity3
1
RMBS  
Sub-prime
1
Foreign government
4
Total$23
$12
Three months ended March 31, 20162017
For the three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of credit impairments of $18,$1. These impairments on equity securities of $3, and securities that the Company intends to sell ("intent-to-sell impairments") of $2.
Credit impairments for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were primarily related to corporate securities in the energy sectorinterest-only CMBS and were identified through security specific reviews and resulted from changes inreview of the financial condition and near term prospects of certain issuers.expected future cash flows. The Company incorporates its best estimate of future performance using internal assumptions and judgments that are informed by economic and industry specific
trends, as well as our expectations with respect to security specific developments. Impairments on equity securities were comprised of securities in an unrealized loss position that the Company does not expect to recover. Intent-to-sell impairments for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were primarily comprised of securities in the corporate sector.
Non-credit impairments recognized in other comprehensive income were $4$2 for the three months ended March 31, 2016. These non-credit impairments represent the difference between fair value and the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to impairment, rather than at current market implied credit spreads.2017.
Future impairments may develop as the result of changes in intent-to-sell specific securities or if actual results underperform current modeling assumptions, which may be the result of, but are not limited to, macroeconomic factors and security-specific performance below current expectations. Ultimate loss formation will be a function of macroeconomic factors and idiosyncratic security-specific performance.
Three months ended March 31, 20152016
For the three months ended March 31, 2015,2016, impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of securities the Company intends to sell of $9 and credit impairments of $3. Impairments for the the three months ended March 31, 2015$18 and intent-to-sell impairments of $2, both of which were primarily impairments on securities the Company has made the decision to sell. Credit impairments for the three months ended March 31, 2015 were primarily identified through security specific reviews and resulted from changesconcentrated in the financial condition and near term prospects of certain issuers. There were no material non-creditcorporate securities. Also, impairments recognized in other comprehensive income forearnings included impairments on equity securities of $3 that were in an unrealized loss position and the three months ended March 31, 2015.Company no longer believed the securities would recover in the foreseeable future.

104




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY
The following section discusses the overall financial strength of The Hartford and its insurance operations including their ability to generate cash flows from each of their business segments, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs over the next twelve months.
SUMMARY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY
Capital available at the holding company as of March 31, 2017:
$1.3 billion in fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash at HFSG Holding Company
Borrowings available under a commercial paper program to a maximum of $1 billion. As of March 31, 2017 there was no commercial paper outstanding
A senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility that provides for borrowing capacity up to $1 billion of unsecured credit through October 31, 2019. No borrowings were outstanding as of March 31, 2017
Expected liquidity requirements for the next twelve months as of March 31, 2017:
$320 maturing debt payment due in March of 2018
$320 of interest on debt
$335 of common stockholders dividends, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors
Equity repurchase program:
Authorization for equity repurchases of up to $1.3 billion for the period October 31, 2016 through December 31, 2017
$975 remaining as of March 31, 2017
2017 subsidiary dividend capacity:
Dividend capacity of $1.5 billion for property and casualty subsidiaries with $850 net dividends expected in 2017. During the first three months of 2017, property and casualty subsidiaries paid $220 in dividends to the holding company including $20 related to an intercompany note.
Dividend capacity of $207 for Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") with $250 of dividends expected in 2017, subject to regulatory approval. During the first three months of 2017, HLA paid $63 in dividends to the holding company.
Dividend capacity of $1 billion for Hartford Life Insurance Company. On January 30, 2017, Hartford Life Insurance Company ("HLIC") paid a dividend of $300.
Over the remainder of 2017, HSFG Holding Company anticipates receiving additional net dividends of approximately $650 from its property-casualty insurance subsidiaries, $300 from HLIC, and$187 from HLA, subject to regulatory approval.
Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (Holding Company)
The liquidity requirements of the holding company of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“HFSG Holding Company”) have been and will continue to be met by HFSG Holding Company’s fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash, and dividends from its subsidiaries, principally its insurance operations, as well as the issuance of common stock, debt or other capital securities and borrowings from its credit facilities, as needed.
As of March 31, 2016,2017, HFSG Holding Company held fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash of $1.8 billion.$1.3 billion. Expected liquidity requirements of the HFSG Holding Company for the next twelve months include payments of 5.5%6.3% senior notes of $275 at maturity in October 2016 and 5.375% senior notes of $416$320 at maturity in March 2017,2018 and interest payments on debt of approximately $330$320 and common stockholder dividends, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors, of approximately $330.$335.
The Hartford has an intercompany liquidity agreement that allows for short-term advances of funds among the HFSG Holding Company and certain affiliates of up to $2 billion for liquidity and other general corporate purposes. The Connecticut Insurance Department ("CTDOI") granted approval for certain affiliated insurance companies that are parties to the agreement to treat receivables from a parent, including the HFSG Holding Company, as admitted assets for statutory accounting purposes. As of March 31, 2016,2017, there were no amounts outstanding from the HFSG Holding Company.

105




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Debt
In 2015,On March 15, 2017, the BoardCompany repaid its $416, 5.375% senior notes at maturity.
On February 15, 2017, pursuant to the put option agreement with the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, the Company issued $500 junior subordinated notes with a scheduled maturity of Directors authorizedFebruary 12, 2047, and a final maturity of February 12, 2067. The junior subordinated notes bear interest at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.125%, payable quarterly. The Hartford will have the extension ofright, on one or more occasions, to defer interest payments due on the existing debt capital management program through December 31, 2016. Under the program, thejunior subordinated notes under specified circumstances.
The Company expects to use the remaining authorizationproceeds of the junior subordinated notes to fund the call of $500 in 8.125% junior subordinated debentures that are due 2068 and that are first callable in June 2018. As such, the proceeds of the $500 of junior subordinated notes issued under the contingent capital facility will be held at the holding company until June of 2018, resulting in an increase in debt to capital ratios during that time.
Upon receipt of the proceeds, the Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (the "RCC"). Under the terms of the RCC, if the Company redeems the notes at any time prior to February 12, 2047 (or such earlier date on which the RCC terminates by its terms) it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities. The RCC also prohibits the Company from redeeming all or any portion of the notes on or prior to February 15, 2022.
In April, 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring February 15, 2027 to effectively convert the variable interest payments into fixed interest payments of approximately $1804.39%.
Intercompany Liquidity Agreements
On January 5, 2017, Hartford Fire Insurance Company, a subsidiary of the Company, issued a Revolving Note (the "Note") in the principal amount of $230 to Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, under the intercompany liquidity agreement. The note was issued to fund the liquidity needs associated with the $650 ceded premium paid in January 2017 for other debt capital management actions. Any debt capital management actions are dependentthe adverse development cover with NICO. The Note was repaid on market conditions and other factors.March 29, 2017. The company has $2.0 billion available under the intercompany liquidity agreement as of March 31, 2017.
Equity
The Company's total authorization for equity repurchases is $4.375$1.3 billion for the period January 1, 2014October 31, 2016 through December 31, 20162017 with $980$975 remaining as of March 31, 2016.2017.
During the three months ended March 31, 2016,2017, the Company repurchased 8.46.7 million common shares for $350.$325. During the period April 1, 2016 to2017 through April 27, 2015,25, 2017, the Company repurchased 2.3approximately 1.9 million common shares for $105.$92 under this authorization.
For further information about equity repurchases, see Part II. Other Information, Item 2.
Dividends
On February 25, 2016,23, 2017, The Hartford’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.21$0.23 per common share payable on April 1, 20163, 2017 to common shareholders of record as of March 7, 2016.6, 2017.
There are no current restrictions on the HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders.
For a discussion of restrictions on dividends to the HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries, see the following "Dividends from Insurance Subsidiaries" discussion. For a discussion of potential restrictions on the HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends, see the risk factor "Our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject to limitations" in Item 1A of Part I of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.2016.
Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits
While the Company has significant discretion in making voluntary contributions to the U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act of 2012 (MAP-21) and Internal Revenue Code regulations mandate minimum contributions in certain circumstances. The Company does not have a 20162017 required minimum funding contribution for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan and the funding requirements for all pension plans are expected to be immaterial. The Company has not determined whether, and to what extent, contributions may be made to the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2016.2017. The Company will monitor the funded status of the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan during 20162017 to make this determination.


Dividends from Insurance Subsidiaries
Dividends to the HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted by insurance regulation. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the twelve-month period ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. In addition, if any dividend of a Connecticut-domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer’s earned surplus, it requires the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are incorporated (or deemed commercially domiciled) generally contain similar (although in certain instances somewhat more restrictive) limitations on the payment of dividends. Dividends paid to HFSG Holding Company by its life insurance subsidiaries are further dependent on cash requirements of Hartford Life, Inc. ("HLI") and other factors. In addition to statutory limitations on paying dividends, the Company also takes other items into consideration when determining dividends from subsidiaries. These considerations include, but are not limited to expected earnings and capitalization of the subsidiaries, regulatory capital requirements and liquidity requirements of the individual operating company.
In 2016,2017, The Company’s property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay up to a maximum of

106




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

approximately $1.6$1.5 billion in dividends to HFSG Holding Company without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. During the first quarterthree months of 2016,2017, HFSG Holding Company received approximately $200$220 in dividends from its property and casualty insurance subsidiaries. In 2016, HFSG Holding Company anticipates receiving additional net dividends of approximately $600Dividends received from its propertyproperty-casualty subsidiaries included approximately $20 related to principal and casualty insurance subsidiaries.interest payments on an intercompany note between Hartford Holdings, Inc. ("HHI") and Hartford Fire Insurance Company, resulting in a net dividend of $200.
In 2016,2017, Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") is permitted to pay up to a maximum of $165$207 in dividends without prior approval from the insurance commissioner. During the first quarterthree months of 2016,2017, HFSG Holding Company received approximately $60$63 in dividends from HLA. HFSG Holding Company anticipates receiving additional dividends of approximately $180 from HLA during 2016, subject to regulatory approval.
On January 29, 2016,In 2017, Hartford Life Insurance Company ("HLIC") paid an extraordinary dividendis permitted to pay up to a maximum of $500, based on$1 billion in dividends to HFSG Holding Company without prior approval received from the insurance commissioner. As a resultHowever, to meet the liquidity needed to pay dividends up to the HFSG Holding Company, HLIC may require receiving regulatory approval for extraordinary dividends from HLIC's wholly-owned subsidiary, Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company. During the first three months of this dividend,2017, HLIC has no ordinary dividend capacity forpaid dividends of $300.
Over the remainder of 2016. HFSG2017, HSFG Holding Company anticipates receiving an additional $250net dividends of extraordinary dividendsapproximately $650 from its property-casualty insurance subsidiaries, $300 from HLIC, during 2016,and$187 from HLA, subject to regulatory approval.
Other Sources of Capital for the HFSG Holding Company
The Hartford endeavors to maintain a capital structure that provides financial and operational flexibility to its insurance subsidiaries, ratings that support its competitive position in the financial services marketplace (see the "Ratings" section below for further discussion), and shareholder returns. As a result, the Company may from time to time raise capital from the issuance of equity, equity-related debt or other capital securities and is continuously evaluating strategic opportunities. The issuance of debt, common equity, equity-related debt or other capital securities could result in the dilution of shareholder interests or reduced net income due to additional interest expense.
Shelf Registrations
On August 9, 2013, The Hartford filed an automatic shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”("the SEC") an automatic shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-190506) for the potential offeringon July 29, 2016 that permits it to offer and sale ofsell debt and equity securities. The registration statement allows for the following types of securities to be offered: debt securities, junior subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, stock purchase contracts, and stock purchase units. In that The Hartford is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, the registration statement went effective immediately upon filing and The Hartford may offer and sell an unlimited amount of securities under the registration statement during the three-year life of the registration statement.
Contingent Capital Facility
The Hartford is party to a put option agreement that provides The Hartford with the right to require the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, at any time and from time to time, to purchase The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500. Under the Put Option Agreement, The Hartford pays the Glen Meadow ABC Trust premiums on a periodic basis, calculated with respect to the aggregate principal amount of notes that The Hartford had the right to put to the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for such period. The Hartford has agreed to reimburse the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. The Company holds a variable interest in the Glen Meadow ABC Trust where the Company is not the primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company did not consolidate the Glen Meadow ABC Trust. As of March 31, 2016, The Hartford has not exercised its right to require Glen Meadow ABC Trust to purchase the Notes. As a result, the Notes remain a source of capital for the HFSG Holding Company.


Commercial Paper and Revolving Credit Facility
Commercial Paper
The Hartford’s maximum borrowings available under its commercial paper program are $1 billion. The Company is dependent upon market conditions to access short-term financing through the issuance of commercial paper to investors. As of March 31, 20162017, there was no commercial paper outstanding.
Revolving Credit Facilities
The Company has a senior unsecured five-year revolving credit
facility (the “Credit Facility”) that provides for borrowing capacity up to $1 billion of unsecured credit through October 31, 2019 available in U.S. dollars, Euro, Sterling, Canadian dollars and Japanese Yen. As of March 31, 20162017, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility. As of March 31, 20162017, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants within the Credit Facility.
Derivative Commitments
Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings, as set by nationally recognized statistical rating agencies, of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of March 31, 20162017 iswas $1.4 billion826. OfFor this $1.4 billion826, the legal entities have posted collateral of $1.6 billion866 in the normal course of business. In addition, the Company has posted collateral of $3331 associated with a customized GMWB derivative. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 20162017, a downgrade of one or two levelslevel below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P would not require additional assets to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2017, a downgrade of two levels below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody's or S&P would require additional $10 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we would post, if required, would be primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and government agency securities.
As of March 31, 2016,2017, the aggregate notional amount and fair value of derivative relationships that could be subject to immediate termination in the event of rating agency downgradesa downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings was $1.1 billion and $21, respectively. These amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to either BBB+ or Baa1 was $148 and $(14), respectively.the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated.
Insurance Operations
Current and expected patterns ofWhile subject to variability period to period, claim frequency and severity orpatterns and the level of policy surrenders may change from period to period but continue to be within historical norms and, therefore, the Company’s insurance operations’ current liquidity position is considered to be sufficient to meet anticipated demands over the next twelve months, including any obligations related to the Company’s restructuring activities.months. For a discussion and tabular presentation of the Company’s current contractual obligations by period, refer to Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations within the

107




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Capital Resources and Liquidity section of the MD&A included in The Hartford’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.
The principal sources of operating funds are premiums, fees earned from assets under management and investment income, while investing cash flows originate from maturities and sales of invested assets. The primary uses of funds are to pay claims, claim adjustment expenses, commissions and other underwriting expenses, to pay taxes, to purchase new investments and to make dividend payments to the HFSG Holding Company.
The Company’s insurance operations consist of property and casualty insurance products (collectively referred to as “Property & Casualty Operations”) and life insurance and legacy annuity products (collectively referred to as “Life Operations”).


Property & Casualty Operations
Property & Casualty Operations holds fixed maturity securities including a significant short-term investment position (securities with maturities of one year or less at the time of purchase) to meet liquidity needs.
As of March 31, 2016 Property & Casualty Operations’ fixed maturities, short-term investments, and cash are summarized as follows:
Property & CasualtyProperty & Casualty
As of March 31, 2017
Fixed maturities$26,554
$24,804
Short-term investments494
1,606
Cash152
84
Less: Derivative collateral220
101
Total$26,980
$26,393
Liquidity requirements that are unable to be funded by Property & Casualty Operation’s short-term investments would be satisfied with current operating funds, including premiums received or through the sale of invested assets. A sale of invested assets could result in significant realized losses.capital gains (losses).
Life Operations
Life Operations’ total general account contractholder obligations are supported by $41$40 billion of cash and total general account invested assets, which included athe following significant short-term investment position to meet liquidity needs.
As of March 31, 2016 Life Operations’ fixed maturities, short-term investments, and cash are summarized as follows:
Life OperationsLife Operations
As of March 31, 2017
Fixed maturities$33,106
$31,153
Short-term investments938
2,236
Cash326
253
Less: Derivative collateral1,456
1,148
Total$32,914
$32,494
Capital resources available to fund liquidity upon contractholder surrender or termination are a function of the legal entity in which the liquidity requirement resides. Generally, obligations of Group Benefits will be funded by Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company. Obligations of Talcott Resolution will generally be funded by Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company.
HLIC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”). Membership allows HLIC access to collateralized advances, which may be used to support various spread-based businesses and enhance liquidity management. FHLBB membership requires the company to own member stock and advances require the purchase of activity stock. The amount of advances that can be taken areis dependent on the asset types pledged to secure the advances. The CTDOI will permit HLIC to pledge up to $1.2$1.1 billion in qualifying assets to secure FHLBB advances for 2016.2017. The pledge limit is recalculated annually based on statutory admitted assets and capital and surplus. HLIC would need to seek the prior approval of the CTDOI in order to exceed these limits. As of March 31, 2016,2017, HLIC had no advances outstanding under the FHLBB facility.
As of
Contractholder ObligationsMarch 31, 2016Contractholder Obligations
As of March 31, 2017
Total Life contractholder obligations$169,938
$167,246
Less: Separate account assets [1]118,361
116,582
General account contractholder obligations$51,577
$50,664
Composition of General Account Contractholder Obligations  
Contracts without a surrender provision and/or fixed payout dates [2]$25,106
$24,629
U.S. Fixed MVA annuities [3]5,478
5,037
Other [4]20,993
20,998
General account contractholder obligations$51,577
$50,664
[1]In the event customers elect to surrender separate account assets, Life Operations will use the proceeds from the sale of the assets to fund the surrender, and Life Operations’ liquidity position will not be impacted. In some instances Life Operations will receive a percentage of the surrender amount as compensation for early surrender (surrender charge), increasing Life Operations’ liquidity position. In addition, a surrender of variable annuity separate account or general account assets (see the following) will decrease Life Operations’ obligation for payments on guaranteed living and death benefits.
[2]Relates to contracts such as payout annuities, or institutional notes, or surrenders of term life, group benefit contracts, or death and living benefit reserves, which cannot be surrendered for which surrenders will have no current effect on Life Operations’ liquidity requirements.cash.


[3]Relates to annuities that are recorded in the general account under U.S. GAAP as the contractholders are subject to the Company's credit risk, although these annuities are held in a statutory separate account. In the statutory separate account, Life Operations is required to maintain invested assets with a fair value greater than or equal to the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract. In the event assets decline in value at a greater rate than the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract, Life Operations is required to contribute additional capital to the statutory separate account. Life Operations will fund these required contributions with operating cash flows or short-term investments. In the event that operating cash flows or short-term investments are not sufficient to fund required contributions, the Company may have to sell other invested assets at a loss, potentially resulting in a decrease in statutory surplus. As the fair value of invested assets in the statutory separate account are at least equal to the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract, surrender of Fixed MVA annuities will have an insignificant impact on the liquidity requirements of Life Operations.

108




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

[4]Surrenders of, or policy loans taken from, as applicable, these general account liabilities, which include the general account option for Life Operations' individual variable annuities and the variable life contracts of the former Individual Life business, the general account option for annuities of the former Retirement Plans business and universal life contracts sold by the former Individual Life business, may be funded through operating cash flows of Life Operations, available short-term investments, or Life Operations may be required to sell fixed maturity investments to fund the surrender payment. Sales of fixed maturity investments could result in the recognition of realized losses and insufficient proceeds to fully fund the surrender amount. In this circumstance, Life Operations may need to take other actions, including enforcing certain contract provisions which could restrict surrenders and/or slow or defer payouts. The Company has ceded reinsurance in connection with the sales of its Retirement Plans and Individual Life businesses in 2013 to MassMutual and Prudential, respectively. These reinsurance transactions do not extinguish the Company's primary liability on the insurance policies issued under these businesses.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
There have been no material changes to the Company’s off-balanceoff-
balance sheet arrangements and aggregate contractual obligations since the filing of the Company’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report.
Capitalization
The capital structure of The Hartford consists of debt and stockholders’ equity, summarized as follows:
Capital StructureCapital Structure
March 31, 2016December 31, 2015ChangeMarch 31, 2017December 31, 2016Change
Short-term debt (includes current maturities of long-term debt)$690
$275
151 %$320
$416
(23)%
Long-term debt4,633
5,084
(9)%4,817
4,636
4 %
Total debt [1]5,323
5,359
(1)%5,137
5,052
2 %
Stockholders’ equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (“AOCI”)17,858
17,971
(1)%17,216
17,240
 %
AOCI, net of tax254
(329)(177)%(207)(337)(39)%
Total stockholders’ equity$18,112
$17,642
3 %$17,009
$16,903
1 %
Total capitalization including AOCI$23,435
$23,001
2 %$22,146
$21,955
1 %
Debt to stockholders’ equity29%30% 30%30% 
Debt to capitalization23%23% 23%23% 
[1]
Total debt of the Company excludes $33$14 and $38$20 of consumer notes as of March 31, 20162017 and December 31, 20152016, respectively.respectively.
Total stockholders' equity increased in the first quarter of 2016 primarily due to an increase in net unrealized capital gains from securities within AOCI.
Total capitalization increased $434,$191, or 2%1%, as of March 31, 20162017 compared to December 31, 20152016 primarily due to increases in AOCI.
For additional information on AOCI, net of tax, and unrealized capital gains from securities, see Note 1014 - Changes In and
Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, and Note 56 - Investments and Derivative Instruments of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


Cash FlowsFlow
Three Months Ended March 31,Three Months Ended March 31,
2016201520172016
Net cash provided by operating activities$398
$447
$225
$398
Net cash provided by investing activities$194
$295
Net cash used for financing activities$(565)$(619)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities$(1,208)$194
Net cash provided (used) for financing activities$436
$(565)
Cash – end of period$479
$500
$337
$479
Cash provided by operating activities decreased in 20162017 as compared to the prior year period primarily due to a decrease in$650 premium payment for an asbestos and environmental adverse development cover reinsurance claim recoveries and investment income received, partiallyagreement, largely offset by a decreasean increase in claims paid.securities lending payables.
Cash used by investing activities in 2017 primarily relates to net payments for short-term investments of $1,317 and net payments for derivatives of $56. Cash provided by investing activities in 2016 primarily relates to net proceeds from derivatives of $189 and net proceeds from partnerships of $147, partially offset by additions to property and equipment of of $84.
Cash provided by investingfor financing activities in 20152017 consists primarily relatesof net increase in securities loaned or sold
under agreements to net proceeds from short-term investmentsrepurchase of $642, excluding proceeds reinvested in fixed maturities available-for-sale, partially offset by net payments for equity securities available-for-sale of $203.
$1,115. Cash used for financing activities in 2016 consists primarily of acquisitionacquisitions of treasury stock of $350 and net payments for deposits, transfers and withdrawals for investments and universal life products of $199. Cash used for financing activities in 2015 consists primarily of $298 related to net activity for investments and universal life products, repayment of debt of $289, and acquisition of treasury stock of $250, partially offset $323 in proceeds from securities sold under repurchase agreements.
Operating cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 20162017 have been adequate to meet liquidity requirements.
Equity Markets
For a discussion of the potential impact of the equity markets on capital and liquidity, see the EnterpriseFinancial Risk Management section of theLiquidity Risk and Financial Risk on Statutory Capital sections in this MD&A.

109




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Ratings
Ratings are an important factor in establishing competitive position in the insurance marketplace and impact the Company’s ability to access financing and its cost of borrowing. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ratings will continue for any given period of time, or that they will not be changed. In the event the Company’s ratings are downgraded, the Company’s competitive position, ability to access financing, and its cost of borrowing, may be adversely impacted.
The following table summarizes The Hartford’s significant member companies’ financial ratings from the major independent rating organizations as of April 26, 2016.
Insurance Financial Strength Ratings:Ratings as of April 25, 2017
A.M. BestStandard & Poor’sMoody’s
Hartford Fire Insurance CompanyA+A+A1
Hartford Life and Accident Insurance CompanyAAA2
Hartford Life Insurance CompanyA-BBB+Baa2
Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance CompanyA-BBB+Baa2
Other Ratings:   
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.:   
Senior debta-BBB+Baa2
Commercial paperAMB-1A-2P-2
These ratings are not a recommendation to buy or hold any of The Hartford’s securities and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.
The agencies consider many factors in determining the final rating of an insurance company. One consideration is the relative level of statutory capital and surplus (referred to collectively as "statutory capital") necessary to support the business written and is reported in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the applicable state insurance department.


Statutory Capital
The table below sets forth statutory capital for the Company’s insurance subsidiaries.
 March 31, 2016December 31, 2015
Life insurance subsidiaries$6,084
$6,591
Property & casualty insurance subsidiaries8,772
8,563
Total$14,856
$15,154
Statutory Capital Roll Forward for the Company's Insurance Subsidiaries
 Property and Casualty Insurance SubsidiariesLife Insurance SubsidiariesTotal
U.S. statutory capital at December 31, 2016$8,261
$6,022
$14,283
Variable annuity surplus impacts
(31)(31)
Statutory earnings (excluding VA for Life)346
122
468
Dividends to parent(221)(363)(584)
Other items(152)6
(146)
Net change to U.S. statutory capital(27)(266)(293)
U.S. statutory capital at March 31, 2017$8,234
$5,756
$13,990
Statutory capital for the life insurance subsidiaries decreased by $507 primarily due to dividends of $560.
Statutory capital for property and casualty increased by $209, primarily due to statutory net income of $345 and a decrease in non-admitted assets of $72, partially offset by dividends to HFSG Holding Company of $200.
Contingencies
Legal Proceedings – For a discussion regarding contingencies related to The Hartford’s legal proceedings, please see the information contained under “Litigation” in Note 812 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Part II, Item 1 Legal Proceedings, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Legislative and Regulatory Developments
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)
Since it was enacted in 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act has resulted in significant changes to the regulation of the financial services industry, including changes to the rules governing derivatives, restrictions on proprietary trading by certain entities, the creation of a Federal Insurance Office within the U.S. Treasury, and enhancements to corporate governance rules, among other things. The Dodd-Frank Act requires significant rulemaking across numerous agencies within the federal government. Rulemaking, and implementation of newly-adopted rules, is ongoing and may affect our operations and governance in ways that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (the "Affordable Care Act")
On March 23, 2010,The outcome of the President signednew Administration’s stated intention to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act. While manyAct may have an impact on various aspects of the key provisionsour business, including our insurance businesses. It is unclear what a replacement of the Affordable Care Act have become effective,would entail, and to what extent there remains uncertainty with its implementation. Federal agencies continue rulemakingmay be a transition period for certain provisions, along with being subject to legal and legislative challenges. In addition, certain provisionsthe phase out of the Affordable Care Act have been amended or delayed, such as the employer mandate which will continue to be phased in during 2016.Act. The impact of the Affordable Care Act to The Hartford as an employer is consistent with other large employers. The Hartford’s core business does not involve the issuance of health insurance, and we do not issue any products that insure customers under the Affordable Care Act’s individual mandate. To date, there have been certain limited impacts to The Hartford's group benefits businesses including additional opportunities to market our group benefit products and services through private exchanges. While we have not observed any material impacts on the Company's workers'Company’s workers’ compensation business or group benefits business, webusiness. We will continue to monitor the impact of the Affordable Care Act and any reforms on consumer, broker and medical provider behavior for leading indicators of changes in medical costs or loss payments primarily on the Company's workers' compensation and disability liabilities.
Budget of the United States Government
On February 9, 2016, the Obama Administration released its “Fiscal Year 2017, Budget of the U.S. Government” (the “Budget”). The Budget includes proposals that if enacted, would affect the taxation of life insurance companies and certain life insurance products. In particular, the proposals would change the method used to determine the amount of dividend income received by a life insurance company on assets held in separate accounts used to support products, including variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts, which are eligible for the DRD. The DRD reduces the amount of dividend income subject to tax and is a significant component of the difference between the Company's actual tax expense and expected amount determined using the federal statutory tax rate of 35%. If this proposal were enacted, the Company's actual tax expense could increase, reducing earnings.
United States Department of Labor Fiduciary Rule
On April 6, 2016, the U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”) issued a final regulation that expands the range of activities considered to be fiduciary investment advice under the Employee Retirement

110




Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code. On April 4, 2017, the DOL extended the applicability date for the final rule from April 10, 2017 to June 9, 2017. Implementation will be phased in, with the regulation in full effect by January 1, 2018. The impact of the new regulation could have an adverse impact on our current offerings of mutual funds, along with contracts in our run-off lines offund business is difficult to assess because the regulation is new and is still being studied. While we continue to analyze the regulation, we believe the regulation may impact the way we provide investment-related informationcompensation paid to the financial intermediaries who sell our mutual funds to their retirement clients and support to financial advisors, plan sponsors, plan participants, plan beneficiariescould negatively impact our mutual funds business.
In 2016, several plaintiffs, including insurers and Individual Retirement Account owners. We are currently analyzingindustry groups such as the potential effectU.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA), filed a lawsuit against the DOL challenging the constitutionality of the regulationfiduciary rule, and the DOL's rulemaking authority. In most cases, the district courts have entered a summary judgment in favor of the DOL. It is unclear whether the plaintiffs will appeal. We continue to monitor potential effects of case law and the regulatory landscape on our businesses.mutual funds business.


IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
For a discussion of accounting standards, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 20152016 Form 10-K Annual Report and Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

111




Part I - Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Item 3.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information contained in the Financial Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.

112




Part I - Item 4. Controls and Procedures


Item 4.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, based on their evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purposes set forth in the definition thereof in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of March 31, 2016.2017.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's current fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

113




Part II. OTHER INFORMATIONII - Item 1. Legal Proceedings


Item 1.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Item 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Litigation
The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties related to The Hartford's asbestos and environmental claims discussed in Note 12 - Commitments and Contingencies of the following discussion under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,”Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.
The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, and in addition to the matters in the following description, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, disability, life and inland marine. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims or other allegedly unfair or improper business practices. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
In addition to the inherent difficulty of predicting litigation outcomes, the Mutual Funds Litigation identified below purports to seek substantial damages for unsubstantiated conduct spanning a multi-year period based on novel applications of complex legal theories. The alleged damages are not quantified or factually supported in the complaint, and, in any event, the Company’s experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. The application of the legal standard identified by the court for assessing the potentially available damages, as described below, is inherently unpredictable, and no legal precedent has been identified that would aid in determining a reasonable estimate of
potential loss. Accordingly, management cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any.
Mutual Funds Litigation In February 2011, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC (“HIFSCO”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. HIFSCO moved to dismiss and, in September 2011,During the motion was granted in part and denied in part, with leave to amendcourse of the complaint. In November 2011, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on behalf of The Hartford Global Health Fund, The Hartford Conservative Allocation Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund, The Hartford Advisors Fund, and The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund. Plaintiffs seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between HIFSCO and these funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation HIFSCO received, in addition to lost earnings. HIFSCO filed a partial motion to dismiss the amended complaint and, in December 2012, the court dismissed without prejudicelitigation, the claims regarding distribution fees and deniedwere dismissed without prejudice, the motion with respect to the advisory fees claims. In March 2014,lineup of funds as plaintiffs changed several times, and the plaintiffs filed a new complaint that, among other things, added as new plaintiffs The Hartford Floating Rate Fund and The Hartford Small Company Fund and named as a defendant Hartford Funds Management Company LLC (“HFMC”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company whichthat assumed the role asof advisor to the funds as of January 2013.  In June 2015, HFMC and HIFSCO moved for summary judgment, and plaintiffs cross-moved for partial summary judgment with respect to The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund.one fund. In March 2016, the court in large part, denied the plaintiff's motion, and granted summary judgment for all parties. The court granted judgment forHIFSCO and HFMC and HIFSCO with respect to all claims made byone fund, leaving six funds as plaintiffs: The Hartford Small CompanyBalanced Fund, and certain claims made byThe Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund, The Hartford Floating Rate Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Healthcare Fund, and The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund. The court further ruled that the appropriate measure of damages on the surviving claims iswould be the difference, if any, between the actual advisory fees paid through trial and those that could have been paidthe fees permitted under the applicable legal standard. A bench trial on the issue of liability was held in November 2016. In February 2017, the court granted judgment for HIFSCO and HFMC as to all claims.  Plaintiffs have appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.


114




Asbestos and Environmental Claims – As discussed inPart I - Item 2, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates - Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance - Property & Casualty Other Operations Claims, The Hartford continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims that involve significant uncertainty regarding policy coverage issues. Regarding these claims, The Hartford continually reviews its overall reserve levels and reinsurance coverages, as well as the methodologies it uses to estimate its exposures. Because of the significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses, particularly those related to asbestos, the ultimate liabilities may exceed the currently recorded reserves. Any such additional liability cannot be reasonably estimated now but could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results and liquidity.1A. Risk Factors


Item 1A.RISK FACTORS
Item 1A.    RISK FACTORS
Investing in The Hartford involves risk. In deciding whether to invest in The Hartford, you should carefully consider the risk factors disclosed in Item 1A of Part I of the Company’sCompany's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015,2016, any of which could have a significant or material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, operating results or liquidity of The Hartford. This information should be considered carefully together with the other information contained in this report and the other reports and materials filed by The Hartford with the SEC.

115




Part II - Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Item 2.UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Item 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer
The Company’s repurchase authorization permits purchases of common stock, as well as warrants or other derivative securities. Repurchases may be made in the open market, through derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other privately negotiated transactions, and through plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The timing of any future repurchases will be
dependent upon several factors, including the market price of the Company’s securities, the Company’s capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company’s financial strength or credit ratings, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.
The Company's total authorization for equity repurchases is $4.375$1.3 billion for the period January 1, 2014commencing October 31, 2016 through December 31, 2016.2017.
The following table summarizes the Company’s repurchases of its common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2016:
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased [1]
Average Price
Paid Per
Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
Approximate Dollar Value
of Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs
    (in millions)
January 1, 2016 - January 31, 20162,793,746
$39.94
2,793,746
$1,218
February 1, 2016 - February 29, 20162,897,641
$40.78
2,897,641
$1,100
March 1, 2016 - March 31, 20162,702,872
$44.55
2,072,872
$980
Total8,394,259
$41.72
8,394,259
 
Repurchases of Common Stock by the Issuer for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased [1]
Average Price
Paid Per
Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
Approximate Dollar Value
of Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs
    (in millions)
January 1, 2017 - January 31, 20172,275,500
$48.43
2,275,500
$1,190
February 1, 2017 - February 28, 20172,161,100
$48.20
2,161,100
$1,086
March 1, 2017 - March 31, 20172,271,954
$48.75
2,271,954
$975
Total6,708,554
$48.47
6,708,554
 
[1]
Excludes 1,066,033674,279 shares in net settlement of employee tax withholding obligations related to equity awards under the Company's Incentive Stock Plan. These net share settlements had the effect of share repurchases by the Company as they reduced the number of shares that otherwise would have been issued as a result of the vesting of equity awards. The Company paid approximately $46$33 million in employee tax withholding obligations related to net share settlements in the three months ended March 31, 2016.2017.


116




Part II - Item 6. Exhibits

Item 6. EXHIBITS
See Exhibits Index on page


SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
  The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
  (Registrant)
  
Date:April 28, 201627, 2017/s/ Scott R. Lewis
  Scott R. Lewis
  Senior Vice President and Controller
  
(Chief accounting officer and duly
authorized signatory)


THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 20162017
FORM 10-Q
EXHIBITS INDEX
Exhibit No.Description
*10.01The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan Form of Individual Award Agreement. **
15.01Deloitte & Touche LLP Letter of Awareness.**
31.01Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
31.02Certification of Beth A. Bombara pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
32.01Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
32.02Certification of Beth A. Bombara pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
101.INSXBRL Instance Document.**
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.**
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.**
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.**
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.**
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.**
*Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to this report.
Exhibit No.DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit NoFiling Date
3.01Amended and Restated By-Laws of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. ("The Hartford"), amended effective on July 21, 2016.8-K  001-139583.17/21/2016
*10.01The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan Form of Individual Award Agreement. **    
15.01Deloitte & Touche LLP Letter of Awareness.**    
31.01Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**    
31.02Certification of Beth A. Bombara pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**    
32.01Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**    
32.02Certification of Beth A. Bombara pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**    
101.INSXBRL Instance Document.**    
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.**    
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.**    
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.**    
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.**    
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.**    
*Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.    
**Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to this report.    

121119